Benutzeranleitung / Produktwartung 323i (2000) des Produzenten BMW
Zur Seite of 1252
.
010-2 How to Us e T h i s M a n u a l WA RN I NG! Yo ur co mmo n sense and go od judg ment are cru cial to sa fe and su cc es sfu l se rvice wo rk . Re ad pro cedu res t hro ug h b efo re start in g them.
ELE EL ECT RI CA L WIR I NG DI A GRA M S OBD O N BOA RD DI A G NOST I CS 0 GENERA L DA T A A ND M A I NT ENA NC E cov ers g en era l v eh icl e inf orma t ion (Re p ai r G rou p 010 ) as well as th e recomme n d ed maint enan ce sch edu l es and serv ice procedu r es to p erform BM W sch ed u l ed mai n ten an ce wo rk (Repair G roup 020 ) .
the w o rk or b y in cr eas ed risk o f ac cid ent or me chani ca l failure wh i le drivin g . CA UTI ON! A cau tion calls attention to impor tant prec au tions to b e o b ser ved d u rin g the repair wor k th at wi l l h elp p re vent ac cid entally dama ging the car or i ts parts .
sho rts, spark s, b u rns, or dama ge to the elec trical sy stem wh en acc id entally co ntacting the b atte ry or ot her elec trical ter min als. Disc onnect the b atter y n eg ative (–) ca b l e wh enev er w o rking o n o r n ear the f u el sys tem o r anythin g th at is elec trically power ed.
and any o p en flame away fro m the top of the b atte ry . Hy dro gen g as em i tted by th e battery is hi g hl y flamm ab le. A ny n ea rby so u rc e of i g n i tion may ca us e th e batter y to ex p l o d e. Ne ver l ay too l s o r p ar ts in the eng i ne co mpar tme n t o r o n top o f the batter y.
010-3 Getti n g Sta rted M ost of th e n ece ssary mai n t enan ce and minor repair th at an au t omo b ile will n ee d can b e d on e wi t h ord inary t oo l s. Below is some import ant in f orma t ion on h ow t o wo rk safel y, a d iscu ssion of what t ools will b e n eeded an d h ow to u se th em.
points. Watch th e jack clos ely. Mak e su re i t stay s sta b le and doe s not shift o r til t. A s th e ca r i s ra ised, it ma y ro ll slightly and t he j ac k ma y shi ft. Raising car safely - Park car on f l at, l ev el su rf ace . - I f ch ang ing a t ire , l oo sen l u g b olt s b efore rasing car.
Work ing under c a r s a fely - Di scon n ect n eg ativ e (–) cab l e f rom b attery so t h at n o on e can start car. Let oth ers kn ow what you will b e d oing . CA UTI ON! Prio r to di sco nn ect in g the b atte ry, re ad th e batter y d isco n nectio n ca utio n s give n at the fro nt o f th is ma n u al on p ag e vii i .
- Lo wer car sl ow l y u n t il its wei g h t is fu l l y su p p orted b y j ack stan d s. Watch t o make su re t h at th e j ack stand s d o n ot t ip or l ea n as t h e car settl es on th em. - Ob serv e all j acki n g p reca u t io n s again when rai sin g car to remov e j ack stan d s.
010-4 A dv i ce f or th e Begi n n er T h e tip s in th e p aragraph s th at f oll ow are g eneral advi ce t o h el p any d o-it-yoursel f BM W owner p erform rep air s an d mai n ten ance t asks more ea sil y an d more p rofessi onal l y.
M an y f asteners u sed on t h e cars cov er ed b y th is manu al mu st b e re p l aced wi th n ew ones once t h ey are remo v ed. These incl u d e b u t are n ot l imited to: b ol t s, n u t s ( self -l ocking , n yl ock, etc. ), cotter p ins, st u d s, b rake fitt in g s, rol l p in s, cl ip s an d wa sh ers.
va lue s l i ste d i n th e tabl e ar e not in tended to b e u se d as a su b stitu te for t o rqu es spec i fi ca l l y ca l l ed ou t i n t he tex t. No te: Metri c bol t cl asse s or gra des are marke d on the bo l t hea d. Do not con f use w ren ch si z e w i th bolt diameter.
Some g askets—su ch as h ea d g askets—a re d irectio n al . M ake su re t h at th ese are inst al l ed corre ct l y. This same l ogic ap p l ies to any p art u sed f or sea l ing , incl u d in g ru b b er O-rin g s and cop p er sealin g wash ers.
swi tch is “open ” wh en th e circuit is int erru p ted , an d “cl osed” when t h e circu it is compl eted . See 60 0 El ectrica l Syst em– Gen eral for el ectrica l trou b l esh oo tin g . W ire re pa irs Re p air s t o a wir ing h arn ess req u ire specia l care t o make t h e rep ai r p ermanen t .
010-5 Bu yi n g Pa rts M any of t h e ma in ten ance an d repair tasks in t h is man u al cal l for th e inst all at io n of n ew part s, or th e u se of n ew g aske t s an d oth er materia l s wh en rei n st al l in g p arts. M ost oft en, t h e p art s th at wi l l b e n ee d ed sh ou l d b e on h an d b efore b eginn in g t h e j ob .
BM W is con stan tl y u p d atin g an d improv ing t h eir ca rs, oft en making improv eme n ts d u ring a g iv en model yea r. BM W may recomme n d a newe r, improv ed p art as a repl ace m ent, and your aut h orize d d ealer’s p arts d epartmen t will kn ow abou t it and p rov id e it.
of th e wa rrant y reca l l s are ap p l icabl e t o your car. The l abel on th e d riv er’s d oor b elow th e d oo r l at ch will sp ecify th e mont h an d year th at th e car wa s b u il t . V ehicl e Iden tificatio n Nu mb er (V IN ). T h is is a combin atio n of l ett ers an d n u mb ers t h at iden t ify t h e p articu l ar car.
010-7 T ool s M ost maint en ance can b e acco mp l ished wi t h a smal l selection of th e rig h t tools. To ol s rang e in q u al ity from in ex p ensiv e j u n k, wh ich may b rea k at f i rst u se, t o v ery ex pen siv e and well -mad e tools f or th e p rofessi onal.
h t tp : / /www . sp tool.com Zel end a M ach ine an d Too l Cor p . 65 -60 A u st in St ree t, Forest Hill s, NY 11 37 4-46 95 71 8-8 96-2 288 h t tp : / /www . zel end a. com B a sic tool re quirem ents T h e b asi c h and t oo l s d escri b ed b el ow can b e u sed t o accom p l ish most of th e simpl e maint en ance an d repair tasks.
Socke t s. Sockets are u sed wi th a ratch et h and l e for sp eed and conv en ience and can b e combin ed with ex t ension s and u n iv ersa l j oi n t s (swi ve l s) to rea ch f asteners more ea sil y. The most commo n d riv e sizes are 1/4 in. , 3/8 in .
h old ing irregu l ar obj ects, b end ing , or crimpin g . Some h av e sp eci al app l ica tions. Ne ed l en ose p l ie rs are u sed f or g rip p ing small an d p oo rl y acce ssib l e ob j ects, and are u sefu l for w iri n g and oth er electrical wo rk.
to su p port th e car fo r a long p er iod. A l w ay s us e jack stands to s u p p or t a ra i sed ve hi cle. Jack stan d s are av ai l ab l e in sev eral styl es. The b est ones are made of h ea v y materia l f or st reng th , h av e a wi d e b ase f or stab il ity, and are equ ip p ed t o p ositiv el y l ock in t h eir rai sed p osi tions.
repair pr oce d u res in t h is man u al incl u d e BM W -sp eci fied t orqu e v alu es in Ne wton -meters (Nm) and t h e equ iv alen t v alu es in f oot-p oun d s (ft -l b ) . Sev eral typ es of t orq u e wrench es are av ailab l e. A n inex p en siv e b ea m-typ e (top ) is ad equ ate b u t m u st b e read v isual l y.
CA UTI ON! Vehicle electr onic sys tems may be dama ge d by th e h igh cu rrent draw of a tes t li ght w it h a nor ma l in ca nd es ce n t b ulb. A s a ge n era l ru le, u se a hi gh i mpedance d igital mu lti met er or an LED test li ght for all elec trical testing.
010-8 Em ergen c i es Changing a tire - Stop car on as fl at a su rf ace as p ossi b l e, in a p l ace where you can b e ea sily see n b y oth er d riv er s. A v oi d stop p in g j u st ov er t h e crest of a h il l . - T u r n on eme rg ency f l ash ers, an d set ou t fl are s or emergen cy marke rs we l l b eh ind car.
remo v e whee l n u t s and wh ee l . - I n stal l sp are whee l . Inst all wh eel n u t s an d tig h t en th em h an d tig h t u sing l u g n u t w rench . - Lo wer car. W ith all wh eels on g roun d , f u l l y t igh t en n u t s in a crisscro ss p att ern.
th e rear of t h is man u al f or d ia g n ostic code rea d in g p roce d u res. J um p st arting Ca rs with d isch arg ed or d ead b atteries can b e j u m p -started u sing t h e g ood b attery f rom an oth er car. W h en j u mp -st arting th e en g ine, al wa ys n ote th e f ol l ow ing warning s.
other. - T u rn off en g in e of car with g ood b at tery. - T u rn off ig n ition switch of car wi th d isch arg ed b attery. Co n n ect on e end of p ositiv e (+) cabl e to p ositiv e (+) p ost of g oo d b attery.
M any of t h e v ehicl e syst ems a re self -monitored b oth st atica l l y an d d yn amica l l y wh il e d riv ing . Gen era l l y, a red wa rn in g l amp th at comes on d u rin g d riv ing sh ou l d b e consid ered seri ous.
b u mp er. No te: A t ow i ng eye i s pro vi ded i n t he l ugg ag e comp artment t ool ki t. T he tow i ng eye can be scre w e d i nto the front or rea r bu mper.
ATF dra i ni ng an d f i l l i ng i s covere d i n 24 0 Au t oma t i c Transmissi on . Be sure t o rea d t he fi l l i ng and dra i ni ng pro cedu r e, as special service eq ui pmen t i s req ui red to che ck the fl uid l eve l . Drivesha f t remova l i s covere d i n 260 Dri vesh aft .
Spare p art s kit – add iti o nal contents Ex t eri or l igh t in g b u l b s (h ea d l ig h t , b rake l igh t, tu r n sign al, an d taill ig h t) Wip er b l ad es Brake f l u id (n ew u n open ed b ottl e, D O T 4 sp ecifica t ion) M ai n relay f or DM E syst em Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c .
020-1 Gen era l T h e inf orma tion g iv en in t h is rep ai r g roup in cl u d es th e rou tin e ch ecks and mai n t en an ce step s t h at are b oth requ ired b y BM W u n d er t h e t erms of th e v eh icl e wa rrant y p rotectio n an d reco mmen d ed b y BM W to en su re l on g and reliab l e v ehicl e op eratio n .
mid-200 0 mod els BM W in t rod u ced n ew serv ice int erv al software wh ich calcu l at es serv ice b ase d on th e amo u n t of fu el u sed . W h en SI I d etects total f u el con su mp tion th at eq u al s t h e p rese t l imits (in g al l ons), t h e inst ru men t cl u st er ind icate s t h at serv ice is requ ired.
Se rvice Interval Indica tor (SII), resett i ng T h e SI I sign als t h e n eed f or b asi c rout ine maint en ance: En g ine oi l an d oi l f il ter ch an g e, after t h e eng ine h as b ee n warmed u p . BM W-recomme n d ed ad d itio n al mai n t en an ce as listed in Tabl e a .
A ft ermarke t r ese t t ools th at can rese t all mod els wi th t h e DL C can b e p u rch ased from on e of t h e f ol l owi n g su p p l ie rs: A ssenm acher Sp ecia l ty To ol s 64 40 Od ell Pl ace , Boul d er, C O 80 30 1 30 3-5 30-2 424 h t tp : / /www .
Press bu t ton ag ai n and h ol d f or app rox . 5 second s u n t il " Rese t " or "Re" fl ash . Wh il e d isp l ay is f l ash ing , p ress b u t ton b rie f l y t o rese t SII . A ft er d isp l ay h as sh own n ew int erv al , t h e f oll ow ing will ap p ear in d isp l ay for app rox .
an d In spe ct i on I I req uir eme nts are ap proximatel y eq uival ent to t he maintena nce req uiremen t s that other Euro pea n ma nu facturers spe ci fy. I nspe ct i on I i s norma l l y du e at i ntervals w i t h a maxi mum of 30,00 0 m i l es or 24 mon t hs.
M a i n tenanc e T a bl e s T h e in terv als f or most t asks l isted in th e maint en ance t abl e b elow are d et ermi n ed b y th e SI I. Ex cept where n oted , th e mai n ten an ce items l isted ap p l y t o all model s and mod el years cov ered b y th is m anu al.
Tabl e b. I n spec ti on I se rvice M ai ntenance item To o ls re q ui red N ew p arts re qu ired Warm engi n e re q ui red De aler se rv i ce re comm end ed Addi ti on al re pair in fo rm ation Under ca r ma int enance Chan g e en g ine oi l an d fil ter.
Tabl e b. I n spec ti on I se rvice M ai ntenance item To o ls re qu ired Ne w parts re qu ired Warm engi n e re q ui red De al er ser vice re comm end ed A d di tio n al re pair i nfo rm ation cent eri n g h u b s (all oy wheels onl y). Check th ickn ess of p arki n g b rake l in ing s onl y wh en repl acing rear b rake p ads.
Tabl e b. I n spec ti on I se rvice M ai ntenance item To o ls re qu ired Ne w parts re qu ired Warm engi n e re q ui red De al er ser vice re comm end ed A d di tio n al re pair i nfo rm ation Check en g ine coo l ant system/h eater h ose conn ections f or l ea ks.
Tabl e b. I n spec ti on I se rvice M ai ntenance item To o ls re qu ired Ne w parts re qu ired Warm engi n e re q ui red De al er ser vice re comm end ed A d di tio n al re pair i nfo rm ation system. Check aim of wa sh er j ets an d ad j u st if n ecessa ry.
Tabl e b. I n spec ti on I se rvice M ai ntenance item To o ls re qu ired Ne w parts re qu ired Warm engi n e re q ui red De al er ser vice re comm end ed A d di tio n al re pair i nfo rm ation Check b raking p erforma n ce, steeri n g , h eating , air cond itioner operatio n .
Tabl e c. I n spec tio n I I se rv ice M ai ntenance item To ol s re qu ired Ne w parts re q ui red Warm engi ne re qu ired De al er ser vice re comm end ed A d di tio n al re pair i nfo rm ation Spark p lu g ser vice Re p l ace spark p l u g s ev ery 10 0,000 mil es.
020-3 Fl u i d a n d Lu bri ca n t Speci f i ca ti on s T h e ill u st ratio n sh ows en g ine oil v iscosi t y (SA E g rade) v s. operating t emp era t u re rang e for t h e BM W en g in es cov ere d in t h is manu al . Fl u id an d l u b ricant cap acitie s and sp ecifica t io n s f or E46 cars are l isted in Ta b l e d .
Tabl e d. F l ui d s and l ub ricants Fl ui d Approxi ma te ca pacity Specification ZF A 5S 32 5Z Co mp l ete refill : 9.0 liters (9.5 US q t. ) Oil an d fil t er ch ang e: 4.
u se d in t he manu al trans miss i on. Use o f su ch an oil co uld sho rte n the ser vice l ife o f th e tra nsmiss i o n . B r a ke fluid Brake f l u id absorb s moistu re ea sily, and moi stu re in th e fl u id affect s b rake p erforma n ce and rel ia b il ity.
T h e p owe r steeri n g fl u id is Dex ron II I® A TF, or equ iv al ent . T h e system is p erma n en t l y fil l ed an d d oes n ot h av e a d rai n .
020-4 En gi n e Oi l Se rv i ce With th e int rod u ct io n of syn t h etic oil and ex tend ed oil ch ang e int erv als, a n ew oil f i l t er wi th imp rov ed fil t er p ap er d esi g n wa s in trod u ced . The n ew fil ter p aper resists d et eri oratio n cau sed b y h igh oil temp eratu res ov e r an ex t end ed time.
pu bl i cati on . If there i s an y dou bt ab out w ha t proce du res ap pl y t o a spe ci f i c mode l or mode l year, or w hat i ntervals shou l d be f oll ow ed , reme mber that an au t ho ri z ed BMW de al er ha s t he latest i nformati on on fact ory-re commen ded maintena nce.
q t. capacity), are described in 01 0 General . No te: I f using a " fast-l ube " servi ce faci l i t y for oil cha ng es, make sure t he t ech ni ci an ha nd-starts and t orq ue s t he eng i ne oi l dra i n plug using h and -tool s. Pow er tools can st ri p t he t hre ads of t he p l ug an d t he oi l pa n.
CA UTI ON! Pu l l th e l o os e pl ug away fro m the hole quick l y to av oid bein g s calded by h o t oil. I t w il l ru n o u t q uic kly wh en t he p lug is rem ov ed .
- Re f il l cran kcase wi t h oil. A p p rox imate oil capacity is l isted in T ab l e d . Use d ipst ick t o ch eck corre ct oi l l ev el. - Start en g in e an d ch eck t h at oil p ressure warnin g l ig h t imme d ia tel y g oe s ou t.
020-5 En gi n e Com pa rtm en t M a i n ten a n ce T h e inf orma tion u n d er th is h ea d ing d escri b es rout ine mai n ten ance other th an oi l ch an g e d one in t h e en g in e compartmen t. I t is n ot n ece ssary f or th e car t o b e raise d an d su p p orted off th e g roun d .
mass ai r f l ow sen sor ( ar row ) int o retai n ing cl ip s in ai r f il ter u p p er h ousin g . Coo ling sys tem s e r v i ce Ro u t in e coo l ing syst em mainten ance consists of maint aining t h e coolant l ev el an d insp ecting h ose s.
ill u stration sh ows ex amp l es of d ama g e to coolan t h oses. A n y of cond itio n s sh ow n i s cause f or repl ace men t. (Co u r tesy of Gates R u b b er Comp any, I n c.) Engine driv e bel t s e rvice Dri ve b elt s and p u l l eys t ransf er p owe r from t h e eng ine cran ksh aft t o v ario u s acce ssorie s.
Simi l arl y, t u rn main eng ine d riv e b elt ten sio n er l u g ( B ) cl ockw ise and remov e b el t . WA RN I NG! Ob se rv e car e wh en replacing belts. Per so nal in jur y co u l d re su l t i f a tensio n er springs back i nto position u n co n tro l labl y.
OBD II en h an ced emi ssio n stan d ards requ ire th e eng in e cont rol mod u l e (ECM ) to monitor t h e ox yg en con ten t in th e ex h aust b oth b efore and aft er th e catalytic con v erter. This al l ow s f or tig h t er cont rol of th e tail p ip e emi ssions and al so all ows th e ECM to d ia g n ose conv erter p robl ems.
Park car on l ev el g rou n d wi t h eng in e off . Le v el is corre ct if it is b etwee n M I N and M AX marks on d ip stick. I f l ev el is b el ow M I N mark, st art eng in e an d ad d fl u id t o rese rv oi r to b rin g l ev el u p . Stop en g in e and rech eck l ev el.
Re mov e p l astic t rim cov ers ( ar row s ). Re mov e cov er h ol d d own b ol t s. Re mov e ig n itio n coil g rou n d in g h arnesses ( ar row s ). Re mov e ig n itio n coils: Pu l l u p on sp ring cl ip s t o d isco n n ect ig n itio n coil h arn ess conn ectors.
Be su re to reinst all coil g rou n d in g h arness. Spark p lu g rec o mme n d ation s Bosch FG R7 DQP NGK BKR6 EQUP Ti gh teni n g torqu e Sp ark p l u g t o cyl ind er h ead 25 Nm (18 f t -l b ) Ve.
020-6 Oth er M ech a n i ca l M a i n ten a n ce B a ttery , c he ck ing a nd cl e aning T h e b att ery is l oca ted in th e righ t side of th e l u g g ag e compartmen t.
Clean m ai n ch assi s g rou n d terminal n ex t t o b att ery. Corro sio n can b e wa sh ed awa y with a b aki n g soda an d wa ter sol u tion th at wi l l n eu t ralize a cid . A p p l y solu t io n care fu l l y, t h oug h , sin ce it wi l l also n eu tral ize aci d in sid e b attery.
onl y. No te: The original eq ui pmen t battery i n E46 mod el s i s mai ntena nce free. T he original el ectrolyt e w i l l norma l l y l ast t he en t i re servi ce l i f e of the ba t tery un der mod erate cl i mate cond i t i ons.
d ama g ing t h e b att ery. No te: Al w a ys di sconn ect t he neg ati ve (-) cab l e f i rst, and con nect i t l ast . W hi l e chan gi ng t he battery, cl ean aw ay an y corro si on i n or aro un d the ba t tery tray. De si gn chara ct eri sti cs of the con verti ble bod y cau se vi bra ti ons to oscil l ate i n t he trunk a rea .
Di sc b rake p ad wea r can b e ch ecked th r oug h open in g in cal iper: M ea su re d istan ce ( A ) of b rake p ad "ear" to b r ake rotor.
Check th at b rake h ose s are corre ct l y rout ed t o av o id ch afin g or kinkin g . I n sp ect u n ions an d b rake calip ers for sig n s of f l u id l ea ks. I n sp ect rig id l ines f or corro sio n , d ent s, or oth er d amage. I n sp ect f l ex ibl e h ose s f or cracking .
up one more st op (cli ck). Dri ve the car ap proximatel y 40 0 meters (1,300 ft . ) an d rel ea se the bra ke. T o rech eck t he ad justmen t of t he parking bra ke see 340 Brake s . Clut ch fluid, c he ck i ng T h e h yd rau l ic cl u tch an d t h e b r ake system sh are th e same rese rv oi r and th e same b rake fl u id .
env ironmen t al cond itio n s. If sh ort- d istance d r iv in g p red omi n ates, th e moi st u re an d cond en sation in th e system will n ot fu l l y d ry out . This will l ea d to ea rl y corro sio n d ama g e and more f requ en t rep l aceme n t .
Check rear d ifferent ia l oil l ev el at rea r d ifferent ia l fil l er p l u g ( ar row ). - Check l u b rica n t l ev el with car o n a l ev el su rface: Re mov e oi l fil l er p l u g . Le v el is corre ct wh en f l u id j u st rea ch es edg e of f ill er h ole.
th e d riv er's seat. A p rotectiv e co v er mu st b e remov ed to access th e f il ter. Fu el fil ter for M 52 T U eng in e is sh own in ill u str atio n . E46 cars wi th M 54 eng in e are equ ip p ed with a fu el fil ter th at h as a b u ilt in f u el p ressu re regu l ator.
is rem ov ed . Do n ot sm oke o r w or k near h ea ters or other fi re h aza rds. Ke ep a fire ext in gu isher hand y. CA UTI ON! Clea n thor ou ghly aro u nd th e fi lter co nn ectio n s b efo re rem ov i n g th em.
Sus pens ion, front , i ns pec ting I n sp ectio n of t h e f ront su sp ension an d steeri n g in cl u d es a ch eck of all mov ing p arts f or wea r and ex cessi ve p l ay. I n sp ect b all j oi n t and t ie -rod ru b b er sea l s an d b oo ts for cracks or tears th at coul d al l ow th e en t ry of d irt, water, an d other cont ami n an ts.
p ressures can b e fou n d on t h e d r i v er's d oo r p il l ar an d in t h e ow n er's manu al. No t e th at t ire pr essures sh ou l d b e h igh er when t h e car is more h ea v ily l oa d ed.
T ra nsmi ss ion s e rv i c e, m a nual M anu al tr ansmissio n serv ice con sists of insp ectin g for l ea ks an d ch ecki n g th e fl u id . Ev iden ce of tran smissi on l eaks is l ike l y to b e seen aro u n d t h e d riv eshaft moun t ing fl an g e an d at t h e b ott om of th e b ell h ou sin g .
whenev er n ew t ire s are instal l ed. No te: See 320 Steeri ng and W hee l Al i gnme nt for a mo re de t ai l ed discussi on of ali gnme nt req uiremen t s an d specif i cati ons. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed.
020-7 Body a n d I n teri or M a i n ten a n ce B ody a nd hinges , l ubric ating T h e d oo r l ocks and l ock cyl ind ers can b e l u b ricated with an oil t h at con t ai n s g raph ite. T h e b od y and d oo r h in g es, th e h ood l atch , an d th e d oo r ch eck r ods sh oul d b e l u b ricated with SA E 30 o r SA E 40 eng in e oi l .
wa sh p rodu ct . Rinse u sin g p l en t y of cl ea r water. W ip e th e b od y d ry wi t h a soft cl oth towel or ch amo is t o p rev ent wa t er-spott in g . Interior c a re Di rt sp ots can u su al l y b e remo v ed with l u kewa rm soa p y wa t er or a d ry f oa m cl ea n er.
Se at be lts Di rt and oth er ab rasi v e p articl es wi l l d ama g e sea t b el t webb in g . If it is n ece ssary t o cl ea n seat b el t s, u se a mild soap sol u t ion. Bl each an d oth er stron g cl eaning ag en ts may we ake n th e b elt webb ing an d sh ou l d b e av oided .
Co mmercia l or sel f -serv ice car wa sh es may n ot b e b est f or t h is, as th ey may recycle t h e sal t-con taminated water. Wa x ing For a l on g -l ast ing , p rotectiv e, an d g l ossy f inish , ap p l y a h ard wax after th e car h as b ee n washed and d ried.
alcohol or ammo n ia so l u t ion, or a n on-ab rasiv e cl eanser t o cl ean th e wi n d sh ie l d . Wip er b l ad e ch atter may b e caused b y d irty or wo rn b l ad es, b y a d irty wi n d sh ie l d , or b y b ent or twisted wi p er arms. Cl ea n th e b l ades and wi n d sh ield as describ ed abov e.
OBD-2 On -Boa r d Di a g n os ti cs (OBD I I ) OBD II is an acronym f or On - Boa rd Di ag n ostics II , t h e seco n d g en era t ion of on-b oard self -d iagn ostic equ ip men t requ ireme n ts. T h ese st and ards wer e ori g in al l y mand ated for Californ ia v ehicl es.
rese t using the spe ci al scan t ool. Re movi ng the conn ector f rom t he ECM or disconn ecti ng the ba tt ery w i l l no t era se the fault memory. T h e ex t ra h ard war e n ee d ed t o operate t.
T h e M I L wi l l come on u n d er th e fol l owi n g con d itions. A n eng i n e man agement system faul t is d etected f or t wo consecu tiv e OB D I I d riv e cycl es. A catal yst d ama g ing fau l t . A comp on ent malfu n ct io n (su ch as catalyst d et eri oratio n ) causes emi ssions t o ex ceed 1.
Addi tio n al i nf orma t io n, M IL : A f aul t cod e is stored wi th in th e ECM u p on th e first occurr ence of a fau l t in t h e syst em b eing ch ecke d . T wo compl ete consecu tiv e d riv e cycl es wi th t h e fau l t p rese n t ill u minate t h e M IL .
With th e u se of a u n iv ersa l or 'g en eric' scan t ool con n ected to t h e DLC (Di ag n ostic Link Co n n ector), d iagn ostic trou b l e cod es (DT Cs) can b e ob t ai n ed, along wi th th e cond itio n s associ ated wi t h th e ill u min atio n of th e eng ine serv ice l igh t.
i nstall ed. Professiona l di ag nosti c scan t oo l s ava i l ab l e at t he ti me of thi s printi ng i ncl ud e the BMW factory tools ( DI Splus an d MoDiC) and a small numb er of aftermarke t BMW -spe ci f i c tools.
requ ired t ests. T h e ECM mu st reco g n ize t h e l oss or imp airm ent of t h e sign al or compon ent an d d etermine if a sign al or sensor is f aul ty b ased on 3 cond itions: Sign al or compon .
ECM cann ot d et ermi n e th e env ironmen t or en g in e operating cond itions d u e t o missing or fau l t y sign al s it will set a fau l t cod e an d , d epen d in g on cond itio n s, il l u min ate th e M I L.
Sp eci fic cyl in d er(s) Sev erity of t h e misfire ev ent Emissi on s rel ev ant or catalyst d ama g ing M isfire d etectio n is an on -g oing monitoring p rocess th at is onl y d isa b l ed u n d er certai n l imite d cond itions.
set an d id en tify th e fau l t y b ank(s) . I f after comp l eting t h e n ex t col d start a faul t is ag ai n p rese n t, th e M IL wi l l b e ill u minated .
ch eck system in t egrity. O n M S 43 .0 cars, a more so p h isticated DM T L (Di ag n ostic M od u l e - Lea k De t ectio n ) p u mp is u sed . Driv e cy c le T h e OBD II d riv e cycl e is an imp ortant concep t in u n d erstan d ing O BD I I requ ireme n ts.
OBD-3 BM W Fa u l t Codes (DT Cs ) Below is a co mp reh ensiv e l isting of BM W DT Cs an d th e corre sp ond ing SA E P-cod es. T a ble a . Diagnos tic trouble c odes (D T Cs ) BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explan ation 1 I g n ition coil cyl .
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 8 P01 01 M ass air fl ow circuit rang e/p erf. I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) Failed sign al r ang e ch eck against p redefin ed d iag n ostic l imi t s. 10 En g ine coo l ant temp .
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 23 P02 06 I n j ector circu it cyl . 6 Ou tp u t d ig ital p u l se widt h (activ e l ow ) DM E f in al stag e will se.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 33 P02 05 I n j ector circu it cyl . 5 Ou tp u t d ig ital p u l se widt h (activ e l ow ) DM E f in al stag e will se.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 45 M u l t i f u n ct io n al steeri n g wh eel, tog g l e-b it I n p u t b inary stream (0-1 2V ) Ev ery 0.5 sec. a messa g e t h at in cl u d es a t ogg l e b it (tog g l es b etwee n 0->1 and 1->0 ) is t ransmitt ed.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n sh u n t resistor (l imitatio n v ol t age) t h en seco n d ary ign itio n v olt ag e is d etected and sh u n t r esi stor may b e f aul t y.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n tran sistor and comp onen t ex ists. 74 A C compr esso r relay Ou tp u t d ig ital on/ off (activ e l ow ) DM E f in a.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n sp ring w ith in motor t h rott l e b ody. 11 0 P15 42 Pe d al sen sor p otent io meter 1 I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) Failed sign al r ang e ch eck against p redefin ed d iag n ostic l imi t s.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 11 7 P15 42 Pe d al sen sor p otent io meter p l au sibil ity I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) I f t h ere is a d ifference g reater t h an sp ecifie d b etwee n t wo redu n d an t sign als f rom p oten tiome t er, fau l t will b e set.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n d isconn ection b etwee n ou tp u t tran sistor and comp onen t ex ists.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 13 1 C A N t ime out (in str 2) I n p u t b inary stream b it d ata (0-1 2V ) CA N me ssage b et we en DM E /EG S n ot recei v ed wi t h in ex p ected t ime .
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n swi tch is " l ow" for l ong er t h an p redet ermi n ed t ime .
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n on inp u t l in e. 15 3 P01 50 Ox yg en sensor p re-ca t (Bank 2), sh ort t o b att ery v olt . I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) O x yg en sen sor sign al rang e is ch ecked to d etermine if el ectrica l sh orts ex ist on in p u t l in e.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 16 0 M S 43 T h rottl e v al v e p osi t ion cont rol l er DM E in tern al v alu es l ogical 16 1 M S 43 T h rottl e v.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 18 8 P11 32 Ox yg en sensor h eate r, p re-cat (Bank 1), insu f f ici en t Ou tp u t d ig ital p u l se widt h (activ e l ow ) DM E in t ernal l y calcu l ated h eate r p ow er is ch ecke d against p redefin ed d iag n ostic l imi t s.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n sign al. If mor e t h an t wo ign itio n sig n al s are n ot reco g n ized t h an th ere mig h t b e a p robl em in f ee d b ack l in e.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 22 2 P01 25 I n su f ficie n t coolant temp . to p ermit cl ose d l oo p operatio n I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) Co m p ari son of actu al coolant t emperatu re against cal cu l ated DM E v alu e wh ich v arie s with l oad sign al.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n swi tch f aul t wi l l set. 23 2 P01 79 Ox yg en sensor p re-ca t (Bank 2), swi tch time too sl ow I n p u t an al og (h ig h is l ea n ) ( 0-5 V) Ch ecks am oun t of t ime ox yg en sen sor takes to switch f rom rich to l ea n and v ice v ersa.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n for cyl ind er 2 is l ong er, f aul t wi l l set. 24 0 P03 03 C yl . 3 misfire d etected DM E in tern al v alu es l ogical Cra n ksh aft sp eed/ acce l era tion is monitored b y crank sensor.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 24 5 P14 23 Se con d ary ai r inj ection (Bank 1), fl ow too l ow I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) Ch ecks to see if ox ygen sensor reacts t o incr ea se in u n metered ai rfl ow g enerated b y seco n d ary air pu mp operatio n .
100-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers system d escri p tions and g en era l in f orma tion on en g ines and eng ine man agement systems. A l so cov ered is b asic eng in e trou b l esh oo tin g .
3.0 liter) en g in es were in trod u ced. T h is eng in e incorp orates a l l t h e t echn ical featu res of t h e M 52 T U eng in es with add ition of fu l l y el ectron ic th rottl e contr ol an d en h an ced emi ssio n contr ols.
M o d el ye ar Eng i ne code No. of cy l in d er s Displace me n t cc (cu. i n .) B o re / str o ke C o mpre ss i o n ra ti o To rqu e l b-ft/ rpm Hors ep ow er Hp/rpm i n . ) T orque/pow e r graphs M 52 T U 2.5 l iter M 52 T U 2.8 l iter En g i n e- Gen er al h tt p: // e bah n .
M 54 2 .5 l iter M 54 3 .0 l iter En g i n e- Gen er al h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /1...
Cyli nder bloc k a nd cra nkshaft T h e cyl ind er b l ock is ca st al u minu m all oy (A l Si9C u 3) with cast iron cyl in d er l iners. The cyl in d ers are ex p osed on al l sides t o circu l ating coolant . T h e coun terwe i g h t ed cran ksh aft rotates in repl ace abl e sp l it-sh el l mai n b ea r ing s.
Con nec ting rods a nd pist ons T h e forg ed st ee l con n ectin g rods u se repl acea b l e sp l it- sh ell b ea rin g s at th e cranksh af t end an d solid b u sh in g s at t h e p iston p in end . T h e p iston s are of t h e th ree - ring t yp e wi th t wo u p p er compr essi on r ing s an d a l ow er one-p ie ce oi l scraper rin g .
Each ex h aust manifol d asse m b l y incorp orate s a catal ytic con v erter. T h e conv erters are moun ted cl ose t o th e eng in e f or faster h ea t u p .
all ows t h e eng in e t o b e operated at h ig h er cont rol l ed t emperatu res d u rin g l ow an d p art t h rottl e. This opt imize s operating temp eratu res in b oth cyl in d er h ead an d b l ock, red u ces f rictio n an d th ere b y f u el con su mp t ion.
torq u e b y ch an g in g t h e intake air f l ow conf igu ratio n f or v arying en g ine sp ee d s. T h is h elp s achiev e op timu m torq u e th roug h out t h e en tire RPM ran g e.
T h e int ake ma n ifol d in cl u d es int ake tu rb u l en ce p orts. The 5.5 mm (0.21 7 in. ) tu rb u l en ce p orts ch ann el idl e and l ow sp eed air d ire ct l y f rom t h e idl e sp eed cont rol v al v ed t o on e int ake v al v e of ea ch cyl ind er.
conv erter an d f aste r redu ct ion in emi ssion s. Ov eral l imp rov ed f u el economy. See 117 Camshaft Ti m ing Chain s f or V A NOS system t esting an d rep ai r inf orma t ion.
Co n n ector 1: Vo l t ag es and g rou n d s Co n n ector 2: Ancill ary sign als (ox yg en sen sors, CA N, etc. ) Co n n ector 3: En g in e sign als Co n n ector 4: Ve h icl e sig n als Co n n ector 5: Ig n itio n sig n al s No te: The fl ash EEPROM ( chip) i s specifi call y `pro grammed ' to the veh i cl e.
(ECT ) in cyl ind er h ead su p p l ies coo l an t t emp era tu r e information to th e EC M . ECM o u tpu ts: Fu el inj ect or open in g d u ratio n . I n t ake an d ex h au st v al v e t imi n g v ia th e V A NOS system. T h e radiator coo l ing f an an d th e h eate d coo l ant th ermostat.
Fu el p u rg e v alv e and fu el t ank l ea kag e d ia g n osi s p u mp (LD P or DM -TL ). Fu el meteri n g : The ECM met ers p ressur ize d f u el b y ch ang in g th e open ing t ime (p u l se widt h ) of t h e f u el inj ect ors. The ex act amoun t of f u el inj ect ed is d etermined b y th e amoun t of time th e inj ectors are open .
Co n t rol of col d air in take v ol u me. For ex ampl e, at ai r temp era t u res b el ow 0°C (32°F), el ectronic t h rottl e cont rol (M DK/EDK) is al so open ed d u rin g idl e.
I f t h e fau l t cau ses incr ea sed ai r f l ow (actu ator failed open ), V A NOS an d kn ock cont rol are d eactiv ated. This redu ces eng in e p erformance n oticea b l y.
I g n ition f u n ction: a d istribu t orl ess ig n itio n system with in d iv id u al ign ition coils f or ea ch cyl ind er is emp l oyed. Th e coi l s are moun t ed ov er t h e sp ark p l u g s and conn ect t o th e p l u g s v ia a sh ort l ea d .
Si e m e ns DM E M S 4 3 .0 En g i n e- Gen er al h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /1... 18 of 1 9 2/ 25/ 2009 9: 58 PM.
Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. En g i n e- Gen er al h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /1.
100-2 Dri v ea bi l i ty T rou bl es h oot i n g T h e Sie men s syst ems are soph isticated sel f-d iagn osing O BD II systems. T h ese syst ems cont in u ousl y monitor comp onen ts an d r eco rd an d store v alu ab l e diag n ostic inf ormatio n .
v olt s for a b attery wi t h a 25% ch arg e. Ev en a fu l l y ch arg ed b att ery cann ot d eliv er p owe r u n l ess it is p roperl y conn ected to t h e electr ica l syst em. Check th e b att ery terminal s for corro sion or l oose cabl e conn ect io n s.
Good g roun d s are critical to p roper DM E operatio n . If a g roun d con n ectio n h as n o v isibl e f au l ts b u t is stil l su sp ect, mea su re th e v olt age d rop acro ss t h e conn ection. A l arg e v ol t age d rop ind icates h igh resistance, ind ica tin g th at t h e conn ect io n is corroded , d irty or d ama g ed.
eng in e compart ment , b eh ind l ef t h ea d l ig h t assembl y (h eadl ig h t asse mb l y sh ow n remov ed). M ai n f u el p u mp g rou n d ( arr o w ) b eh ind righ t rea r sea t b ack rest. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed.
110-2 En gi n e Rem ov a l a n d I n s ta l l a ti o n Be su re to cov er all p ai n ted su rf ace s b efore b eginn in g t h e remov al p roce d u re. As an ai d t o in stal l atio n , l abel all comp onen ts, wi res and h oses b efore remov in g th em.
Re mov e h ou sing f or int eri or v ent il ation micro f ilt er. Re mov e u p p er cov er an d micro f ilt er. Op en wi ring h arn ess l oo m cov er ( A ) and remo v e wi res. Unf asten screw s ( B ) a n d remo v e l ow er micro f il ter h ou sin g .
I f ox yg en se nso r harnes s co nn ec to rs ar e separ ated, b e su re to ma rk them so th at th ey can b e re as sem b l ed as befo re. Working at l eft rear of en g in e compartmen t: Pee l ru b b er edg e sea l off top of p anel . T wist p l astic p an el retainers ( ar row s ) 90° and p u l l ou t t o remo v e.
Li f t off con n ector l oo m and l ay asi d e. Re mov e compl ete ai r f ilt er h ou sing : De t ach v acu u m l in e at in t ake b oot ( A ). Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ector on m ass ai r f l ow se n sor ( B ). Re l ea se mass air fl ow sensor cl ips ( C ).
8 - Ho se cl amp 28 - 33 mm 9 - Ho se cl amp 77 - 84 mm Wh ere app l icabl e: P u l l t h rott l e cabl e u p wa rd s out of ru b b er retai n er ( A ) and u n h ook b all en d of cab l e ( B ) f rom th r ottl e actu ator. No te: Mod el s eq uippe d w i th M54 en gi nes d o no t use a throttl e cab l e mou nted to throttl e hou si ng .
De t ach el ectrica l h arness con n ector at fu el tan k v ent ing v alv e ( A ). Disco n n ect h ose at q u ick d isconn ect f itt ing ( ar row ). Re mov e d ip stick g u ide t u b e: De t ach wiri n g h arness b racke t s from t u b e ( A ). De t ach f u el l in es f rom tu b e ( B ).
pres su re (app ro x. 3 - 5 b ar or 45 - 75 psi) and ma y be expelled u n d er p re ssu re . Do n o t smo ke or wor k n ear heate rs or o ther fire hazar d s. Kee p a fi re ex ti n g uisher h andy. B efo re di sc o n n ec t in g fu el h o ses , wrap a clo th ar ou n d fue l h os es to abso rb any l eak i ng fue l .
tools 13 5 281 / 13 5 282 . CA UTI ON! Fue l ma y be ex pell ed u n d er pres su re . Do n ot sm ok e o r w or k n ea r heate rs o r other fire h aza rds. Kee p a fire ex ti ngu i sher handy. B efo re di sc o n n ec t in g fu el h o ses , wrap a clo th aro und fue l h os es to abso rb any lea king fu el.
Li f t u p man ifold j u st en oug h t o d etach p osi t iv e cabl es from st arter motor terminal 50 ( ar row ). - Re mov e in take manifold from cyl ind er h ead wh il e care f u l l y ch ecki n g for el ectrical conn ections or h ose s.
Engine ass e m bly, r em oving and inst al ling No te: The i ntake manifol d must be r emo ved as de scri be d earli er to f aci l i t ate en gi ne asse mbl y remo val . Re mov e cyl in d er h ead top cov er : Re mov e p l astic t rim cov ers ( ar row s ).
hum ans and p ets. Pets ar e attra cted to co olant b eca us e of its sweet sm ell and tas te. Co n su l t a ve terinarian imme d i ate l y i f co olant is i nge sted by an animal. No te: Ca t ch and dispose of dra i ne d coo l an t acco rdi ng t o l ocal, st ate, and fed eral l aw s.
De t ach coolant h ose at f ront l eft sid e of eng in e b y eng in e mou n t b y rel ea sing l ock ( ar row ). - Unb ol t p owe r st ee ring f l u id rese rv oi r an d p u l l aside with out d etachin g h ose s. Ti e t o f end er wi t h cord or st iff wir e.
Re mov e p owe r st ee rin g p u mp: Re mov e st ee rin g p u mp p u l l ey. Re mov e f ront an d rea r p u mp moun t ing b olt s ( ar rows ). Ha n g p u mp fr om b ody u sin g stiff wi re.
b ottom of seco n d ary air p u mp . Re mov e b racke t f rom stru t towe r. Separate o x yg en sen sor elect rica l h arness con n ectors ( arr o ws ) and moun t ing cl ip ( A ) on rig h t si d e of eng in e. Re mov e ch assis g roun d st rap ( arr ow ) at rig h t en g ine moun t in g p ed estal.
Wh en rei n stal l in g , make su re l ocating p in on l eft eng ine mou n t ( arr o w ) seats corre ct l y in sl ot of su b f rame b oss. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting t h e f oll owi n g : Re p l ace al l g askets, O-rin g s and sea l s.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Co ol an t d rain p l u g to cyl ind er b l ock 25 Nm (18 f t -l b ) En g in e moun t t o sub f rame M 10 4 5 Nm (33 ft -l b ) Ex h au st man ifold t o cyl in d er h ead M 6 10.
113-1 Gen era l T h is g rou p cov ers E46 cylin d er h ead remo v al and in stal l ation as well as cyl ind er h ead/v alv e d ia g n osi s p roce d u res. T h e inf orma tion g iv en in t h is rep ai r g roup assu mes th at t h e en g ine is inst all ed in th e en g ine b ay.
T orq u e wrench w/ fl ex ex t en sio n BM W sp eci al t oo l 00 9 25 0 E-12 To rx socke t BM W sp eci al tool 11 2 25 0 Cra n ksh aft l ocking t oo l B M W sp ecia l tool 11 2 300 Ca msh af t l ockin.
Ca msh af t b eari n g cap r emo v al t oo l BM W sp ecia l t ool 11 3 26 0 / 11 3 27 0 T iming ch ain t ensioner t oo l B M W sp eci al t oo l 11 4 22 0 V A NOS adj u st men t p l ate BM W sp ecia l .
Seco n d ary ch ai n ten sioner l ock p in BM W sp ecia l t ool 11 3 29 2 Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Cy li n d er Hea d Rem oval and I n stal la tion h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /1.
113-2 Cyl i n der Hea d Rem ov a l WA RN I NG! Du e to risk o f p er sona l i nj u ry , be su re th e eng i n e is co ld befo re beg i nn i n g th e re mo va l proc edur e. Cylin d er h ead remo v al an d in st al l atio n is a compl icated rep ai r p rocedu re.
CA UTI ON! Prio r to di sco nn ect in g the batter y, rea d th e battery di sc o n n ec t ion cau tions giv en at the fro n t o f th is manua l on p ag e viii. Disc onnecting the b atter y ma y er ase fau l t co d e(s ) sto red i n co ntro l mo d u le mem or y.
Re mov e cov er h ol d d own b ol t s from in take cov e r an d l ift off cov er. Working abov e en g in e, d isconn ect t h e fol l owi n g : A Posi t iv e eng in e l ead at B+ terminal B M anifol d .
Di scon n ect eng ine v en t h ose f rom cyl ind er h ead cov er b y sq u eezi n g sides of sp rin g cl ip ( arr o w s ). Disconn ect V A NOS solen oi d electrical h arness conn ector ( A ).
p u l l in g it f orwa rd awa y f rom mass ai r fl ow sen sor. No te: I n t his st ep , mass air f l ow sen sor rema i ns attache d t o rubb er ai r duct.
Working at t h rottl e hou sin g : T u r n h arness p l u g ( arr o w ) coun t erclockwi se and remov e. Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ector at idl e sp ee d cont rol v al v e ( ar row ) d ire ctl y ab ov e th rott l e h ou sin g .
Re mov e d ip stick g u ide t u b e: Di scon n ect wi r ing h arn ess b racke ts fr om tu b e ( A ). Di scon n ect fu el l in es fr om retai n ing cl ip s ( B ). Re mov e l owe r d ip stick g u ide t u b e moun t ing b olt ( C ). Pu l l out g u ide tu b e.
pro fess ional au tom o t ive li ft or j ac k sta n ds desig n ed f o r the p ur p o se . A floo r jack i s not adequ ate su p por t. - Re mov e p rotectiv e eng ine sp l ash g u ard f rom b eneath eng ine compartmen t.
Separate fu el l ine su p p ort b racke t at rear of in take manifol d . T h r ea d f u el l in e(s) ou t of rear of eng in e compart ment wh il e l iftin g fu el rai l ou t . Re mov e in take manifold moun t ing n u t s ( ar row s ). Li f t u p man ifold enou g h t o d iscon n ect p osi t iv e cabl es from st arter motor terminal ( ar row ).
2 of en g in e b l ock ( arr o w ). Dra in r adiator int o a 3-gal l on p ai l b y remo v ing p l astic d rain p l u g at l owe r l eft end of r adiato r ( ar row ). WA RN I NG! Us e cau tion w h en d raini ng and di spo si ng o f engine co olant. Co olant is p o iso nou s and l ethal to hum ans and p ets .
Re mov e b ol t on t op of rese rv oi r. Li f t t ank an d d isco n n ect electrical conn ections t o p u mp and t o wa sh er fl u id l ev el sensor. Di scon n ect h ose s to wind sh ie l d wa sh er and h eadl igh t wa sh er. Ti l t rese rv oi r to p rev e n t f l u id from l ea kin g out .
Re mov e ig n itio n coils. Di scon n ect ign ition coil h arn ess conn ectors. Re mov e coi l moun tin g fasten ers. Re mov e coi l s. Re mov e g rou n d st raps. Set coil h arness to l eft side of eng in e compart ment . - Re mov e cyl in d er h ead cov er moun t ing fasten ers and remo v e cyl ind er h ead cov er.
Dou ble VA NO S com ponents (M 52 T U, M 5 4 e ngine) 1 - Impu l se wh eel moun tin g n ut 2 - Exhaust ca mshaft impu l se wh eel 3 - Sprin g p late 4 - Th rust spac er (T = 3.
14 - Sprocke t moun tin g n ut 15 - Sprin g p late 16 - Spl in ed shaft 17 - In tak e ca mshaft sprock et 18 - Lo ca tin g stud 19 - Th rust spac er 20 - In tak e ca mshaft impu l se wh eel 21 - Chain.
Re mov e b an j o b ol t f rom V A NOS u n it oil p ressur e l ine. Use ban j o bol t to att ach BM W sp ecia l tool 11 3 45 0 (compressed ai r f ittin g ) to V A NOS con t rol u n it. Co v er oi l h ole ( arr o w ) in V A NOS u n it wi th sh op t owe l t o capt u re oil which wi l l sp ray when compressed ai r is ap p l ied .
Re mov e sealing p l u g f rom sp eci al t oo l b ore on l ow er l eft side of en g in e b l ock n ear f l ywh ee l . Secur e cranksh af t in TD C p osi t ion with BM W sp ecia l t oo l 11 2 30 0 ( ar row ). Unscrew and remov e t wo cyl in d er h ea d cov er stu d s ( arr o w s ) at rear of cyl ind er h ead.
Oil wil l d r ai n f rom p l u g s ( arr o ws ) wh en remo v ed. Ha ve a cont ai n er and rag s rea d y. Do n ot al l ow oi l t o ru n ont o d riv e b el ts. Pu l l sealin g cap s straigh t out of V AN O S u n it with BM W sp eci al tool 11 6 1 70 , or wi th sh ort n ose p l ier s.
Do n ot cr ank th e engine w ith VA NOS u n i t re mo ved. T he spli ned shaft on the i n tak e c am shaft mig h t sl ip o ut o f the VA NOS spl in e teeth, ca u sing the in tak e ca m to n o l o nge r be p o si tively co nn ecte d to th e ti ming c hain , allowin g f o r p o ss ib l e pi sto n /valve in terf er ence .
Re mov e ex h au st camshaft imp u l se wheel mou n tin g n u t s ( ar rows ). Re mov e impu l se wheel ( A ). Re mov e sp rin g p l ate ( A ). Re mov e in take camshaft sp r ocke t moun t in g n u t s ( arr ow s ) and remov e sp ring p l ate (l ab ell ed F RO NT ).
Li f t off ex h aust an d in t ake sp rocke t s tog eth er with second ary ch ain , th ru st sp acer ( A ) f rom ex h aust camsh aft , and sp l in ed sh aft ( B ) from in take camshaft . CA UTI ON! Spl i ned shafts s hare th e sa me part num b er fo r b oth i ntake and exhau st ca mshafts.
Re mov e p rimary ch ain sp r ocke t moun t in g stu d s ( arr ow s ) on ex h aust camshaft . Li f t p rima ry ch ain sp rocket off ex h au st camshaft . Remo v e sp rocke t from ch ai n . Pl ace t imi n g ch ain on end of ex h aust camshaft . Re mov e l ocating st u d s ( arr o ws ) f rom int ake ca msh aft.
Do n ot remo v e en d sp l in e retai n ing screw s f rom camshaft s ( ar row s ). Re mov e cyl in d er h ead cov er moun t ing stu d s ( arr ow s ) from cen t er of cyl ind er h ead. - R emo v e fl ywheel l ocking t oo l f rom tran smissi on b el l h ou sing so t h at cranksh af t is n o l on g er secu red.
ce n tere d wi th adapter slee ves . T o av oid cam shaft d am ag e, i t mu st b e re mo ve d befo re any ot h er ca p s. Fit BM W sp eci al tools 11 3 260 ( A ) an d 11 3 27 0 ( B ) to cyl ind er h ead an d screw l on g b ol t s ( arr o w s ) in to sp ark p l u g th rea d s.
Hy d rau li c li fters shou ld b e sto red in an uprig ht pos iti on. Us ed h ydra u l ic li fter s mu st b e re placed i nto o riginal l ift er b o res . Cyli nder he ad ass e m bly, re m oving - R emo v e ex hau st man ifol d s. See 18 0 Ex h aust S ystem.
Usi n g BM W sp ecia l t ool 11 2 250 or equ iv al ent , l oose n cyl ind er h ead b ol t s in sev eral st ages in seq u en ce sh own. Di scard h ea d b olt s. No te: BMW special t oo l 11 2 25 0 i s a thi n-w al l ed T orx E12 socke t w i t h an exten ded reach .
113-3 Cyl i n der Hea d I n s ta l l a ti o n Clean cyl in d er h ea d and g asket su rf ace s of cyl ind er b l ock an d al l timing ch ain cov ers. Re mov e f ore ig n matt er and l iq u id f rom b olt h oles. CA UTI ON! Do n ot u se a me t al sc ra per o r wi re bru sh to cle an th e alum i num c ylin d er head or p isto ns.
operatio n s. Pl ease b e adv ise d th at th ese ind iv id u al j obs m u st b e acco mp l ished in th e order in which th ey ap p ear. Cyl ind er h ea d assembl y, inst al l in g Camshaft s an d v al.
pos i tion b efo re l o w ering the cylind er head in to pos iti on. A l l p isto ns mu st be ou t of TDC pos iti on to p rev ent va l ve/pisto n i nterfe rence when th e ca mshafts are i nstalled. - Li g h t l y l u b ricate n ew cyl in d er h ea d b ol t s.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Stag e 2 +90 ° Stag e 3 +90 ° I n stal l int ake camsh aft p ositio n sensor ( ar row ). - I n stal l ex h aust man ifol d s. See 18 0 Ex h aust System. I n stal l l owe r second ary ch ain g u id e. T ig h t en To rx b olt s ( arr ow s ) to sp eci f icatio n s.
A min imu m waitin g time is requ ired fo r th e h ydra uli c lif ter s to "bleed down" after in stalli ng th e ca mshafts in to th e cylin der head, but befo re sy n chro n i zing th e cr anks h aft and va l ve tra i n ti ming. W hen th e ca mshafts are re mo ve d, the hydrau li c l ifters can expand.
Ro t ate camshaf ts so th at in take and ex h au st l obes f or cyl in d er 1 face ea ch other ( ar row s ). CA UTI ON! B e su re th at cr ankshaft is stil l pos i tioned at leas t 30 ° b ac k fro m TDC. - Pl ace b eari n g caps on cams, b u t d o n ot in st all retainin g n u t s.
- Re p eat p roce d u re f or ex h aust camshaft . No te: Before t he next step, ob serve w aiti ng ti me for l i f t er bl ee d dow n be fore con t i nuing w i th camsha f t i nstall ati on.
Li f t t imi n g ch ain and h ol d u n d er tension . Wh il e mai n t ai n ing t en sio n on t iming ch ai n , rotate cran ksh aft f rom 30 ° b efore TD C in d ire ct i on of rotatio n u p t o cyl ind er 1 T D C p ositio n ( 0|T on f ron t p u l l ey l ined u p with p oint er on l owe r timing ch ain cov er) .
Fit t h ru st sp acer to in t ake camshaf t and t igh t en d ow n with t h readed l oca t in g stu d s (p l ace lon g er th readed p ortio n of st u d s int o camshaf t).
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Ex h au st camsh aft l ocating st u d 20 Nm (15 f t -l b ) I n stal l seco n d ary ch ain ten sioner on cyl ind er h ead ( arrows ). Keep t ensioner compressed u sing BMW sp ecia l tool 11 3 29 2 or su itabl e p in. Fit ex h aust camshaft sp l in ed sl eev e.
Pl ace in take and ex h au st sp rockets in BM W sp ecia l t ool 11 6 18 0. Po sitio n sp l ine g ap on in t ake sp rocket ( arr o w ) as shown an d p l ace seco n d ary ch ain on sp rocke t s. Re mov e ch ain and sp rocke t s from t oo l and sl id e sp rocke ts on camsh aft s.
asse mb l y. I n itia l l y t ig h t en t o app rox . 5 Nm (44 in -l b ) and t h en b ack off b y h alf a tu rn . Fit t h ru st sp acer ( A ) on ex h aust camshaft . I n stal l sp ring p l ate ( A ) t o ex h au st camshaft . M ake su re th at F mark is v isi b l e.
Pu l l out ex hau st camsh aft sp l ined sh aft to stop . - Press down on seco n d ary ch ain tension er and remo v e t ensioner l ock-down tool . Preload p rimar y ch ai n : T ig h t en ad j u st in g screw on BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 4 22 0 t o sp eci f ie d torq u e.
Mak e su re all ga ske t mate rial i s re mo ved f ro m fac e o f cy li n d er head. Clea n se ali n g face and kee p fre e of o i l. If any for ei g n ma t er i al is p res ent o n the sea l i ng su rfa ce , th e ca mshaft timin g w il l b e i nco rr ect.
ea ch oth er. - Secure cranksh aft in TD C p osi t ion wi t h BM W sp ecia l tool 11 2 300 . Pl ace BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 3 24 0 ov er camshaft s an d mea su re cl ea rances. No te: I f the exh aust si de of the tool (A) i s no t f l ush w i th t he h ea d, camsha f t ti mi ng i s i ncorre ct .
re mo ved f ro m fac e o f cy li n d er head. Clean sealin g face and ke ep free of oil. If any fo re ign ma terial i s pres ent on th e se ali ng su rfac e, th e ca mshaft timin g w il l b e i nco rr ect. Chec k l o ca tin g d owe l (A ) and dowel sleev e (B ) at to p o f cy l in d er h ea d fo r d am ag e o r in co rre ct i nstallation.
Set sc rews have l eft hand threa d . Ti g hten co unter cloc kwise . Ti gh teni n g torqu e Hydrau l ic p i st on to sp l ined sh aft M 6 set scr ew 10 Nm (89 i n -l b ) Re p l ace sealin g caps insid e V A NOS u n it wi t h BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 6 17 0, or sh ort f l at n osed p l iers.
Ti gh teni n g torqu e Oil l in e to V A NOS u n it (b anj o b ol t) 32 Nm (24 f t -l b ) - Re mov e BM W sp eci al tool 11 4 22 0 an d r ei n stal l ch ain t ensioner cyl ind er.
Ti gh teni n g torqu e Cylin d er h ea d cov er to cyl in d er h ead ( M 6) 10 Nm (89 i n -l b ) - I n stal l ex h aust man ifol d s u sing n ew g aske t s an d n u t s.
Ca refu l l y ch eck in take manifold g aske t and rep l ace if n ecessa ry. I n sp ect O -rin g seal b et w een m ass ai r fl ow sen sor and air fil ter h ousin g .
Re con n ect b att ery. CA UTI ON! To prev ent d am ag in g e ngine elec tro ni c sy ste ms, i nstall all gr o und wi re s prev i ou sly re mo ved, i ncl u d i ng the gr ou n d w ires for the i gniti o n co il s.
113-4 Di a g n os ti c T es ti ng Cylinde r c om press ion, che c ki ng A comp ressio n g au g e is n eeded t o make a comp ressi on test. For accu rate test, t h e b attery and st arter mu st b e capab l e of crankin g t h e eng in e at l ea st 30 0 rp m, and t h e en g in e sh oul d b e at n orma l op era t ing temp eratu re.
Fail u re to re mo ve th e DME m ain re l ay o r attem p ti ng to d isable th e igniti o n sys tem by other met hods ma y res u l t in d ama ge to the engine co ntro l mo d u le (ECM). Re mov e h ou sing f or int eri or v ent il ation micro f ilt er. Re mov e u p p er cov er an d micro f ilt er.
remo ved. I n stal l compressio n g aug e in f irst cyl ind er' s sp ark p l u g h ol e, tig h t enou g h to f orm a g ood sea l . - With p arking b rake set, tran smissi on in PA RK or NEU TR AL , an d accelera t or p ed al p resse d t o f l oo r, cran k en g in e wi t h starter.
Lo w comp ressi on ind ica t es a p oo r l y sealed combu st ion ch amber. Re l ativ el y ev en p ressu res th at are b elow sp ecifica t io n n orma l l y ind icate wo rn p iston ring s an d / or cyl ind er wa l l s. Erratic v alu es ten d t o in d icate v alv e l ea kag e.
- Re p eat compressio n t est, t h is time wi t h ab out a t ea sp oon of oil sq u irted in t o ea ch cyl in d er. (The oi l will t emporari l y h elp seal b etwe en p iston rin g s and cyl in d er wa l l , p racticall y el imi n ating l ea kag e p ast ring s for a sh ort time.
116-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers cyl in d er h ead and v al v etrai n serv ice an d rep ai r. Proce d u res d escribed h ere requ ire th at th e cyl ind er h ea d f irst b e remo v ed as d escri b ed in 113 Cyl ind er He ad Re mov al an d In stal l atio n .
M ost of th e rep ai rs to a cyl ind er h ea d requ ire p reci sio n machin e wo rk t o sp eci f ic t ol era n ces. This t yp e of work sh oul d b e p erformed b y an au t h orize d BM W repair f aci l ity or an A SE certifie d machin ist.
V alv e stem seal g u id e BM W sp ecia l tool 11 1 960 Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Cy li n d er Hea d an d V al vetrai n h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /1.
116-2 Cyl i n der Hea d T h is sect io n p rov id es t h e sp ecifica t io n s and sp ecia l recond itio n in g in formatio n n ece ssary t o repair t h e cyl in d er h eads cov ered b y t h is manu al . T h e d isa ssembl ed cyl in d er h ea d sh oul d b e insp ect ed for warpag e and cracks.
g iv en in T ab l e a . Tabl e a. Cyli nd er h ea d h eigh t Ne w M in i mum heig ht (di mension A) 14 0.0 mm (5.512 in) 13 9.7 mm (5.500 in) Va lves, lea k test T o t est t h e v alv es for l eaka g e, t h e cyl ind er h ead mu st b e d isasse m b l ed wi t h camshaft s and camsh aft carrie rs remo v ed.
I f th e ca ms h aft is b ein g replace d due to cam l o b e wear, it i s re co mme nd ed that th e co rre spondi n g li fters shou ld also b e re pl ac ed to av oid d ama ging the n ew cam shaft.
Op en wi ring h arn ess l oo m ( A ), remo v e h arness an d l ay aside. Unf asten screw s ( B ) a n d take off l ow er micro f il ter h ou sin g . - Re mov e eng ine cov er. - De t ach p ositiv e a n d g rou n d conn ections f rom int ake man ifold and cyl in d er h ead cov er, as n ece ssary.
Use a p l astic or wo od en st ick to p ress d ow n on t op of l i f ter. If th ere is an y n otice ab l e cl eara n ce, th e l ifter i s fau l ty and sh ou l d b e rep l aced.
116-3 Va l v es Va lves, rem ov ing and i ns tal li ng - Re mov e cyl in d er h ead as d escri b ed in 113 Cyl ind er He ad Re mov al an d In stal l atio n . CA UTI ON! Do n ot let th e hydrau l ic li fte rs fall o u t as the cam shaft car rier is re mo ved.
th e v al v es u sing a wire b ru sh or wire wheel. Tabl e c. Valve spec ifi ca tio ns Specification M 52TU 2.5/2.8 eng in es (19 99 - 20 00) M 54 2.5/3.0 eng in es (20 00 - 20 01 ) V al v e h ead d ia. I n t ake 33 .0 mm (1.29 9 in .) Ex h au st 30 .
Tabl e c. Valve spec ifi ca tio ns Specification M 52 TU 2.5/2.8 engi n es (19 99 - 20 00) M 54 2 . 5/3.0 engi n es (200 0 - 20 01) Ex h au st 6.2 -0. 040 mm (0.24 41 -0. 0016 in .) Va lve guides BM W d oes n ot su p p l y v al v e g u id es as repl aceme n t p arts.
valve guides w hen rep l acing t he gu i des. BM W su p p l ies ov ersize v al v es. See Ta b l e d for ad d itional in formatio n . Tabl e d. Valve gu id e specifica ti on s Specification s M 52 TU / M 54 engi ne(19 99 - 20 01) V al v e g u id e we ar, max i mu m (v al v e til t cl ea ran ce mea su red with n ew v alv e) 0.
d isa ssemb l ed and t h e v al v es remov ed as describ ed abov e u n d er V al v es, remo v ing an d in st all ing . No te: BMW spe ci al t oo l s are ava i l able to remo ve t he va l ve stem oi l seals. As an alt ern ati ve, stand ard valve seal remo val tools are avail able f rom most au t omotive parts st ores.
Tabl e e. Valve se at spec i fi ca ti o ns Specification M 52 TU/M 54 engi n es (19 99 -200 1) B : Corre ct ion ang l e, outsid e 15 ° C : Corre ct ion ang l e, i n sid e 60 ° D : V alv e seat wi d th int ake 1.65 ± 0.25 mm (0.0 65 ± 0. 01 0 in ) ex h aust 1.
117-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers timin g ch ain and V aria b l e Ca m sh aft Ti min g (V A NOS) r epair inf orma tion. T h e timing ch ains are l u b rica t ed b y eng in e oi l an d d o n ot req u ire mai n t en an ce. W orn timing ch ain s an d sp rocke ts can l ead t o noisy op era t ion and erratic v alv e t imi n g .
Cra n ksh aft h u b l ocki n g t ools BM W 11 2 15 0 / 11 2 410 Cra n ksh aft l ocking t oo l B M W 11 2 30 0 Sea l ex tractor t ool B M W 11 2 38 0 Ca msh af t l ocking tools BM W 11 3 24 0/11 3 24 4 I n stal l er b u sh BM W 11 3 28 0 Cam sh af t T i m i n g Ch ain h tt p: // e bah n .
Seco n d ary ch ai n ten sioner l ocking p in BM W 11 3 292 A ir l in e fitt in g BM W 11 3 450 Prima ry ch ain t ensioner tool BM W 11 4 22 0 V A NOS setu p b racket BM W 11 6 15 0 Seco n d ary sp rocket t oo l BM W 11 6 180 Cra n ksh aft h u b l ocki n g t ool BM W 11 8 19 0 / 11 8 200 Cam sh af t T i m i n g Ch ain h tt p: // e bah n .
Pu l l er f or cranksh af t h u b BM W 11 8 21 0 Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Cam sh af t T i m i n g Ch ain h tt p: // e bah n .
117-2 Cra n k s h a f t Fron t Oi l Sea l T h e cranksh aft fron t seal is l ocate d in th e l ow er timi n g cov er on th e fron t of th e en g in e, b eh in d th e v ibration d amper. No te: Ca rs buil t up t o Jan uary 20 00 are f i t ted w i t h a 2-piece vibrati on da mper and hu b asse mbl y.
Simi l arl y, t u rn main eng ine d riv e b elt ten sio n er h ex ( B ) cl ockwi se and remov e b el t . - Secure cranksh aft h u b u sing sp eci al h ol d ing t oo l s: Up to 1/200 0 p rodu ct ion: u se sp eci al t oo l s 11 2 15 0 an d 11 2 41 0. From 01/20 00 p rodu ction: u se sp eci al t oo l s 11 8 19 0 an d 11 8 20 0.
hu b f rom cran ksha ft . Pl ace sp ecia l tool 11 2 38 3 on en d of cranksh aft to cov er th r ea d ed h ol e, an d fit sp eci al t oo l 11 2 38 5, al ign ing g roov e in 11 2 385 wi th keywa y on cran ksh aft ( ar row ).
Ti gh teni n g torqu e h u b t o cranksh aft ft -l b ) CA UTI ON! Do n ot u se B MW spec i al too l 11 2 30 0 to hold cra n ks haft statio nary to loo se n o r tighten cra n ksha ft h ub ce n ter bolt. Use o n ly th e spec ial to ols spec i fi ed, or equiv alent h ub holdi ng to o l .
117-3 Ca m s haf t T i m i ng Ch a i n s , Rem ov i ng Ca msh af t timin g ch ain remov al requ ires th at t h e en g ine oi l p an b e remo v ed. This req u ires rai sin g t h e eng in e an d /or l ow eri n g t h e f ron t su sp en sio n su b fr ame .
viii. Re mov e micro fil ter for in terior v ent ilation . Re mov e micro fil ter h ou sing : Op en wi ring h arn ess l oo m ( A ), remo v e h arness an d l ay aside. Unf asten screw s ( B ) a n d take off l ow er micro f il ter h ou sin g . Re mov e compl ete ai r f ilt er h ou sing : Re l ea se mass air fl ow sensor cl ips ( A ).
Re mov e eng ine cov ers: Re mov e p l astic t rim cov ers ( ar row s ). Re mov e cov er h ol d d own b ol t s. Dra in en g in e coo l an t and remov e coo l an t h ose s. Re mov e ex p ansion t ank cap on radiator. Pl ace a 3-g all on p ail b eneath eng in e to capt u re coolant .
- Re mov e radiator coo l in g f an sh roud an d vi scou s cl u tch coo l ing fan (cars with aut oma t ic tran smissi on) or el ectric co ol i n g fan (cars with manu al tran smissi on). S ee 170 Radia tor and Coo l in g System CA UTI ON! On ca rs wi th visco u s clu tch, 32 mm co o li ng fan mo u n ti n g n u t h as l eft hand threa d s.
- Dra in en g in e oil and remov e oil p an as d escribed in 11 9 Lub ricatio n System . - On cars p rod u ced u p t o 1/20 00 wi t h 2-piece v ib ration d amp er: Re mov e v ibr atio n d amper moun t ing b olt s and sep ara te v ibration d amp er and p u l l ey f rom cranksh aft h u b .
fitt ing ( arr o w s ). - Di scon n ect electr i cal con n ection at int ake camsh aft p ositio n sen sor ( A ). Re mov e ig n itio n coils an d sp ark p l u g s: Pu l l u p on retainin g cl ips t o d isco n n ect ig n itio n coil h arn ess conn ectors.
Working at l eft f ront of cyl ind er h ead, d isco n n ect el ectrical con n ectio n s at ex h au st camsh aft p osi t ion sen sor an d ex h au st camsh aft V A NOS con t rol v al v e ( ar row s ). Re mov e b an j o b ol t f rom V A NOS contr ol u n it oil p ressur e l ine.
co u nterc l oc kwi se to re ach t he top dead center p o siti on. I n stea d , co mplete ano t her two co mpl ete ro tatio ns. Re mov e sealing p l u g f rom b ore on l ow er l eft sid e of en g in e b l ock b el ow starter. S ecure cran ksh aft in TDC p osi t ion wi t h BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 2 30 0 ( arr o w ).
Ha ve a container an d rags rea dy. Pu l l sea l ing cap s straigh t out of V A NOS u n it with BM W sp eci al tool 11 6 17 0, or wi th sh ort n ose p l iers. No te: Add i ti ona l oil may dra i n f rom VANOS un i t . Re mov e set screws (l eft h and t h read) on en d s of int ake and ex h aust camshaft s.
residua l oi l . Pl ace sho p tow el s be nea th ad ju st ment unit w he n remo vi ng . I f the VANOS control un i t i s rep l aced , or i f r ep ai r op erati on s are comp l eted that may cha ng e camsh aft t i m i ng , the camsh aft ti mi ng must be che cked a s de scri bed l ater i n t his cha pt er.
Re mov e sp rin g p l ate ( A ). Re mov e in take ca msh aft sp rocke t moun t ing n u t s ( arr o w s ) and remov e sp ring p l ate (l ab ell ed FRO NT ).
spli ned shafts in or der to re i nstall i n o riginal loca ti o ns. Re mov e ex h aust camshaft sp l in ed sl ee ve ( A ) and sh af t ( B ). Re mov e second ary ch ain ten sioner moun t ing b olt s ( ar rows ). Re mov e tension er whil e kee p in g l ocki n g p in in p l ace .
Set t imi n g ch ai n on ex h aust camshaft end . Working in cyl in d er h ea d cav ity, remo v e timing ch ain cov er b olt s ( ar row s ). Re mov e second ary ch ain l owe r g u id e b olt s ( ar rows ). Re mov e ch ai n g u ide. No te: Bolt on i ntake camsha f t si de i s l ong an d exten ds i nto ti mi ng chain cove r.
to ro tate wh en th e ti ming chains are loo se ned or rem ov ed. T h e pi sto n s ca n co n tac t th e va l ves . Usi n g a d rift of l ess t h an 5 mm d ia met er, d riv e two l ocating d owe l s ( A ) in l eft an d righ t sides of l owe r t imi n g ch ai n cov er t ow ard rea r of car.
5 - Prima ry chain tension er 6 - To rx scr ew 7 - Exhaust se con d ar y sprock et 8 - Spl in ed shaft 9 - Sec o n dary timin g chain 10 - Spl in ed slee ve 11 - Prima ry sprock et 12 - Th re ad ed st.
23 - Th re ad ed stud 24 - Prima ry chain 25 - Th re ad ed stud 26 - Gu i de rail 27 - Th re ad ed stud 28 - Wo o druff ke y Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Cam sh af t T i m i n g Ch ain h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
117-4 Ca m s haf t timi n g ch a i n s , I n s ta l l i n g CA UTI ON! Th e p ro ce dur e ou tl in ed b elow as su me s th at th e ca ms h afts a nd t he cr ankshaft ar e lo cke d i n th e TDC in sta ll atio n p o sit ion w ith spec i al loc kin g to ols as shown ea rl ier .
u p p er en d f rom ex h aust camsh aft. - I f n ecessa ry, rep l ace cra n ksh aft sea l as d escrib ed earl ie r. - T o in st all l owe r t imi n g case cov er: Clean cov er an d cyl ind er b l ock sea l in g su rf aces. Use n ew g aske ts and coolan t p ip e O-rin g .
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Lo we r timin g cov er to cyl ind er b l ock (M 6) 10 Nm (89 i n -l b ) - I n stal l oi l p an wi t h n ew g asket. See 119 Lu b ricatio n System . Ti gh teni n g torqu e Oil p an t o eng ine b l ock (M 6) 8.8 g rade 10 Nm (89 i n -l b ) 10 .
I n sert BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 4 22 0 i n cyl ind er h ead an d screw in adj u stmen t screw b y h an d j u st u n t il it con tact s tension ing rail. No te: BMW spe ci al t oo l 11 4 22 0 i s a dummy primary chain t en si on er an d si mulates the functi on of the tensione r.
Fit ex h aust camshaft sp l in ed sl eev e, alig n in g g ap in sl eev e spl ines with corre sp on d in g g ap on camsh aft sp l ines ( ar row s ). Sl ide sp l ined sh aft on to ex h au st camshaft , al ign in g l arg er tooth with corre sp on d in g g ap of sp l in ed sl eev e.
I n stal l int ake camsh aft sp r ing p l ate so th at FRONT mar k is v isi b l e. I n stal l moun t ing n u t s ( arr o w s ) fin g er t igh t. Working at ex h aust sid e, in sert sp rocke t moun t in g T orx screw s in t o th r ea d ed h oles ( ar row s ).
I n stal l sp ring p l ate ( A ) t o ex h au st camshaft . M ake su re th at F marki n g is v isi b l e. No te: I f F marki ng i s no l on ger vi si bl e, i nstall spring plate so that con vex si de po i nts forw ard (tow ard fr on t of car).
Ti gh teni n g torqu e Prima ry ch ain ten sioner p rel oa d 0.7 Nm (6 in -l b ) Preload ex hau st camsh aft sp rin g p l ate b y p ressi n g on impu l se wh ee l wh ile tig h t enin g moun tin g n u t s ( arr o w s ) fin g er tig h t. I n stal l BM W sp eci al tool 11 6 150 (V A NOS setu p b racke t) t o fron t of cyl ind er h ead t iming case .
ex h au st an d int ake sp rocke t asse mb l ies to app r ox . 5 Nm (44 in-l b ). T orq u e d own moun t ing screws ( A ) and n u t s ( B ) t o final sp ecifica t io n s.
thi s r ep ai r gro up. Du e t o f l exibl e sprocke t de si gn , VANOS un i t tol era nce s, and p l ay i n the VANOS spl i ne s, w he n the camsh aft t i m i ng i s set corre ctl y, the int ake si de of special t oo l 11 3 24 0 may be up to 1 mm (0.
T orq u e cran ksh aft h u b cent er b olt , u sing sp ecia l t ools 11 2 150 / 11 2 41 0 (t o 1/20 00 ) or 11 8 1 90 /11 8 20 0 (f rom 1/200 0). CA UTI ON! Do n ot u se B MW spec i al too l 11 2 30 0 (fl ywheel loc kin g to ol) to hold cr ankshaft sta tio n ar y to loo sen or tighten cra n kshaft h ub ce n ter bolt.
117-5 Va n os T h e mai n comp onen t s of th e d ou b l e V A NOS system are: I n take and ex h au st camshaft s with h elical sp l ine insert s Ca msh af t sp rockets with adj u stab l e g ears V A .
p osi t ions. T h e Do u b l e V A NOS syst em al l ow s f u l l v ari abil ity of camsh aft t imi n g u p t o t h e l imi ts of th e syst em. W h en th e ECM d etects t h at th e camshaft s are in op.
Tabl e a. VANO S fault codes BM W code P-code Faul t desc rip tio n 19 P1 529 VA NOS solen oid v alv e activ ation, ex h au st 21 P1 525 VA NOS solen oid v alv e activ ation, int ake 10 3 P15 19 V A N.
VA NO S control unit 1 - Bolt M 6 2 - Exhaust ca mshaft po siti on sensor 3 - Sea l in g rin g 4 - Ca mshaft end se ali ng pl u g tig h t en t o 50 Nm (37 f t -l b ) 5 - Ca mshaft se al ca p 6 - VAN O.
9 - Stud M 7 10 - Nut M 6 tig h t en t o 10 Nm (89 in- l b ) 11 - Gask et 12 - Cy l i nd er head 13 - Sea l in g rin g 14 - In tak e ca mshaft se n sor 15 - Bolt M 6 16 - VAN OS control un it 17 - Cop.
n egativ e (-) b attery cab l e. CA UTI ON! Prio r to d isco nn ecting the batter y, rea d th e b atte ry di sc o n n ect ion cau tions giv en at the fro n t of th is ma n ua l o n pag e viii . Disc onn ec ti n g th e batter y ma y er as e fau l t co d e(s ) sto red i n co ntro l mo d u le mem ory .
With comp resse d air l in e conn ect ed, tu rn en g in e at l ea st twice in d ire ct ion of rotatio n u n til cyl in d er 1 int ake and ex h au st camsh aft l obes ( arr o w s ) f ace ea ch oth er. Re mov e sealing p l u g f rom b ore on l owe r l eft sid e of en g in e b l ock (f l ywh ee l en d ).
Re mov e sealing caps f rom in sid e V A NOS u n it wi t h BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 6 17 0, or with sh ort f l at n ose p l ie rs. No te: Add i ti onal oil may drain f rom VANOS un i t . Re mov e set scr ew s (l eft h an d t h read) on end s of int ake an d ex h aust camshaft h yd rau l ic p iston s.
Do n ot cr ank or tur n o ve r engine w i th VA NOS unit re mo ved. Pi sto n / va l ve in terf er ence i s pos sib le. VA NO S control unit, inst a ll ing Clean cont act edg es of cyl in d er h ead face and V A NOS u n it an d ap p l y a t h in coa t of sealin g compou n d (3-Bond ® 12 09 or equ i v al ent ) to su r faces.
Re in stal l en g in e su p p ort eye . Ti gh tenin g torqu e V A NOS u n it t o cyl ind er h ead M 6 n u t 10 Nm (89 i n -l b ) M 7 n u t 14 Nm (10 f t -l b ) I n sert an d tig h t en d own V A N O S h yd rau l ic p iston set screw s on int ake and ex h aust camshaft s.
- Fit V A NOS oi l l ine b anj o b ol t with n ew seals. Attach oil l in e to V A NOS u n it. Ti gh tenin g torqu e Oil l ine t o V A NOS u n it ( b anj o b olt ) 3 2 Nm (24 f t -l b ) - A tt ach el ectrica l h arn ess con n ectors to camsh aft p ositio n sen sors an d V A NOS solen oid v alv es.
of remov al . Ti gh tenin g torqu es R adiator fan (v isco u s cl u t ch ) to coo l an t p u mp 40 Nm (30 f t -l b ) Sp ark p l u g t o cyl ind er h ea d 25 Nm (18 f t -l b ) Cam sh aft t im ing, adjust i ng Use t h is p rocedu re t o ch eck an d , if n ecessa ry, ad j u st camshaft t iming .
Preload p rimar y ch ai n t en sio n er rai l : T ig h t en ad j u st in g scr ew on BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 4 22 0. Ti gh tenin g torqu e Pri mary ch ain tension er p reload 0.7 N m (6 in-l b ) Unscrew oi l p r essure p ip e f rom V A NOS u n it. Remo v e b an j o b olt f rom oi l p ressur e l ine an d in stal l B M W sp ecia l tool 11 3 450 .
- U n screw a n d remo v e cyl in d er h ead cov er stu d s at rea r of cyl in d er h ead. Pl ace BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 3 24 0 ov er camshaft s end s and mea su re cl ea rance of t oo l t o cyl ind er h ead su rf ace .
Lo osen ex h aust camsh aft sp rocke t moun t in g b ol ts ( A ) tu rn . Lo osen ex h aust camsh aft imp u l se wheel mou n tin g n u t s ( B ) 2 tu r n s. Sl ide ou t in take camsh aft sp l in ed sh aft u n t il app rox . 1 mm (0.04 in) of sp l ines ( ar row s ) can b e see n .
Preload p rimar y ch ai n t en sio n in g rail: T ig h t en ad j u st in g scr ew on BM W sp eci al t oo l 11 4 22 0. Ti gh tenin g torqu e Pri mary ch ain tension er p reload 0.7 N m (6 in-l b ) Preload ex hau st camsh aft sp rin g p l at e b y p ressi n g on impu l se wh ee l .
app rox . 5 Nm (44 in-l b ). Pretigh t en mou n t ing n u t s ( B ) on ex h au st an d int ake sp rocke t asse m b l ies to app rox . 5 Nm (44 in-l b ).
no t fl ush w i th the h ead , camsha f t ti m i ng i s i ncorre ct . Re pea t camsh af t ti m i ng proce dure . Du e t o f l exibl e sprocke t de si gn , VANOS unit t ol era nce s and play i n the VANOS spl i ne s, w he n the camsh aft t i mi ng i s set corre ctl y, the i ntake side of special tool 11 3 240 (B) may be up to 1 mm (0.
n ew seals. Attach oil l in e to V A NOS u n it. Ti gh tenin g torqu e Oil l ine t o V A NOS u n it ( b anj o b olt ) 3 2 Nm (24 f t -l b ) - R ema i n d er of en g ine asse mb l y is rev erse of d isa ssemb l y.
119-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers l u b rica t ion system t roub l eshooting as well as oi l p an remov al an d oi l p u mp repl aceme n t. Spec ia l tools T h e eng i n e n eeds to b e p rop erly su p p orted wh il e th e fron t su sp en sion su b f rame is remov ed t o access th e l u b ricatio n syst em.
Engine lubric ation Oil p r essure is g en era ted b y a g ea r -typ e pu mp b ol ted to t h e b ott om of th e en g in e b l ock. T h e oil p u mp is ch ain d riv e n off t h e fron t of th e cranksh aft .
O i l pre s su re , c hec k ing I n some eng in es access to t h e oi l p ressure warnin g switch p ort may b e ex t remely rest ricted. - Unscrew oi l f il ter cap in ord er t o all ow eng ine oi l t o dr ai n b ack d ow n i n t o oi l p an. Di scon n ect h arn ess conn ector f rom oi l p ressure switch ( ar row ) and remov e swi t ch .
oil sho ul d be t he corre ct gra de . O i l pres sure I d l e (min imum) 0.5 b ar (7 p si) Re g u l ated p ressur e (elev ated eng in e sp eed) 4.0 b ar (59 p si ) - Re mov e p ressu re g aug e and rei n st al l p ressure swi t ch .
Warn ing l ig h t on in stru men t p an el mu st l ig h t u p . - Re mov e conn ector from oil p ressure switch . Warn ing l ig h t on in stru men t p an el mu st g o ou t. CA UTI ON! Ru nn i ng the engine w i th the o i l pres su re swi tch d i sc onnecte d may se t a fau l t co de (DTC).
Re p l ace a f au l ty switch . CA UTI ON! Ke ep i n min d that l ow oil p res su re ma y b e prev entin g the swi tch fro m tu rni n g th e li g h t ou t. If the l ight re mains on w h il e the eng i ne is ru nn i ng, check th e o il p re ssu re as desc rib ed ea rli er.
119-2 Oi l Pa n T h e oi l p an remo v al p rocedu re requ ires th at t h e eng in e b e su p p orted f rom abov e and t h e f ront su sp ension su b f rame b e u n b ol ted an d l owe red from t h e ch assis. O i l pa n, re m ov i ng and ins ta lli ng (rear w he el drive m odel s) - Ra ise car and p l ace secu rely on j ack stan d s.
Pl ace drain pan un de r l i ne s t o catch ATF drips. Re mov e oi l d ipst ick g u ide t u b e: De t ach mou n t ing b ol t ( A ) f rom l eft eng in e moun tin g b racket. De t ach f u el l in es and wi ring h arness b racke t s ( B ). Di scon n ect oi l sep arato r h ose ( C ) from b ase of g u ide t u b e and remo v e tu b e from oil p an.
Re mov e p owe r st ee rin g p u mp p u l l ey. Re mov e t wo mou n tin g b ol ts f rom th e fron t ( ar rows ) No te: Do no t deta ch po w e r st ee ri ng fl ui d l i nes from pump . Re mov e t h ird p owe r st ee rin g mou n tin g b olt ( ar row ) and remov e p u mp from its moun t ing b racke t.
Right si de i s sho w n i n pho t o. Le f t i s si mi l ar. Lo osen l owe r eng in e mo u n t f asten ers ( ar row s ). No te: Right si de i s sho w n i n pho t o. Le f t i s si mi l ar. I f app l ica b l e, remo v e fron t rid e l ev el sensor mou n tin g b ol t ( arr o w ) an d l ay sensor aside.
Re mov e l eft con t rol arm b al l j oi n t moun t ing n u t ( arr o w ) at f ront su sp en sio n su b fr ame . Dri ve b all j oi n t ou t fr om su b frame u sing soft h amme r. Pu sh con t rol arm aside. Re p eat for l eft sid e. Su p p ort su sp en sio n su b f rame f rom b elow u sin g ap p rop ria t e j acki n g equ ip men t.
materi al f rom matin g su rfaces and u se a n ew g aske t . A p p l y a smal l amo u n t of n on-h ard en ing sealer (3-Bond 12 09® or eq u iv alen t ) t o oi l p an g aske t d ire ct l y b elow j oi n t s ( ar row s ) f or end cov er and f ront timing case cov er.
Use n ew oi l d ipst ick tu b e sealing O-rin g . Fil l eng in e with oil as d escribed in 02 0 M aint enan ce . A ft er ad d ing en g in e oi l , st art an d ru n eng ine. Rai se eng in e sp eed to 2,50 0 rp m u n til oi l p r essure wa rn in g l amp g oe s ou t (ab out 5 seco n d s).
O i l pa n, re m ov i ng and ins ta lli ng (all w hee l drive m odel s) - Ra ise car and p l ace secu rely on j ack stan d s. WA RN I NG! Mak e su re the car i s sta b l e and w ell su pp or ted at all ti me s. Use a pro fess ional au tom o t ive li ft or j ac k sta n ds desig n ed f o r the p ur p o se .
De t ach mou n t ing b ol t ( A ) f rom l eft eng in e moun tin g b racket. De t ach f u el l in es and wi ring h arness b racke t s ( B ). Di scon n ect oi l sep arato r h ose ( C ) from b ase of g u ide t u b e and remo v e tu b e from oil p an. No te: The gu i de t ub e i s sealed in the block using an O-r i ng .
Re mov e t h ird p owe r st ee rin g mou n tin g b olt ( ar row ) and remov e p u mp from its moun t ing b racke t. Use st i f f wir e to su sp en d p u mp from ch assis. De t ach el ectrica l h arness con n ector at oi l l ev el sen sor. - Re mov e l owe r en g ine mou n t fasten ers.
Re mov e cont rol arm rear b racket an d b all j oin t moun t in g b ol ts ( arr o ws ) f rom su b f rame . - Re mov e cont rol arms an d fron t d riv e ax l es as d escribed in 310 Fron t Su sp ensio n . - Re mov e f ront d ifferent ia l and rig h t ax l e inn er b ea rin g p ed estal as d escri b ed in 311 Fron t A x l e Fin al Driv e .
Lo wer oi l p an to r emo v e. CA UTI ON! I f th e o il p an doe s not s epara te ea sil y fro m th e eng in e cy l i nd er bl o ck , a few taps w it h a ru b ber ma l l et sho uld b re ak it free .
Ti gh teni n g torqu e M 8 T orx 2 1 Nm (15 ft -l b ) Re in stal l f ront d ifferent ia l and rig h t ax l e inn er b earing p edest al. See 3 11 Fron t A x l e Fin al Driv e .
tab ( arr o w ) is seated corre ct l y in su b f rame sl ot. Ti gh teni n g torqu es En g in e moun t t o sub f rame M 10 se l f- l ocking n u t 45 Nm (33 f t -l b ) Fron t of su b f rame t o f rame rail (M 12 b ol t, al wa ys repl ace) 8.8 g rade 77 Nm (57 f t-l b ) 10 .
Be sure t o ali gn the front end aft er thi s pro cedu re. Ti gh teni n g torqu es Stab ilizer b ar t o frame rai l (M8 n u t ) 22 Nm (16 f t -l b ) Steeri n g col u mn u n iv ersa l j oi n t cl ampin.
12 . 9 g rad e t igh t en to 105 Nm (77 f t -l b ) 6 - Bolt M 12 (always re pl ace ) tig h t en t o 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) 7 - Bolt M 10 (always re pl ace ) tig h t en t o 59 Nm (44 ft -l b ) 8 - Bolt .
119-3 Com po n en t Repl a ce m en t O i l pre s su re w ar ning s w i tch T h e p ressure w arnin g switch is l ocated u n d er t h e int ake manifol d , in t h e re ar of th e oil f ilt er h ousin g . No te: Sw i tch remova l may req ui re i ntake man i f ol d remo val.
Oi l pump remova l req ui res l ow e ri ng the front susp ension subframe t o remo ve the oil pa n. - Dra in oil as d escribed in 020 M ai n ten ance . - Re mov e oi l p an as d escribed ea rl ier. Re mov e oi l p u mp sp rocket mou n t ing n u t (l eft -h an d th rea d ) ( ar row ).
11 - Oil p ick-u p p ipe 12 - Bol t M 6 -t igh t en t o 10 Nm (89 in-l b ) - On en g ines with int egrat ed oi l p u mp an d oil scraper: Remo v e oi l p u mp wi th scrap er. - On en g ines with separate oi l p u mp an d scrap er: First remo v e moun tin g b olt s and wi t h d r aw oil p u mp in take p ipe.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es p an (M 12) Oil p an t o eng ine b l ock M 6, 8.8 g rade 10 Nm (89 in-l b ) M 6, 10 . 9 g rad e 12 Nm (106 i n -l b ) M 8, 8.8 g rade 2 2 Nm (16 ft -l b ) Oil p u mp t o eng in.
120-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers compon en t repl aceme n t inf ormatio n f or th e ign ition system. Wh en d ia g n osing en g ine man agement p robl ems, in cl u d ing on -b oar d d ia .
Prima ry v ol t age t est h arness BM W 12 7 02 0 Seco n d ary v ol tag e test h arn ess BM W 12 7 03 0 I g n itio n coi l t est adap ters BM W 12 7 04 0 Engine m a na gem e nt BM W E46 eng in es u se an ad v anced eng in e manag ement syst em kn own as Di g ital M otor El ectron ics (DM E).
A d d itional i n f orma tion abou t DT Cs an d eng in e manag ement syst em el ectronic system d iagn osi s is p rov id ed in O BD On Boa rd Diagn ostics at t h e rea r of th is manu al . Tabl e a. En g in e mana g em ent sy ste ms Y ea r: Eng i ne DM E syst em 19 99 - 20 00: M 52 T U B25 M 52 T U B28 Sie mens M S 42 .
Do n ot to uc h or d i sc o nn ec t any ca b l es fro m th e co i ls w h il e th e eng i ne is ru n n in g o r b ein g cr anked b y th e sta rter . Th e ignit ion sys tem pro duc es hi g h vo l tag es th at ca n b e fata l. A vo id co ntact wi th expo sed ter min als.
d ime n sional map similar t o t h e one sh ow n i s d igital l y st ore d in t h e EC M . T h e initial ign itio n p oin t is d etermi n ed b y t h e cran ksh aft sp eed sen sor d u rin g crankin g . O n ce th e en g ine is ru n n in g , timing is cont in u al l y ad j u sted b ased on operating cond itio n s.
fu n d amental l y wo rking - d eliv ering v olt age to t h e sp ark p l u g s. A h ard-st arting or p oo r- ru n n in g eng ine, h ow ev er, may ind ica t e a p rob l em with h ow well t h e sp ark is d eliv ere d . Fau l ty or wo rn ig n ition comp on ent s, su ch as old sp ark p l u g s, or an ind iv id u al coil p robl em may b e th e cause.
7 - T ermination osci l l ations No te: See Ig ni ti on co i l asse m bly, t esti ng an d replaci ng a s described l ater. Tabl e b. Ig n iti o n trac e d iag no stics Par am eter Ig n iti on voltage .
On ce en g in e misfire has b ee n d etect ed and t h e fau l t codes d ownl oad ed f rom th e ECM , it is n ece ssary to fol l ow a d ia g n ostic p ath t o corre ct th e p robl em. T h e ign ition su b set of t h e d iagn ostic p ath is sh ow n in Ta b l e d .
Compon ent Cond it io n Test Re p air Seco n d ary circu it Wet coi l Co rr oded coil conn ection s Seco n d ary circu it Check f or wa t er l eak. Check resistance v alu es (see T ab l e e ).
Co n nec t and d isco nn ect th e DME sy stem w iri ng and test equipment leads o nly wh en th e i g ni ti o n is OF F. B e fo re ope ra ti n g th e sta rte r wi thou t sta rting the engine (for ex ample w h en mak i n g a co mpre ss i on tes t) alw ays d isable the i gniti o n .
o n l y as specified by B MW , as desc rib ed in thi s ma nua l, or as desc rib ed by th e in stru me nt ma nu fac tu re r. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. I g n i tion Sy s tem h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
120-2 I gn i ti on Sys tem Serv i ce Ignition firing order Each ig n itio n coi l is mou n t ed abov e t h e corre sp ond ing sp ark p l u g . Cylin d er 1 is at t h e f ron t of t h e en g ine.
(ECM) o r the i gniti o n co i ls may res ult. No te: Spa r k pl ug replaceme nt i s cove red i n 02 0 Mai nten ance . Ch ecki n g f or sp ark is d i f ficu l t on eng in es with d istr ibu t orl ess ign itio n syst ems. T ry remov in g t h e sp ark p l u g s and in sp ecting f or d ifferences b etwe en t h em.
Un fasten screws ( B ) and remov e l ow er microfilter h ousin g . - R emo v e p l astic en g in e cov er from t op of v alv e cov er b y p ryin g off b ol t cov ers and remov in g cov er moun tin g b ol ts. Di sconn ect h arn ess conn ector from coil.
Co il p rimary resi st an ce at coil t erm in als Sp ark p l u g con n ector resistance Co m p are re su l t s t o sp ecifica t ion in Ta b l e e . Tabl e e. I g ni ti on co il res istance Compon ent Term i n als Res i sta nce Co il p rimar y 1 (-) an d 15 (+) app rox .
Co m p are sco p e p att ern wi th d iagrams in B asi c t roub l eshooting p rin cipl es . No te: W hen replaci ng i gnit i on coil s, en sure t ha t t he re pl ace ments are from t he same man ufacture r w i t h the same pa rt/ code nu mbe rs.
- R ai se car and su p p ort in a safe mann er. WA RNI NG! Mak e su re the ca r is stable and w ell su pp or ted at all t ime s. Use a prof es si o n al au to mo ti ve li ft or jack sta nd s designe d for the pur p os e. A floo r jack is not adequa te su p p o rt.
ECM fau l t memo r y. Cam sh aft pos ition s ensors T h e camshaf t p osi tion sensors are u sed b y th e eng in e man agement syst em f or V A NOS cont rol, sequ ent ia l f u el inj ect io n and kn ock cont rol. Intake ca m sh aft pos ition sens or, r e plac i ng - M ake certain ig n itio n h as been t u rn ed off .
Di sconn ect col d air d u ct tu b e ( E ). - D isco n n ect h arn ess conn ector f rom V A NOS sol en oi d and u n scr ew sol enoid from V A NOS con tr ol u n it.
sens or, r e plac i ng - M ake certain ig n itio n h as been t u rn ed off . Working at fron t of eng ine on ex hau st ( righ t ) side, d etach ex h au st camshaf t p ositio n sen sor electrical h arn ess conn ect or ( ar row ). - R emo v e camshaft sensor f rom righ t f ront of cyl in d er h ead.
Re m ov e kn ock sensor mou n tin g b ol ts ( A ) on sid e of cyl ind er b l ock. Re m ov e sen sors. CA UTI ON! No te th e in stalled an g l e of the kno ck se nso r on t he b loc k befo re re mo vin g i t. Re i n stall th e sens or in the sam e pos i ti o n.
130-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers serv ice an d repair for t h e Sie m ens en g ine manag eme n t syst ems u sed on t h e E46 model s cov ered b y t h is man u al.
(malf u n ct ion in d icator l amp) in t h e inst ru men t cl u st er is il l u min ated, b egin trou b l esh oo tin g b y h oo king u p a BM W-comp atibl e scan tool .
Fu el l ine p l u g s BM W 13 5 281 / 13 5 28 2 A ft ermarke t DTC scan tool Bau m CS2 000 (Sou rce: Bau m Too l s Unl imited) Fu el l ine cl amp BM W 13 3 01 0 Fu el rai l t o p ressu re g au g e fit.
of q ua l i t y O BD scan t ools. I n add i ti on to the BMW pro f essi on al l i ne of scan too l s, there are ma ny i ne xpe nsi ve `ge neric' OBD II scan t oo l soft w are pro grams an d han dh el d units ava i l ab l e.
motor dr iv en th rottl e v alve , d ou b l e V A NOS system, radiator coo l ing f an, electricall y h eated th ermo stat, as well as oth er out p u t s. T h e ill u stration on t h e f oll owi n g p ag e sh ow s t h e M S 42 . 0 EC M inp u ts and outp u t s.
Wa rnings a nd ca utions For p ersonal safety, as we l l as th e p rotectio n of sen sitiv e electron ic compon ent s, ad h ere to t h e wa rn ing s and caut ions on th e fol l owi n g p ages. WA RN I NG! Gaso li n e is h ighly f lamm abl e and its vapo rs ar e ex p l o sive.
ru nn i ng. Do n ot to uc h or d i sc o nn ec t any ca b l es fro m th e co i ls wh il e th e eng i n e is ru n n in g o r b ein g cr ank ed b y th e sta rter . Co n nec t and d isco nn ect th e DME sy stem w iri ng and test equipment leads o nly wh en th e i g ni ti o n is switched of f.
quick test s. Disc onn ec ti n g th e batter y m ay er as e fau l t co d e(s ) sto red i n me mo ry . Ch ec k f o r fault co des prior to di sc o n n ec tin g th e b atte ry ca b l es . Wait at leas t 40 se co nd s afte r tu rnin g off the i gniti o n befo re re mo ving the engine co n tro l mo dule (ECM) co n necto r.
130-2 El ectri ca l Ch ecks a n d Com po n en t T es ti n g T rou b l esh ooting and f au l t d iagn osi s on OBD II cars is b est p erfo rmed u sin g an electron ic scan tool. Ho we v er, it may b e n ece ssary to p erform b asic tests of th e en g in e manag ement main compon ent s, f u el syst em or wi ring .
l eft rear of en g ine comp artmen t. Check for v olt ag e at t ermi n al 6 of mai n relay socket ( 30 - red wi re). I f b attery v olt age is p rese n t contin u e testin g . I f b attery v olt age is n ot p rese n t, ch eck l arge red wi r e in rel ay socke t .
I f b attery v olt age is n ot p rese n t and al l earlier tests are OK, rel ay is faul t y an d sh ou l d b e rep l ace d . Fuel pum p rel a y, test ing T h e ECM en ergizes th e fu el p u mp relay b y p rov idin g t h e coi l side of th e relay with g r oun d .
The gro und at termi nal 4 i s sw i t ched by the ECM. T he ECM harn ess must be con nected t o che ck t he sw i t che d grou nd con necti on . - I f n o fau l t s are f oun d u p to t h is p oi n t , tu r n ig n ition key off. Usi n g a fu sed (14 g au g e) j u mp er wi re, conn ect rel ay conn ector t erminal 6 to terminal 2 .
T h e fu el system retains f u el p ressu re in th e syst em wh en th e eng in e is t u rn ed off. To p rev en t f u el f rom sp raying on a h ot en g in e, syst em f u el p ressu re sh oul d b e reliev ed b efore d isco n n ecting fu el l in es.
Re mov e f u el rail cov e r b y p r yi n g off n u t cov ers ( arr o w s ) and remov in g n u t s. Unscrew sch ræder v al v e cap ( ar row ) from f u el rail. Un screw fu el tan k cap t o release p ressu re to v en t t an k. - Usi n g a b rie f b u rst of comp resse d ai r (max imum of 3 b ar or 43 .
130-3 Com po n en t Repl a ce m en t A ft er d iagn osin g an d repl aci n g a fau l t y eng in e manag ement comp onen t , b e su re to u se a BM W-comp atib l e scan tool t o ch eck and cl ear th e f au l t memo ry in t h e ECM . Di ag n ostic trou b l e codes are g iv en in O BD On Boa rd Di ag n ostics at th e b ack of t h is b oo k.
Working abov e en g in e, d isconn ect electrical h arn ess conn ectors: V A NOS cont rol u n it h arn ess conn ector ( A ) Co n n ectors f or o x yg en sen sors ( B ) Co n n ector f or int ake air temp era t u re sensor ( C ) CA UTI ON! Mar k ox yg en senso r harnes s co nn ecto rs in o rder to av oid re ver si ng them dur i ng i nstallation.
WA RN I NG! Do n ot sm ok e o r w o rk n ea r heate rs o r other fire h aza rds. Ke ep a fire ext in gu isher hand y. B efo re d isco nn ecting fu el hos es, w ra p a clot h aro u n d f u el hos es to abso rb any l ea kin g fu el. Ca tch and disp o se o f es caped fue l.
remo v al tool 16 1 050 or eq u iv alen t. Sea l off fu el l in e(s) wi t h BM W sp eci al tools 13 5 281 / 13 5 282 . CA UTI ON! Fue l ma y be ex pell ed u n d er pres su re . Do n ot sm ok e o r w or k n ea r heate rs o r other fire h aza rds. Kee p a fire ex ti ngu i sher handy.
b olt s. Re p l ace an y wire ties re mov ed d u rin g r emo v al p rocedu re. CA UTI ON! Re p lace a ny fl exibl e fu el li n es whi ch were pi n ched shu t d u ri ng tes ti ng. Fuel pre ss ure regula tor, repla c ing E46 fu el p res sure re g ul ator lo ca tio n DM E M S 42 .
- Re mov e l ocking sp rin g cl ip retai n ing f u el p ressure reg u l ator. - Wrap a shop rag aroun d regu l ator, t h en remov e r egu l ator from 3/2 way v alv e by p u l l in g straigh t d own. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Re p l ace sealin g O-rin g s.
No ad ju st ment t o air f l ow sen sor i s po ssi ble. Engine coola nt t em pe ra ture (ECT) sens or, re pla ci ng T h e eng i n e coo l an t temp eratu re (ECT ) sensor is l ocated towa r d t h e rear of t h e cyl ind er h ead b el ow int ake ru n n er n o.
Ti gh teni n g torqu e ECT sen sor t o cyl ind er h ead 13 Nm (10 f t -l b ) Intake ai r tem pe rature (IA T ) s e ns or, repla c ing T h e int ake air temp eratur e (I A T ) sensor is l oca t ed at t h e top cent er of th e in t ake manifol d .
- De p ress l ocking cl ip on si d e of temp era t u re sensor and p u l l straigh t ou t of in take manifol d . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Use a n ew sea l ing O -ring at b ase of sen sor and l u b rica t e wi t h asse mb l y l u b ricant for ease of inst all at io n .
Di scon n ect v acu u m l ine at int ake b oo t ( A ). Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ector on m ass ai r f l ow se n sor ( B ). Re l ea se mass air fl ow sensor cl ips ( C ).
u p wa rd s out of ru b b er retai n er ( A ) and u n h ook b all en d of cab l e ( B ) f rom th r ottl e actu ator. Re mov e n u t s an d b ol t ( arr ows ) retai n ing wir in g h arn ess con d u it to th r ottl e b ody. Working at t h rottl e hou sin g : Turn h arness p l u g ( ar row ) cou n tercl ockwi se and remov e.
Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ectors ( arr o w s ) at oil p ressu re send er an d oi l t emperatu re sen d er at b ase of oi l f il ter h ou sin g . Re mov e d ip stick g u ide t u b e: Di scon n ect wi r ing h arn ess b racke ts fr om tu b e ( A ).
Re att ach t h rottl e asse mb l y h arness con n ector with care. A rrow on f u l l y t ig h ten ed con n ector mu st l in e u p with correspon d in g arro w on t h rot tl e assembl y h ousin g . On DM E M S 42.0: Re attach th r ottl e cab l e an d ad j u st as d escri b ed l ater.
Th rottl e ca ble clea rance M ax . p l ay at th rottl e p l ate l ev er 3 mm (0.125 in. ) - Fu l l th r ottl e ad j u st ment (man u al tran smissi on): With ign ition key on p ress p ed al fu l l y t o st op . Check t h rott l e an g l e u sing scan t ool.
Th rottl e angl e spec ifi ca ti on s Kickdown st op cont acted 76 ° - 80 ° Kickdown p ressu re p oint ran g e 84 ° - 88° Fu l l -l oad d ownsh ift 10 0% Idle speed c ontrol v a lve, repla c ing T h e idl e sp ee d con trol v al v e is moun t ed u n d er t h e int ake manifold adj acent t o t h e d ip stick t u b e b racke t .
Re mov e f ilt er h ou sing mou n tin g screw s ( D ). Di scon n ect ai r d u ct con n ectio n s ( E ) an d l ift compl ete ai r fil ter h ousin g out of en g in e compartmen t, p u l l in g it forwa rd aw ay f rom mass air f l ow sensor. No te: I n t his st ep , mass air f l ow sen sor rema i ns attache d t o i ntake du ct .
Working at sid e of int ake manifold , d isco n n ect el ectrical h arness conn ectors: I d l e cont rol v alv e ( A ) I n take manifol d r eso n ance v al v e ( B ) - Di scon n ect b yp ass h ose from id l e contr ol v al v e. - Re mov e id l e cont rol v al v e: Re mov e id l e cont rol v al v e b racke t moun t ing fasten ers.
No te: Re pl ace men t ECMs must be cod ed w i th ap pl i cati on i nforma t i on (i . e. en gi ne cod e, t ran smi ssi on t ype, etc. ) pri or to i nstall at i on . Co nsu l t an autho r i z ed BMW de al er be f ore rep l acing t he ECM. Al t ern ati vely, code d EC Ms may be ava i l ab l e at an ad dit i ona l cost.
- I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Fu el In j e ction h tt p: // e bah n .
130-4 ECM Pi n A ss i gn m en ts ECM p in assig n ment s are g iv en in Ta b l e b . ECM p in assi g n men t -DM E M S 42.0 and M S 43.0 . This inf ormatio n may b e h el p fu l when d ia g n osi n g fau l t s to or f rom th e ECM .
in th e conn ector. A s an alt ern ativ e, t h e h arness con n ector h ou sing can b e separate d so th at el ectrica l ch ecks can b e made f rom t h e b ack of th e conn ector.
Conn ect or X600 02 24 -p i n b lack Pin Sig n al Compon ent/f un ction Notes 9 n ot u sed 10 n ot u sed 11 n ot u sed 12 I n p u t Sig n al , 3/2-wa y v al v e, ru n n i n g l osses (M S 42 .
Conn ect or X600 03 52 -p i n b lack Pin Sig n al Compon ent/f un ction Notes sensor 2 Inp u t Sign al , ex h au st camshaft sensor 1 Ca m sh aft p ositio n sensor II 3 Inp u t Sign al , su ction j et p u mp v alv e (2.8 L, 3.0 L) Su ction j et p u mp v alv e 4 O u tp u t Th rottl e v alv e su p p l y (M S 42 .
Conn ect or X600 03 52 -p i n b lack Pin Sig n al Compon ent/f un ction Notes 19 I n p u t Sig n al , t h rottl e p otent iome t er 1 T h rottl e v alv e 20 Grou n d Gr oun d , th rott l e p osi tion .
Conn ect or X600 03 52 -p i n b lack Pin Sig n al Compon ent/f un ction Notes 38 I n p u t Sig n al , cyl in d er 6 f u el inj ect or Cylin d er 6 f u el in j ector 39 I n p u t Sig n al , oil l ev el.
Conn ect or X600 04 40 -p i n b lack Pin Sig n al Compon ent/f un ction Notes 2 Inp u t F ee d b ack sign al, eng in e st art I n st rum ent cl u st er cont rol modu l e 3 Inp u t Sign al , seco n d a.
Conn ect or X600 04 40 -p i n b lack Pin Sig n al Compon ent/f un ction Notes 20 Ou t p u t Di ag n ostic mod u l e t ank l eak (DM TL ) d etection (M S 43 .
Conn ect or X600 04 40 -p i n b lack Pin Sig n al Compon ent/f un ction Notes 37 I n p u t /ou t p u t CA N b u s sig n al, l ow Co n n ector, CA N b u s 38 Grou n d Gr oun d , coolant out l et temp e.
170-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers comp onen t repair inf orma t ion for th e en g ine coo l ing system. T h e E46 coo l ing system u ses a centr ifu g al -typ e b elt -d riv en coolan t p u mp , an electric p r ima ry coolin g f an , and an el ectrica l l y h eate d th ermostat.
Ex p ansion t ank cap t est ad ap ter BM W 17 0 00 7 Coo ling syst e m (DM E M S 42 .0 ) Radia to r a n d Cool ing Sy s tem h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
Coo la nt pum p A centr ifu g al -typ e coo l an t p u mp is moun t ed t o t h e f ront of th e eng ine. T h e b el t-d riv en p u mp circul ates coo l an t th roug h t h e syst em when ev er th e en g in e is ru n n in g .
app l ica tion. On cars with au tomatic tr ansmissio n s, th e ma in f an is el ectric and mou n t ed on th e b u mp er sid e of t h e rad iato r. The f an is cont roll ed b y t h e DM E con trol m odu l e v ia t h e ou t p u t f inal st ag e.
v alu es in th e fan p ow er out p u t st ag e t o conf irm t h at t h e f an is op era t in g corre ct l y. No te: I f t he ECM stored a cooli ng f an fault , che ck that t he f an is no t seiz ed an d that i s spins freely. W hen A/ C i s sw i t ched ON, t he electri c f an i s not i mmediatel y turne d on.
and d ispos i n g of eng i n e co o lant. Co ola nt i s poiso nou s and l ethal to h u ma n s and p ets. Pets ar e attr acte d to co o lant beca us e o f i ts swee t sme l l and taste . Co n su l t a ve t er i narian imme d i ate l y i f co o lant is in ge sted b y an ani ma l .
170-2 T rou bl es h oot i n g Begin t h e d iagn osis of coo l ing syst em p robl ems wi t h a th oro u g h v isu al insp ection. If n o v isual f aul t s are f oun d , it is recomme n d t h at th e D.
p u l l ey and ch eck f or p l ay in al l d ire ct ions. Sp in p u l l ey an d ch eck th at sh aft ru n s smoo th l y with out p l ay. No te: The coo l ant pro vi des l ubricati on for t he pu mp shaft, so an occasion al dro p of coo l ant l ea ki ng f rom t he pum p i s acce ptable.
A coolin g syst em p ressure t est is u sed to ch eck f or in tern al l eaks. Some of t h e commo n sou rces of in tern al l eaks are a faul t y cyl ind er h ead g asket, a cracke d cyl ind er h ead, or a cracked cyl in d er b l ock. T o d o a coo l ing syst em p ressur e test, a sp eci al p ressu re tester is n ee d ed .
Tabl e a. Co ol i ng sys t em test pres sure s Compon ent Tes t p res sure p si) Ra d iato r cap 2 b ar (29 p si) CA UTI ON! Exc eedin g the spec ifi ed t es t pres su re co uld d am ag e the radiato r o r other sys tem co mpo nents.
ind icate trou b l e, t h e el ectrica l l y h ea t ed th ermostat may b e fau l t y. Check for th ermo stat d iagn ostic f aul t codes (DT Cs) u sing BM W scan tools DI S or M oDi C or equ iv al en t. DTC s p ertai n ing t o cooling syst em malf u n ct io n s are l isted in Ta b l e b .
170-3 Cool i n g Sys tem Serv i ce Coo la nt , draini ng and filli ng WA RN I NG! A l l o w the co o l i ng sy ste m to co ol befo re o p eni ng o r draini n g th e co o li ng sy stem . - Ra ise fron t of car and su p p ort safely. CA UTI ON! Mak e su re the car i s sta b l e and w ell su pp or ted at all ti me s.
Co o l ant i s poiso nou s. It i s es pec i ally lethal t o p ets . Clea n up spi ll s imme d i ate l y and rin se the are a wi th water . Pl ace emp ty 3-g all on p ai l u n d ern ea t h ex h au st sid e of eng in e b l ock. Lo osen and remov e eng in e b l ock coo l an t d rain p l u g ( arr o w ).
Tap w ater may cause corrosion of rad i at or, eng i ne and coolan t ho ses. Co ol an t can o ft en b e reu sed pro vi ded it i s cl ean an d l ess than tw o yea r s ol d. Do no t reu se coo l ant w hen replaci ng dama ged en gi ne p arts. Con t aminated coo l ant may da mage t he eng i ne or coo l i ng syst em.
- Sl ow l y add coolant u n t il it sp il l s from b l eed screw. W h en coolan t sp ill ing f rom b l eed screw s is f ree of air b u b b l es, t ig h ten screw . Run en g ine u n t il it reaches op era tin g temp era t u re. A ft er en g ine h as coo l ed, r echeck coo l an t l ev e l .
Working at t op of f an sh rou d , remov e screw an d ex p an sio n riv e t ( ar rows ) h old ing fan sh rou d to rad ia tor. Uncl ip or d isco n n ect electrical conn ector(s) from rig h t sid e of sh r oud .
Ti gh teni n g torqu es wi th BM W t ool 11 5 04 0 30 Nm (22 f t -l b ) Fan t o v iscous cl u t ch 10 Nm (89 i n -l b ) Ele c tric c ooling fan, re pla ci ng (m odels w ith m a nual trans m i s s ion).
trans m i s s ion) T h e electric coolin g fan on cars wi t h automatic tr ansmissio n is mou n t ed b ehin d th e fron t b u mp er, in fron t of th e A /C con d en ser. - Re mov e ai r in take d u ct as d escri b ed ab ov e. - Re mov e f ront b u mp er.
T h e electricall y-h ea ted t h ermostat is an int egral p art of t h e t h ermo st at h ou sing . T h e operatio n of th e th ermostat is monitored b y t h e DM E cont rol mod u l e.
Use n ew sea l ing g asket. Fil l system with cool ant as d escri b ed u n d er Co olan t, d rai n ing an d f i l l in g Ti gh teni n g torqu es En g in e b l ock d rain p l u g t o b l ock 25 Nm (18 .
Re mov e eng ine d riv e b el t : Lev er tension er h ex ( l ar ge arr o w ) in cl ockw ise d irectio n (f acing eng in e) an d sl ip b el t off coo l an t p u mp p u l l ey. No te: Mark directi on of dri ve belt rotati on i f reu si ng be l t. - Re mov e coolant p u mp p u l l ey b ol t s and remov e p u l l ey f rom p u mp .
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Ra d iato r d rai n p l u g t o rad ia t or 2-3 Nm (18-2 7 i n -l b ) Radia to r, r em oving and ins ta lli ng - Ra ise fron t of car and su p p ort safely. CA UTI ON! Mak e su re the car i s sta b l e and w ell su pp or ted at all ti me s.
Working on rid e side of radiator, release h ose retai n ing cl ip s ( A ) and d isco n n ect l ow er coo l ant h ose fittin g from rad ia tor ( B ). - Working u n d erneath radia t or, d isco n n ect h arness conn ector from coolan t l ev el sen sor.
No te: Al t ern ati vely, detach AT F coo l er f rom rad i at or by pu l l i ng up on q ui ck rel ease cl i ps an d pu l l i ng coo l er from radiator tank. Re mov e p l astic b ol t s at t op of radiator ( ar row s ). Pu l l rad ia tor u p an d ou t of car.
sta n ds desig n ed f o r the p ur p o se . A floo r jack i s not adequ ate su p por t. - Re mov e sp l ash sh ield from u n d er eng in e. - Dra in r adiator and en g ine b l ock as d escri b ed earlier . WA RN I NG! A l l o w co o li n g sys tem to co o l b efo re o p enin g o r draini ng sy ste m.
Re mov e coolant l ev el sensor ( 9 ) b y twisting cou n tercl ockwi se an d p u l l ing out of b ott om of t an k. 1 - T h ermostat (AT F h eat ex ch ang er) 2 - Ex p ansion t ank cap 3 - La b el 4 -.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Ra d iato r d rai n p l u g t o rad ia t or 2 - 3 Nm (18 - 27 i n -l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Radia to r a n d Cool ing Sy s tem h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
200-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers th e repairs related to th e cl u t ch , m anu al and au tomatic tran smissi ons, sh ift l in kages, d riv e sh aft s, and t ransf er case (all wheel d riv e v ehicl es onl y).
T h e manu al tran smissi ons u se a sin g l e cl u tch d isc wi th d u al-mass f l ywh ee l . For f u rt h er inf ormatio n , see 21 0 Clu t ch . M anu al tr ansmissio n s h av e a metal ID p l ate mou n ted on t h e side of th e tran smissi on. D o n ot rely on n u mb ers cast on t h e t ransmissio n case for ident ificatio n .
man ufa ctured f rom 08 /98 to 03/00 are eq uippe d w i th t he A5S 360 R automa t i c transmissi on. V eh i cl es pro du ced after 03 / 00 u se t he A5S 32 5Z t ran smi ssi on.
210-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers repl ace m ent of th e cl u t ch mech anical and h yd raul ic compon ent s. Rea d t h e p rocedu r e th r oug h b efore b egin n in g a j ob. No te: See 200 T ran smi ssi on –Gen era l f or transmissi on ap pli cati on i nformati on .
Clu t ch l in ing g aug e BM W 21 2 080 Clu t ch cent ering mand rel BM W 21 2 14 2 SA C cl u t ch l ock tool BM W 21 2 150 Clu t ch d iaph rag m ten sioning t oo BM W 21 2 16 0 SA C ten sioning t oo l BM W 21 2 17 0 Clu tch h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
SA C l oca tin g rin g BM W 21 2 180 Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Clu tch h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
210-2 Cl u tch Hydra u l i cs T h e cl u t ch is h yd rau l ica l l y actu ated b y th e master an d sl av e cyl ind ers. Cl u t ch d isc we ar is aut oma ticall y t ake n u p th r oug h t h e sel f adj u stin g p ressu re p l ate sp rin g s, making p erio d ic adj u stmen t s u n n ece ssary.
A tt ach p ressure b rake b l eeder t o fl u id rese rv oi r an d p u mp b l eeder a f ew time s to p ressu rize hyd raul ic f l u id system. CA UTI ON! Do n ot ex cee d 2 bar (29 p si) pres su re at th e fluid res er vo i r wh en b l ee d i ng o r flus h i ng the hydrau li c sy ste m.
- Sl ow l y operate clu t ch p edal ab out 10 times. F il l rese r v oi r with cl ean fl u id as n ecessa ry. - Unb ol t sl av e cyl in d er from tran smissi on. Fit BM W sp ecial t oo l 21 5 03 0. Press sl av e cyl ind er p u sh rod compl etel y in t o sl av e cyl ind er.
.
Di sen g ag e p an el fr om h ose s an d wi rin g h arn esse s an d remov e from eng in e compart ment . Separate br ake b ooster v acuu m h ose at on e wa y v al v e ( A ). P l u g h ose en d s. - Di scon n ect cl u t ch p ed al from cl u tch master cyl ind er p u sh rod b y remo v ing secu ring p in .
Bl ee d cl u t ch h yd rau l ics as d escri b ed earlier . Conn ect n egativ e cabl e to b attery l ast. Ti gh teni n g torqu es Clu t ch master cyl ind er t o p edal cl u st er 22 Nm (16 f t -l b ) F.
equ iv alen t ). During inst all at io n b e su re p u sh rod tip en g ag es rece ss in cl u tch release l ev er. Fil l fl u id reserv oir wi t h cl ean f l u id.
210-3 Cl u tch M echani ca l T h e tran smissio n mu st b e remo v ed from t h e eng ine t o access th e cl u t ch mechan ica l comp on ent s. It is reco mmen d ed th at t h e cl u t ch d isc, p ressure p l ate and rel ea se b ea r ing b e repl aced d u rin g a cl u t ch ov erhau l .
- Re mov e t ransmissio n f rom eng ine. See 230 M an u al Tra n smissi on . - Re mov e release b ea r i n g fr om tran smissi on in p u t sh aft . Re mov e cl u t ch rel ea se l ev e r b y p u l l in g aw ay f rom sp rin g cl ip in d ire ction of ar row .
- T u r n t ool h an d l e in u n t i l cl u t ch d ia p h rag m sp r ing is f u l l y tension ed. - Re mov e six b ol t s f rom p erime t er of p ressure p l ate.
ex cessiv e ru n ou t (wa r p ing ). Re p l ace if n ecessa ry. No te: Mea sure t he dep t h of cl utch l i ni ng at l i ni ng rivets. I f sha l l ow est ri vet de pth i s l ess t ha n 1 mm (0.04 i n.), rep l ace cl utch disk. - I n sp ect f l ywh ee l f or scori n g , h ot sp ots, cracks or l oose or worn g u id e p in s.
Ne w sel f ad j u st in g cl u t ch ( SA C) p ressur e p l ates come wi t h a l ocki n g p l ate in stal l ed t h at maintains sp rin g ten sion on th e self ad j u st ing sp rin g s. T h is l ocking ring must n ot b e remo v ed u n t il t h e p ressu re p l ate is secu rel y inst al l ed on t h e f l ywheel with t h e cl u tch d isk in p l ace .
release l ev er. - I n st al l t ran smissi on. See 23 0 M an u al Tra n smissi on . Ti gh tenin g torqu es T ran smissio n t o eng in e (To rx b ol t s) M 8 22 Nm (16 f t -l b ) M 10 43 Nm (32 f t -l.
Ce n t er cl u t ch d isk wi t h BM W sp eci al t oo l 21 2 14 2. A comp ara b l e cl u tch al ign ment tool may b e u sed . Remo v e th readed h and l e of cl u t ch al ig n men t tool WA RN I NG! B e su re clu tch d i sc i s fac in g the co rre ct w ay .
Ti gh tenin g torqu es T ran smissio n t o eng in e (To rx b ol t s) M 8 22 Nm (16 f t -l b ) M 10 43 Nm (32 f t -l b ) M 12 72 Nm (53 f t -l b ) T ra nsmi ss ion pilot bea ring, re plac ing - R emo v e cl u t ch as d escribed ear l ier.
230-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers ex tern al tran smissi on serv ice , in cl u d ing remov al and in stal l ation of t h e t ransmissio n u n it. Int ernal t ran smissi on rep ai r is n ot cov ered. S p eci al p ress t oo l s an d p roce d u res are re q u ired to d isa ssemb l e an d serv i ce t h e int ern al g ea r train.
Selector seal d rift BM W 23 0 22 Ou t p u t sea l d rift BM W 23 2 30 0 M anu al tr ansmissio n s u sed are b ased on en g in e ap p l icatio n . Co n su l t 200 T ran smissio n –Gen eral for t ransmissio n app l ica tion in f ormatio n . Ta b l e a.
230-2 T ra n s m i s s i o n Fl u i d Serv i ce M anu al tr ansmissio n s in stal l ed in th e 3 Seri es are n orma l l y f ill ed wi th a "Lifetime " man u al t ransm i ssio n fl u id (BM W M TF LT -1) and d o n ot req u ire p eri od ic f l u id ch an g es.
I n stal l and t orq u e d rain p l u g . Re mov e f ill p l u g ( B ) f rom side of tran smissi on. Sl ow l y fil l tran smissio n with f l u id u n t il f l u id ov erfl ows fil l h ole. I n stal l and t orq u e fl u id f ill p l u g .n oth ing Fl ui d capac i ty Getrag tran smissi on 1.
230-3 T ra n s m i s s i o n Serv i ce B a c k -u p li ght sw itch, repl ac ing Ra ise and safely su p p ort ve h icle t o acce ss b ack-u p l igh t swi t ch . Unscr ew swi t ch fr om tran smissi on . No te: The ba ck-up l i ght sw i tch ( ar row ) on Get rag t ran sm i ssi ons is i n the l eft si de of t he t ran smi ssi on.
Re mov e d riv eshaft . See 260 Dri ve sh aft . Re mov e t ransmissio n mou n t b olt s ( A ). Re mov e t ransmissio n crossme mb er b ol ts ( B ) and t il t d ow n rea r of t ran smissi on . On al l wheel d riv e cars: Re mov e f ront an d rea r d r iv esh afts.
Co at n ew selector sh aft sea l with tran smissi on f l u id. Dri ve n ew sea l in fl u sh wi t h h ou sing . Use BM W sp eci al sea l in st all ation t oo l 23 1 14 0 or equ iv alen t an d a soft-f aced ( p l astic) h amme r.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es M 10 (1 0.9 g rade) 60 Nm (44 f t -l b ) M 12 (1 0.9 g rade) 10 0 Nm (74 f t-l b ) T ransmissio n / tran sfer case crossme m b er to ch assis (M 8) 21 Nm (15 f t-l b ) T ransf .
CA UTI ON! Ti l tin g th e eng in e to lower the tra n smis sio n ca n l ea d to d am ag e to va riou s co mponents due to l ack of clea rance . - Bend b ack an d remo v e tran smissi on out p u t coll ar n u t l ockpl at e. Re mov e col l ar n u t with 30 mm th in -wall ed d ee p socke t .
On Get rag S5D 25 0G tr an smi ssi ons BMW reco mmen ds hea t i ng the ou t put fl ang e to abo ut 176 F (80C ) t o aid i n i nstall at i on . T his can be do ne by placi ng t he f l ang e i n ho t w ater. - Co at b eari n g su rface of col l ar n u t wi t h sea l er an d in stal l n u t .
(t r ansm iss ion re m ov ed) Re p l ace m ent of t h e inp u t sh af t sea l requ ires th e remo v al of t h e tran smissi on f rom th e v eh icl e as d escri b edl ater in t h is repair g rou p . - Re mov e cl u t ch rel ea se b ea r i n g and release lev er f rom insid e b ell h ousin g .
Ti gh teni n g torqu e Gu ide sl eev e to t ransm i ssio n M 6x 12 b ol t 10 Nm (89 i n -l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. M anu a l Tran sm i s si on h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /2.
230-4 T ra n s m i s s i o n Rem ov a l a n d I n s ta l l a tio n Re mov al an d in st all atio n of th e tran smissi on is b est accompl ished on a l ift u sin g a t ransmissi on j ack. The eng in e mu st b e su p p orted f rom ab ov e u sing ap p ropr ia te su p p ort eq u ip ment .
Re mov e h ou sing f or int eri or v ent il ation micro f ilt er. Re mov e u p p er cov er an d micro f ilt er. Op en wi ring h arn ess l oo m cov er ( A ) and remo v e wi res. Unf asten screw s ( B ) a n d remo v e l ow er micro f il ter h ou sin g .
w hee l dri ve 3 Series sed ans an d w ago ns bui l t up t o 11 /00 an d cou pes bu i l t up to 10/99 . Pan styl e f ron t en d rei nforcem en t s are used on rear w hee l dri ve sed ans an d w ag on s buil t af ter 12 / 00, cou pes bu i l t af ter 11/99 and all con verti bles.
of tr ansmissio n . See 250 Gearshift Linkag e . - Unb ol t cl u tch sl av e cyl ind er from side of tran smissio n . Do n ot d isco n n ect f l u id h ose. Su sp en d sl av e cylin d er from ch assis u sing stiff wire . CA UTI ON! Do n ot o p era te clu tch pedal wi th slav e cylin der re mo ve d fro m tra n smis sio n.
Wh en inst all ing a n ew tran smissi on, b e su re to tran sfer p arts f rom old tran smissi on if app l ica b l e. T h oroug h l y cl ean inp u t sh aft an d cl u tch d isc sp l in es. Ligh tl y l u b ricate tran smissi on inp u t sh af t b efore in st all in g .
Ti gh teni n g torqu es (tu b u l ar st yl e) 42 Nm (31 f t -l b ) (p an st yl e) 59 Nm (44 ft -l b ) + 90° Rub b er mou n t to tran smissi on or b racke t n u t (M 8) 21 Nm (15 f t -l b ) Sl av e cy.
240-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers mai n t enan ce and repl aceme n t of th e E46 aut omatic tran smissi on. I n tern al rep ai rs t o th e automatic tr ansmissio n are n ot cov ered. S p eci al t oo l s an d p roce d u res are requ ire d to d isasse mb l e and serv ice int ernal aut oma tic t ransm issi on compon ent s.
absolu t ely n ecessa ry, th ey are especia l l y h elp f u l wh en d ealin g wi th th e remov al and rep l aceme n t of th e torq u e conve rter. En g ine su p p ort b racke t BM W 00 0 200 / 20 8 Oi.
d ea l er ab out a f actory recond itio n ed u n it or a tran smissio n rebu il d . 32 3i/Ci an d 32 8i/Ci mod els manu f actu red f rom 08 /98 to 03/00 are equ ip p ed with th e A 5S 36 0R aut omatic tran smissi on. V ehicl es p rod u ced after 03 / 00 a re equ ip p ed wi t h t h e A 5S 325 Z tran smissi on.
240-2 T ra n s m i s s i o n Serv i ce T h e aut oma tic t ransm issi on s inst all ed in th e 3 Seri es are fil l ed with eith er De x ron II I A TF, or T ex aco 80 72B a sp eci al l ife-time oi l . CA UTI ON! Mixin g d if fer ent types o f tra n smis sio n fluids w i ll l ead to tra n smis sio n failur e.
Mak e su re the car i s sta b l e and w ell su pp or ted at all ti me s. Use a pro fess ional au tom o t ive li ft or j ac k sta n ds desig n ed f o r the p ur p o se . A floo r jack i s not adequ ate su p por t. - Warm u p d riv etrain b y ru n n ing eng in e u n t il A TF r ea ch es sp eci fied temp era t u re.
wi ll spil l fro m th e fil l er ho l e wh en th e fil l p lug i s rem ov ed. - Re in stal l f ill p l u g u sin g n ew sea l in g rin g . Ti gh teni n g torqu es A TF d rain p l u g t o A TF su m p A.
Pu l l A TF f l u id st rainer f rom tran smissi on p u mp h ou sin g . If st rai n er sea l in g rin g rema in s in p u mp h ou sin g remo v e u sing a seal p u l l er. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . A l wa ys r epl ace sea l f or d rain p l u g and al l g asket(s) and O -ring s.
Automatic tra nsmis sion flu i d ca pac i ty wi th ou t t orqu e conv erte r 6.2 liters (6.5 q t) A 5S 32 5Z (3.0 l iter) wi th t orqu e conv erte r 8.
240-3 T ra n s m i s s i o n Rem ov a l a n d I n s ta l l a tio n Re mov al an d in st all atio n of th e tran smissi on is b est accompl ished on a l ift u sin g a t ransmissi on j ack. Use caution an d safe wo rksh op p ractices when worki n g b eneath car and l ow eri n g tran smissi on.
re ad th e batter y d isco n nectio n ca utio n s give n at the fro nt o f th is ma n u al on p ag e vii i . Re mov e eng ine coolin g int ake h oo d fasten ers ( ar row s ) at fron t of eng in e compartmen t. - Re mov e eng ine d riv en coolin g fan , u n f asten coo l ing f an cowl and p u l l sl igh t l y u p ward s.
Mak e su re the car i s sta b l e and well su p p o rte d at all ti me s. Use a pro fess i onal au tom otive lift or jack sta nd s d es i gned for the pur p os e. A fl o or jack is no t adequ ate su pp or t. Re mo va l of transm i ss ion w il l ca us e eng i n e to ti p u n less eng i ne su p por t i s u sed.
remo v e cabl e f rom b racket. (A 5S 32 5Z tran smissio n sh own. ) Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ector(s) f rom t ransmissio n b y tu r n ing b ayonet l ock rin g (s) ( ar row s ) coun t erclockwi se. On A 5S 325 Z d isco n n ect two conn ectors on t h e l eft side of t h e tran smissi on.
Re mov e b el l h ou sing -to-eng in e moun t ing b olt s ( ar rows ). - I n stal l BM W sp eci al tools 24 4 131 and 24 4 135 t o secure t orq u e conv erter in p l ace d u rin g tran smissi on remo v al. CA UTI ON! Do n ot allo w th e to rque c onv er ter to fall o ff th e tra nsmiss ion i n pu t shaft.
I n stal l n ew O-rin g s on tran smissi on coo l er l in es, wh ere app l ica b l e. I n sp ect en g in e d riv e p l ate f or cracks or elon g ated h ol es. Re p l ace if n ecessa ry. Check to b e su re t orqu e conv erter is sea t ed correctl y in tran smissio n d u rin g f in al inst al l ation.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Fron t su sp ension rei n forceme n t t o ch assis (M 10 ) 4 2 Nm (30 f t -l b ) T orqu e con v erter t o d riv e p l ate (M 10) 45 Nm (33 f t -l b ) T ransmissio n su p p ort .
250-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers tr ansmissio n g ea r sh ift an d l in kage serv ice f or b oth manu al an d au tomatic tran smissio n equ ip p ed ve h icl es. Spec ia l tools BM W su g g ests t h e u se of on e sp eci al tool in t h e remov al of th e g ear sh ift l ev er f or man u al t ransmissio n eq u ip p ed v ehicl es.
250-2 M a n u a l T ra n s m i s s i on Gea rs h i f t M anual T ra nsmi ss ion Gea r s hi ft Linka ge s 1 - Rubb er b o ot 2 - Shi ft l ev er bear i n g 3 - Shi ft arm bear i n g 4 - Shi ft arm 5 - S.
Use t h e ab ov e il l u st ration as a g u id e when remov ing and in st all in g t h e l inkag e. - R emo v e sh ift kn ob b y p u l l ing kn ob straigh t off th e manu al g earshift . No te: Re moval of t he shif t knob w i l l req ui re ab out 90 l bs.
va riou s co mponents due to lack of clea rance . Working ab ov e transmissio n , d isconn ect sh ift rod f rom g earshift l ev er b y p u l l in g off sh ift rod r etai n in g cl ip in d irectio n of arro w ( 1 ). Dise n g age sh ift rod f rom g ear sh ift l ev er ( 2 ).
I nstal l rub be r gromme t corre ct l y so t ha t i t sea l s out w ater. - C onn ect sh ift rod to sh ift l ev er. I n st all tran smissio n crossmember.
250-3 A u tom a ti c T ra n s m i s s i on Gea rs h i f t I n E46 models, t h e el ectronic immo b ilizer (EWS) p rev ent s starter operatio n u n l ess t h e g ea r p osi t ion is Park or Ne u t ral . Gea r s hift m e c hanism , adjust i ng (aut om a tic trans m i s s ion) - Posi t ion g ea rsh ift l ev er in Park.
A utom a tic s hi ft lock , che c ki ng fu nction (auto m a tic trans m i s s ion) T h e aut oma tic sh iftl ock u ses an el ectric solenoid t o l ock t h e sel ector l ev er in Park or Ne u t ral . Depressing t h e foot b rake with t h e ig n ition on energ izes th e solenoid , all ow in g t h e l ev er t o be mov ed int o a d riv e g ea r.
l ev er can n ot b e mov ed out of Park or Ne u tral . I f any fau l t s are f oun d ch eck th e electrical operatio n of th e sh iftl ock solenoid an d ch eck f or wi rin g fau l t s to or from t h e t ransmissio n con t rol modu l e (T CM ). See 61 0 El ectrical Co mp on en t Loca t io n s and El ectrical Wiring Dia g rams.
Shift int er loc k, c hec k ing fu nction (auto m a tic trans m iss ion) T h e sh ift in terl ock u ses a cab l e b etwee n th e ign ition switch an d t h e shift l ev er t o l ock t h e sh ift l ev er in th e p ark p osi tion when t h e key is in t h e off p osi tion or remo v ed.
260-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers th e repair and repl aceme n t of d riv eshaft s an d d riv e sh aft comp on ent s. Driv e ax l es are cov ered in 311 F ront Ax l e Fin al Driv e and 331 Re ar A x l e Fin al Driv e .
d riv e sh aft ru n s f rom t h e t ransf er case to th e fr ont d ifferent ia l . The f ront d riv e sh aft b olt s t o t h e t ransf er case and d iff ere n tial d irectl y, u sin g n o fl ex ibl e ru b b er d isk.
tig h t en t o 10 0 Nm (74 f t-l b ) 6 - Re ar drives h aft as sem b l y 7 - Dr i ves h aft ce n ter bear i ng moun t T roublesho oting T h e source of d riv elin e v ib ratio n s an d n oi se can b e d iff icu l t t o p in p oi n t .
tab s on t h e d riv eshaft t u b es. I n add ition to in sp ecting f or f aul t y d riv eshaft p arts, th e in st all ed ang l es of th e d riv esh aft sh oul d al so b e con sidered. Fu rth er in sp ection requ ire s remov al of th e d riv esh aft s.
Ta b l e a. D riv eshaft t rou b l eshooting l ists symp toms of d riv eshaft p rob l ems and t h ei r p r obab l e causes. M ost of th e repair inf ormatio n is cont ained with in t h is repair g roup . No te: W i t h t he dri vesh aft i nstal l ed , t he actual amo un t t hat the un i versal jo i nts pi vot i s l i mi t ed.
Sym p to m Probabl e caus e Corr ective action Univ ersal j oi n ts worn or sei zed. Check u n iv e rsal j oint p l ay and mov ement. Re p l ace driv esh aft if n ece ssary. Sl idin g coup l in g sei zed . Re mov e d riv eshaft and ch eck mov ement of sl idin g coup l in g .
Sym p to m Probabl e caus e Corr ective action M ou n tin g fl ang e b ol ts l oo se or h ol es wo r n . Re mov e d riv eshaft and ch eck t ran smissi on out p u t fl ang e an d fin al d riv e inp u t f l an g e. Re p l ace if n ecessa ry. Dri ve sh aft u n b al an ced.
260-2 Rea r Dri v es h a f t Serv i ce Re p air kits for t h e u n iv ersa l j oint s are n ot av ailabl e for BM W d riv eshaft s. Worn or d ama g ed u n iv ersa l j oi n t s u su al l y requ ire repl aceme n t of th e d riv e sh aft .
fin al d riv e h av e b ee n remo v ed and inst all ed . If al l oth er p arts of th e d riv e sh aft h av e b een in sp ected an d foun d to b e oka y, b u t t h ere is stil l n oise or v ibration, d riv e sh aft al ig n ment sh oul d b e ch ecke d .
Rear drives haft, rem oving WA RN I NG! B e su re th e wh ee l s are of f th e g ro u n d b efo re re mo ving the drives h aft. S et the p ar king brak e befo re re mo ving th e drive shaft. On ce th e d riv esha f t h as bee n re mo ved, th e ve hi cle ca n ro l l re ga rdles s o f wh ether th e tra n smis sio n i s in ge ar or not.
Usi n g BM W sp ecia l t oo l 26 1 040 , l oo sen th rea d ed cl amp ing sl eev e on d riv e sh aft a f ew tu rn s. - Re mov e cent er su p p ort b ea r ing moun t ing b olt s. - Re mov e d riv eshaft b u t d o n ot separate t wo h alv es. Pu l l d ow n on center of d riv esh aft t o f aci l itate remo v al.
height of the center bear in g o r tra n smis sio n su p por t us i n g shi ms is 3 mm (0.12 i n .). - T ig h t en t h readed sl ee v e on d riv e sh aft t o p rop er torq u e. - I n stal l h ea t sh ield s. - I n stal l ex h aust syst em. See 18 0 Ex h aust System .
Ti gh teni n g torqu es (repl ace b ol t s) Fl ex -disc t o d riv esh aft or tr ansmissio n fl an g E M 10 (8 . 8 gr ade) 4 8 Nm (35 f t -l b ) M 10 (1 0.9 g rade) 60 Nm (44 f t -l b ) M 12 (1 0.9 g rade) 10 0 Nm (74 f t-l b ) T ransmissio n crossme m b er to b ody (M 8) 21 Nm (15 f t -l b ) No te: Bolt grad e i s m arke d on the bo l t he ad .
un supp orte d, t he rea r un i versal jo i nt may be da mag ed . - Unb ol t f l ex -d isc f rom d riv eshaft . No te: Re moval an d i nstal l ati on of t he bolt s may be made ea si er by placi ng a l arge ho se cl amp aro un d the fl ex-disc, and ti ghten i ng t he cl amp sl i gh t l y t o comp ress t he co up l i ng.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es M 10 (1 0.9 g rade) 60 Nm (44 f t -l b ) M 12 (1 0.9 g rade) 10 0 Nm (74 f t-l b ) T ransmissio n crossme m b er to b ody (M 8) 21 Nm (15 f t -l b ) Center bea ring a ss e m bly , repla c ing T o rep l ace th e center b ear ing asse mb l y, t h e d riv eshaft m u st b e remo v ed from t h e car.
inn er h u b of b ea r i n g . Pu l l in g on outer ring of moun t may t ea r ru b b er, and en t ire b eari n g asse mb l y wil l n ee d t o b e rep l ace d . - Before in stal l atio n , make su re d u st g u ard is on d r iv esh aft, and th en p ress cent er moun t on to d riv e sh aft f l u sh with d u st g u ard.
sh oul d f it sn u g l y on t h e tran smissi on outp u t sh aft. No te: Some dri vesh aft s ha ve a dust cap i nstall ed on t he e nd of the drivesha ft , ove r t he center i ng gu i de. T he du st cap may be come be nt or dist orted w hen t he drivesha f t i s remo ved o r i nstall ed.
- I n stal l d riv eshaft as d escri b ed ea rl ier. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Drive sh a ft s h tt p: // e bah n .
260-3 Fron t Dri v es h a f t Serv i ce Re p air kits for t h e u n iv ersa l j oint s are n ot av ailabl e for BM W d riv eshaft s. Worn or d ama g ed u n iv ersa l j oi n t s u su al l y requ ire repl aceme n t of th e d riv e sh aft .
- I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Ti gh teni n g torqu es Dri ve sh aft t o d riv e fl an g e (M 10 ) 70 Nm (52 f t-l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Drive sh a ft s h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
.
270-2 T ra n s f e r Ca se T ra nsf e r c a s e, re m ov i ng and ins ta lli ng - Ra ise v ehicl e an d saf ely su p p ort to access tran sfer case. WA RN I NG! Wh en raising the car us i ng a floo r jack or a hyd ra u l ic li ft, ca refu l ly p o sition th e jack pad to prev ent d am ag in g the car body.
Re mov e t ransmissio n crossmember ( ar row s ). - De t ach t ran sfer case v ent tu b e. - Kee p in g t h e d riv eshaft in p l ace, remo v e n u t s retainin g rea r d riv e sh aft t o tran sf er case at fl ex ibl e d isc. CA UTI ON! Do n ot allo w th e drives h aft to hang down.
b efore in st all in g . On manu al t ransmissio n cars: Re p l ace sealin g O-rin g b etwee n tran smissi on and t ransf er case. No te: W hen refi l l i ng tran sf er ca se, reche ck oi l l eve l aga i n aft er d ri vi ng car ap proximatel y 20 0 meters (600 f t).
300-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers g en era l i n f orma tion for f ront and rear susp ension , steeri n g system, and t h e el ectronic b r aki n g an d stabil ity con trol systems.
Each f ront st ru t assembl y in cl u d es a tu b u l ar st ru t h ou sin g wi t h an in t egrated sh ock absorb er and a l arge coil sp rin g . T h e u p p er stru t moun t in cl u d es a coil sp ring seat an d str u t b eari n g . A ru b b er b u mp st op l imits su sp en sion t rav el .
are d esign ed wi t h ant i-d iv e g eo metry. T h is d esign redu ces th e n orma l ten d en cy f or t h e f ront of th e v ehicl e t o d iv e u n d er h ard b raki n g . Co n t rol arm p ositio n is fix ed , with n o adj u stmen t p rov isio n s on th e contr ol arms for al tering f ront wheel al ign men t .
from t h e rear wheel d riv e v ersi on and h av e also b ee n rel oca t ed t o p rov ide fron t ax l e cl ear an ce. T h e fr ont st abil izer b ar h as b een increase d in d ia m eter to accommo d ate th e add itional wei g h t . See Ta b l e a . T h e str u ts are sh orter th an th e rea r wheel d riv e v ersio n .
ea se p arki n g an d city d riv ing . A t h igh sp eeds, assi st is red u ced t o en su re stab il ity. T h e steeri n g l in kage con n ects th e rack-a n d -p in ion u n it th rou g h t ie rod s t o th e stee rin g arms. The t ie rod en d s all ow th e whee l s to p iv ot and react t o su sp en sio n t rav el.
th e sam e l ayout as t h e rear wheel d riv e v ersi on. T h e rea r su sp ension trav el of th e E46 al l wheel d riv e is app r ox . 17 mm (0.67 in .
l igh t on t h e d ash b oard. T ir es and w he el s T ire size is critical t o th e pr oper op era tion of t h e an ti-l ock b rake system an d traction cont rol syst em. Sev eral d iff ere n t styl es of wh ee l s in 15 , 16 , and 17 inch d ia m eters are av ai l abl e from an aut h ori zed BM W d ealer.
300-2 El ectron i c Bra ke a n d Sta bi li ty Con trol Sys tem s A l l E46 v eh icl es are eq u ip p ed with an A n t ilock Braking Syst em (A BS). Earl y p rodu ct ion model s featu red A BS with A u t oma t ic Stab il ity Co n t rol (ABS /A SC). La t er mod els came eq u ip p ed with A BS and Dyn ami c St abil ity Co n trol (A BS/DSC).
DSC 19 99 - 200 0 Dynami c Stab ility Co n tr ol T ev es M K 20 DSC 1 - DSC con trol modu l e and h yd raul ic u n it, rig h t rear of en g in e compartmen t 2 - Brake fl u id reserv o ir, master cyl .
4 - Fron t wh ee l sp eed sen sor, at ea ch fron t steering arm 5 - Steeri n g an g l e sensor, at b ase of u p p er st ee ring col u mn 6 - La t eral acceleratio n sensor, b ehin d d riv er’ s kick.
T h e electron ica l l y cont roll ed A BS mai n t ains v ehicl e st abil ity and con trol d u rin g emergen cy b raki n g b y p rev en t ing wh ee l l ock-up . A BS p rov id es opt i mu m d ece l eratio n an d stabil ity d u rin g ad v erse con d itions.
may also be r eferre d t o as ASC+T (Automa t i c Stabil i ty Con t rol+ Tracti on ). T h e A SC system imp rov es traction b y electron ica l l y app l ying t h e rear b rake s when t h e rear d riv e wheels are sp inn ing at a faster rate t h an t h e f ront wheels.
requ ires sp ecia l test eq u ip ment and kn ow l ed g e and sh ou l d b e p erforme d onl y b y an au th ori zed BM W d ealer. T ab l e c. AS C in d ica t or l amp fu n ction l ists t h e con d itions ind ica t ed b y t h e A SC ind icator l ig h t in t h e in st ru ment cl u ster.
In di cator lamp Con d iti on A ction / Us e Li g h t off A SC monitoring mode A u tomatic A SC operatio n Press A SC b u t ton , l ig h t come s on A SC off (d isabl ed) Ro cking t h e car to g et ou.
2 - Stee r ing an g l e sen sor 3 - R otatio n al rate (yaw) sen sor 4 - Bra ke p ressu re sensor 5 - A BS wheel sp eed sensors 6 - Eng in e con t rol modu l e Ou tp u t s 7 - A BS/DSC h yd raul ic sy.
Sy s tem functions Each of t h e el ectronic b r aki n g and stab il ity con trol systems in cl u d e su b -syst ems which u se th e h yd rau l ic u n it/ cont rol mod u l e an d sensors t o carry out ad d itional syst em f u n ct io n s.
wheel b rake circuit d u rin g corn ering if activ ation t h reshol d v al u es are ex ceeded . Electr o n ic b rak e p ropo rtio ni ng (EBV) El ectronic b rake p rop ortioning ad j u sts b raking force to t h e rear wheels b ase d u p on t h e v eh icle' s l oa d ing , fr ont t o rear, to max imi ze th e v ehicl e's b raki n g p owe r.
Pressure rel ea se Wh en int erv ent io n is n ece ssary: T h e ch an g eov er v al v e in t h e h yd rau l ic u n it en ergizes and cl oses inl et v al v es f or th e two fron t wheel s and t h e rear wheel wi t h tr actio n . T h e rea r b rake circuit in take v al v e is energ ize d and open ed to rear wh eel wi th ou t t ractio n .
Dr ag to rqu e r edu ction (M SR) Durin g d eceleratio n an d en g in e b raking cond itions en g ine d rag torq u e can cau se th e re ar wheel s of a v ehicl e t o l ock on l ow t ractio n su rfaces, esp ecia l l y in h ig h sp eed, l ow g ea r d riv in g .
Wh en DBC f u n ct io n is activ a ted , b r aki n g p ressur e wi l l increase at al l wh ee l s u p t o th e A BS reg u l ation p oint . DBC wi l l cont inu e u n t il t h e d riv er release s t h e b rake p edal , b rake p ressure d rops, or th e v ehicl e sl ows to u n d er 3 mp h .
th reshol d V ehicl e road sp ee d d rops b el ow 3 mp h Teve s M K 20 ASC d i agra m Su spe n si on , St eer i n g a n d Brakes — Gen er al h tt p: // e bah n .
Teve s M K 20 DSC Diagram Su spe n si on , St eer i n g a n d Brakes — Gen er al h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /3.
Ve hic le ne tw ork T h e h yd rau l ic u n it/ con trol modu l e commun ica t es with some sensors an d many oth er con trol modu l es ov er t h e CA N-b u s.
from A SC/DSC switch on d ash . A BS con t rol modu l e sig n al s t u rn inst ru men t cl u ster warnin g l amp s on d u rin g A SC/DSC regu l at io n . Hydraul ic unit/control m odule T h e h yd rau l ic u n it is mou n t ed in conj u n ction with t h e con t rol modu l e.
20 01 Bosch DSC I II 5.7: Hall effect 20 01 T ev es M K 60 DSC : M ag n etore sistiv e 1 - Fastenin g element 2 - Groun d cont act 3 - Se n sor wir ing 4 - Se n sor h ou sing 5 - M e t al p u l se whe.
DSC later al a c c el era tion s enso r T h e l atera l acce l era t ion sensor p r ov ides th e DS C con trol mod u l e wi t h an inp u t sign al b ased on th e d egr ee of l atera l acce l eratio n (g forces) th at t h e v eh icle ex p eriences.
Bosc h DSC I I I 5.7 di agram Su spe n si on , St eer i n g a n d Brakes — Gen er al h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /3.
DSC rot ational ra te (ya w ) sens or T h e rotatio n al rate sensor p rov i d es a anal og v ol t age sig n al t o th e DSC con trol modu l e to in d icate th e ro t atio n al sp ee d (yaw ) of t h e v eh i cl e on its v ertical ax is. T h e cont rol mod u l e su p p l ies a 5 v olt refere n ce v olt ag e to t h e sen sor.
ang l e sensor rep l aceme n t or repairs to th e stee rin g col u mn . T h is reca l ibr atio n is p erforme d u sing eith er th e DI S or M oD iC BM W scan tools.
Br ake l ig h t swi tch T h e b rake l igh t switch in p u t si g n al is u sed b y t h e cont rol mod u l e t o d etermine which stab ility con trol rout ine is n ecessa ry. The con tr ol modu l e wi l l int erru p t A u t omatic Stabil ity Co n t rol (A SC) fu n ct io n s if t h e b rake p edal is d epressed d u ring A SC op era tion.
cont rol mod u l e. Wh en fl u id l ev e l is t oo l ow , t h e circu it is b r oke n an d t h e A SC/DSC fu n ct ions are tu rn ed off . No rm al b raking and A B S remai n s u n aff ected. Warnin g l am p s Braki n g and st abil ity cont rol war n in g l igh ts 1 - A SC/DSC war n in g l igh t.
300-3 T rou bl es h oot i n g Stab l e h an d l in g and rid e comfort b oth d epen d on th e int eg rity of th e su sp en sio n an d st ee rin g compon en ts. A n y symp t om o f in stab ility or imp reci se roa d f ee l may b e caused b y w orn or d ama g ed su sp en sion comp on ent s.
Sym p to m Probabl e cause R epairs v ibrat i on or sh immy Worn su sp en sio n b u sh in g s (cont rol arm or t rai l ing arm) Re p l ace wo rn b u sh ing s. 310 , 33 0 Worn fron t su sp ension b al l j oi n t s (con t rol arm, steeri n g arm or steeri n g tie-ro d en d ) Re p l ace wo rn b al l j oi n t s.
Sym p to m Probabl e cause R epairs Su sp en sio n n oi se, esp eci all y ov er b u mp s (d ru mmin g , rattl ing ) Worn fron t u p p er str u t moun ts Re p l ace up p er st ru t moun t s. 310 Worn su sp en sio n b u sh in g s (cont rol arm or t rai l ing arm) Re p l ace wo rn b u sh ing s.
trou b l esh oo tin g of major A BS compon ent s r equ ires sp ecia l t est equ ip men t an d kn ow l edg e and sh ou l d b e p erformed b y an aut h orize d BM W d ealer. A BS is sel f- tested b y t h e con trol modu l e ea ch t ime th e car is st arted.
missi n g , cl og g ed or corro d ed teeth , or oth er d ama g e t h at cou l d al ter t h e cl ea r ance b etwe en th e sen sor t ip and tooth ed wh ee l . Ride he ight Ri d e h eigh t measurement ( A ) at eith er ax l e is taken f rom cent er of wh eel arch to b ottom of wh ee l rim.
Wh eel size S t andard sus pen sion Spo rt suspension Roug h road suspension All wh eel d rive suspension 16 in ch 58 9 mm (23 .19 in . ) 57 4 mm (22 . 59 in.) 60 6 mm (23 .86 in. ) 60 6 mm (23 .85 in . ) 17 in ch 60 4 mm (23 .77 in . ) 58 9 mm (23 . 19 in.
310-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers th e repair and repl aceme n t of compon ent s th at make u p th e f ront su sp en sion of E46 cars. See 300 Su sp ensio n , St ee rin g an d Brake s-G eneral f or a d escription of th e fron t su sp ensio n and comp onen t s, as we l l as sp eci ficatio n f or sett ing rid e h ei g h t .
Upp er st ru t n u t remov al socke t BM W 31 2 21 0 Fron t coi l sp ring comp resso r B M W 31 3 12 0 Ball j oint p u l l er (all wh ee l d r iv e BM W 32 2 04 0 Ball j oint p u l l er BM W 32 3 090 Ou t er CV j oi n t remo v al t oo l BM W 33 2 11 1/116 / 11 7 Fron t Su spe n si on h tt p: // e bah n .
Sl ide h ammer wi t h ad apt er BM W 33 4 20 1/202 / 20 3 33 2 116 I n n er b eari n g race p u l l er set BM W 33 4 40 0 Front s uspens i on cons truction Some fr ont su sp en sio n comp on ents are const ru ct ed of we igh t sav ing materi al s. F or ex amp l e, t h e cont rol arms (in rea r wh ee l d riv e mo d el s) are forg ed al u minu m.
se l f-l o cking fast ener s any time they ar e l oo se n ed o r re mo ved. Do n ot in sta ll b olts and n uts co ate d wi th underc oating wax, as th e co rr ec t ti g hteni n g tor q u e ca n n o t b e as sur ed. A l ways clea n th e th rea ds wi th so lvent befo re in sta ll ation, or in sta ll new parts .
as sem b l y (6 cy li nd er models) 1 - Upper str u t moun t 2 - Coil spring 3 - Strut ass embly 4 - Control arm 5 - Control arm bu shi ng and moun t 6 - Ti e rod 7 - Stee rin g rac k 8 - Fron t stabi li zer bar 9 - Fron t suspension subfram e 10 - Stee rin g arm 11 - Stabil izer bar li n k Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c .
310-2 Sh ock A bs orbers a n d Spri n gs No te: Setti ng the ri de h eight i s cove red i n 300 Suspe nsi on , Steering an d Brakes- Gene ral . T h e fron t su sp ension sh ock ab sorbers in E46 cars are M cPh erson st ru t s. The stru t is a major comp onen t of th e su sp en sio n an d su p p orts th e sp rin g .
No te: Right si de sho w n i s i n i l l ustrati on. Left si de bracke t al so holds brake pad w e ar sen sor w i re. - Unb ol t b rake calip er asse mb l y, kee p in g b rake h ose con n ected . Su sp en d b r ake calip er f rom ch assi s u si n g stiff wi re.
of stabi l i z er b ar l i nk ball joint w h i l e remo vi ng moun t i ng nu t . Re mov e t ie rod ou ter en d n u t . Use BM W sp ecia l t ool 32 3 09 0 or equ iv alen t t o p ress t ie rod en d off steeri n g arm. - Re mov e l owe r b al l j oint n u t.
stru t towe r sl ots ( ar rows ). CA UTI ON! Do n ot re mo ve ce nter str ut re taini n g nut. - Lo wer stru t asse mb l y from car. Wh en inst all ing st ru t assembl y in to car: M ake su re l ocatin g p in ( ar row ) of stru t b ear ing is p ositio n ed corre ct l y in st ru t t owe r.
Ha v e car p rofessi onal l y al ig n ed when j ob is compl ete. Ti gh teni n g torqu es Brake cal iper t o steeri n g arm 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) Ro ad wheel t o h u b 100 ± 10 Nm (74 ± 7 f t -l b ) .
3 - Rive t (all w heel drive or rou gh road p ac kage on ly) 4 - Strut b ea ring re i n force ment (all wh eel d rive or rou gh road pack age o n ly) 5 - Self lo cking flang ed n u t M 8 tig h t en t .
pad 16 - Strut Strut as sem bly , disas sem bling and a ss em bl ing Re p l aci n g th e str u t, u p p er st ru t m oun t or sp ring req u ires th at t h e stru t asse mb l y first b e remov ed from t h e car an d d isa ssemb l ed . F or a g u id e t o p arts u sed d u rin g compon en t repl ace men t, see t h e acco m p anyin g d iagram.
related compon ent s. - R epl ace stru t, u p p er st ru t mou n t or sp ring , as n eeded. No te: Springs an d/or st ruts should alw ays be rep l ace d i n pa i rs. Be su re th at rep l aceme n t st ru ts are marke d with th e same code as th e on es b ei n g remo v ed .
A ssembl y i s rev erse of d isa ssemb l y, n oting t h e f ol l ow ing : Li n e u p sl ot in sp rin g p ad with corre sp on d in g sl ot in l ow er sp ring sea t . Use a n ew u p p er st ru t self l ockin g n u t . Ti g h ten n u t f u l l y b efore releasi n g sp ring comp resso r .
10 - Stru t h ou sing 11 - Lo catin g p in 12 - Protectiv e cap 13 - Upp er sp ring p ad 14 - Wash er 15 - Upp er sp ring seat 16 - Sp ring 17 - Lo wer sp rin g seat Ti gh tenin g torqu e U p p er st ru t moun t to str u t sh aft M 14 self -l ocki n g n u t 64 Nm (47 f t-l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c .
310-3 Fron t En d Rei n f orcem en t I n rear wheel d riv e model s, a f ront end rei n f orceme n t is b ol ted to t h e rear o f th e su b fr ame and attach ed to t h e frame rai l s. CA UTI ON! Do n ot drive v ehicle w i thou t th e fro n t end re in fo rc em ent i n p lac e.
larg er (66 mm ) fro n t contr o l ar m bus h in gs . Th e d iffere n ce in th e ear l y pro d uc ti on and l ate r pl ates ca n o n l y be d isce rned b y re mov i ng the p l ate .
310-4 Fron t Su bf ra m e T h e fron t su b frame p rov ides rig id moun t ing p oi n t s f or th e en g in e, su sp en sio n , and stee rin g comp onen t s. T h e su b f rame is n ot n ormall y su b j ect to wea r and sh ou l d on l y b e repl aced if stru ctu ral l y d amaged .
sta n ds beneath a stru ctu ra l chass i s point. Do n ot pl ac e jac k sta n d s u n d er su spension p ar ts. - Re mov e sp l ash sh ield u n d er eng in e compart ment . - Re mov e f ront en d rei n f orce m ent. See F ront E n d Re inf orce ment ea rl ier in t h is g rou p .
Re p eat for l eft sid e. Re mov e st ee rin g rack moun tin g b ol ts ( ar row s ) at f ron t of su b f rame . Su sp en d rack out of t h e way wi t h st iff w ire.
and matin g su r faces are cl ean to ensu re p roper t igh ten in g an d alig n ment . Use n ew self -l ocking n u t s or b olt s, wh ere ap p l icabl e. Lo wer eng in e ont o en g in e moun t s, all owi n g it t o sett l e fu l l y b efore tig h t enin g eng ine mou n t b ol t s.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es M 12- 10 . 9 b ol t s 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) M 12- 12 . 9 b ol t s 10 5 Nm (77 f t-l b ) Front s ubfram e , rem ov ing a nd ins ta lli ng (all w hee l drive m odel s) Usi n g en g in e su p p ort eq u ipm ent , raise eng in e u n t il wei g h t of eng ine is su p p orted .
Working at r ea r rig h t corn er of fron t su b f rame , u n h ook h ea tsh ie l d from su b f rame ( arr o w ). Re mov e l eft en g in e moun t fasten er ( ar row ). - Re p eat for rig h t sid e. - Working at r igh t f ront of su b f rame , d etach p owe r steering l in es.
- Re p eat for rig h t sid e. Working at l eft sid e of su b frame, remo v e inn er con t rol arm b al l j oi n t moun t ing b racke t b ol ts ( arr o ws ) f rom su b f rame . Ha n g cont rol arm u sin g stiff wi re. WA RN I NG! Do n ot allo w th e co n tro l arm to h ang fro m the ou ter (st eer in g ar m) b all joint.
I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting th e f ol l ow ing : M ake su re al l b ol ts, b olt h ol es, and matin g su r faces are cl ean to ensu re p roper t igh ten in g an d alig n ment . Use n ew self -l ocking n u t s or b olt s, wh ere ap p l icabl e.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Steeri n g r ack to su b f rame (M 10 b ol t) 42 Nm (31 f t-l b ) Su b f rame ad apt er to b od y M 10 b olt (always repl ace ) 59 Nm (44 f t -l b ) Su b f rame f ront to b ody M 12- 8.8 b olt 77 Nm (57 f t -l b ) M 12- 10 . 9 b ol t 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) M 12- 12 .
8 - Bolt M 10 (always re pl ace ) tig h t en t o 59 Nm (44 ft -l b ) 9 - Control arm rea r brac ket 10 - Bolt M 12 (always re pl ace ) tig h t en t o 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) 11 - Ja ck po i nt 12 - Sub .
A Ou ter b al l j oint att ach ed t o steeri n g arm B I n n er b al l j oint att ached t o f ront su b f rame C Bu sh in g and b racket att ached to th e frame rai l (rear wheel d riv e model s) or fron t su b f rame (all wheel d riv e model s) No te: Re ar w hee l dri ve f ron t con t rol arm i s sho w n i n t he i l l ustrati on.
6 - Bra cket mou n t ing b ol t 7 - I n n er b all j oint (all wh ee l d riv e onl y) 8 - Ba l l j oint mou n t ing b ol t Con trol arm , re m oving a nd inst a ll ing (rea r w he e l drive m ode ls) - R ai se car an d remov e wh ee l . WA RN I NG! Mak e s ur e th at the car i s firmly su pp or ted on j ac k stands d es igned for the p u rpo se.
Re mov e cont rol arm in n er b all j oint moun t in g n u t ( arr ow ) at su b frame. Dri ve b al l j oi n t sh aft out of su b frame u sin g soft faced h ammer . Su p p ort cont rol arm wh il e remo v ing cont rol arm b racket b ol t s ( ar row s ) f rom frame rai l .
I f one co ntro l ar m re ar ru bb er bus h i ng is d am ag ed, b us h i ngs on both sid es mu st be replace d . No te: Co ntr ol arm rea r bush i ng replace men t i s cove r ed l ater i n thi s grou p.
Ti gh tenin g torqu es Ou t er b al l j oint t o steer in g arm M 12 self -l ocki n g n u t (always repl ace) 6 5 Nm (48 f t-l b ) R oad wh eel to h u b 10 0 ± 10 Nm (74 ± 7 f t -l b ) Con trol arm , re m oving a nd inst a ll ing (all w hee l drive m ode ls) - R ai se car an d remov e wh ee l .
Re mov e in n er b all j oint mou n t ing b racket b ol ts ( ar rows ) f rom su b f rame. Su p p ort cont rol arm. W orki n g at rear of su b f rame , remo v e cont rol arm rear b racke t moun tin g b ol ts ( arr o ws ). - R emo v e cont rol arm. I n sp ect r ea r b racket ru b b er b u sh ing for wea r.
I nner ball joint an d con t rol arm rear bu shi ng rep l ace ment i s covere d l at er i n thi s gro up. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al , n oting t h e f ol l ow ing : M ake sure al l th rea d b ore s, b ol ts, n u t s an d mating su rfaces are cl ean.
WA RN I NG! Mak e s ur e th at the car i s firmly su pp or ted on j ac k stands d es igned for the p u rpo se. Place the jack sta n ds beneath a stru ctu ral chas sis point . Do not pl ac e jack stands under su spension p ar ts. - R emo v e sp l ash sh ie l d u n d er e n g in e compartmen t .
Ti gh tenin g torqu es I n n er b all j oint to contr ol arm M 14 self -l ocki n g n u t (always repl ace) 8 0 Nm (59 f t-l b ) Con trol arm bus hings, rea r w hee l drive CA UTI ON! Ne ver reu se a ru bb er b u sh in g that has been p u l l ed o ff th e co n tro l ar m.
I n sp ect b u sh in g b racket. Rep l ace b racke t if th ere is a cent er p u n ch mark at b oss A . WA RN I NG! I f a b u shin g brac ket wi th th e ce nter punch mar k is reu se d wi th a n ew bus h i ng, th e b u shin g m ay fall ou t. Use p ress t ools to remov e ol d b u sh in g and p ress in n ew .
protrusio n (rea r w heel d rive m od els) D i me n sio n 6 0 mm bu shin g 66 mm bu shi ng A = To t al b u sh in g l eng t h (n omi n al) 50 . 5 mm (1.9 9 in. ) 53 .5 mm (2.11 in .) B = Bracke t w id th (n omi n al) 34 .0 mm (1.36 in .) C = F ix ed mea su reme n t 8.
Ti gh tenin g torqu e b racke t to f rame ra il M 10 b ol t (al ways repl ace) Con trol arm bus hings, all w he el drive CA UTI ON! Ne ver reu se a ru bb er b u sh in g that has been p u l l ed o ff th e co n tro l ar m. T he ru bb er co ated i n n er slee ve is d estr oy ed w hen it i s pulled o ff d ry .
CA UTI ON! Ne ver reu se a ru bb er b u sh in g that h as been p u l led o ff th e co n tro l arm . Th e ru bb er co ate d in n er sleev e i s destr o yed w h en i t i s p u ll ed o ff dry.
WA RN I NG! A fter in stallation, the car mu st b e left undi stu rbed fo r a mini mu m of 30 min u tes . Leav e car on th e g ro und b ut av oid ma jor mo ve me n t.
310-5 Sta bi li zer Ba r Stabil ize r ba r, r em oving a nd ins ta lli ng On E46 model s t h e st abil ize r b ar l in ks attach t o t h e stru t assem b l ies. - Ra ise car and su p p ort safel y. WA RN I NG! Mak e su re that the car i s firmly su pp or ted on jack stands d es igned fo r th e p u rpose .
I f n ecessa ry, l oo sen and remov e stabil izer b ar l in k mou n t in g n u t ( arr ow ) from st ru t . De tach l ink f rom stru t h ousin g . No te: Use a thi n w ren ch to cou nterh ol d shaft of stabi l i z er b ar l i nk ball joint w h i l e remo vi ng moun t i ng nu t .
310-6 Fron t W heel Bea ri n g s T h e fron t wh ee l b ea r ing s are p erma n ent l y sealed an d r equ ire n o mai n t en an ce. On rear w h eel d riv e model s, th e b ea r ing is in teg ral with t h e wh eel h u b and A BS p u l se wheel an d p ressed on th e st ee rin g arm st u b ax l e.
su pp or ted on jack stands d es igned fo r th e p u rpose . Pl ac e the j ac k sta n ds beneath a stru ctu ra l chass i s point. Do n ot pl ac e jac k sta n d s u n d er su spension p ar ts. Pry off d u st cap f rom cen ter of wheel h u b . B end b ack st ake d p art ( arr o w ) of wheel h u b (ax l e) col l ar n u t .
- I f out ermost b eari n g in n er race stays on st ee ring arm st u b ax l e, u se BM W sp eci al tool set 33 4 40 0 or two-jaw pu l l er to remov e race. CA UTI ON! Do n ot re us e a wh ee l bear in g as sem b l y o n ce it has been rem o ved. Th e re mo va l p ro ce ss d es t ro ys th e bear i n g .
M oun t wheel and l u g b ol ts. Lo wer car to g rou n d t o g ain l ev erage. Ti gh teni n g torqu es Brake cal iper t o steeri n g arm 1 10 Nm (81 ft -l b Brake rotor t o wheel h u b 16 Nm (12 f t-l b ) Ro ad wheel t o h u b 100 ± 10 Nm (74 ± 7 f t -l b ) - With an assistant ap p l ying b rakes, tig h t en coll ar n u t .
acco mp l ished b y remov ing t h e st ee rin g arm and wh ee l h u b from t h e car an d separating th e compon ent s on t h e b ench . - Ra ise car and remov e f ron t wheel. WA RN I NG! Mak e su re that the car i s firmly su pp or ted on jack stands d es igned fo r th e p u rpose .
Re mov e t ie rod ou ter en d n u t . Use BM W sp ecia l t ool 32 3 09 0 or equ iv alen t t o p ress t ie rod en d off steeri n g arm. - De t ach con tr ol arm from f ront ax l e su b f rame as d escribed ea rl ier. - Re mov e out er b al l j oi n t n u t .
Re mov e circl ip ( 3 ) from st eeri n g arm . 1 - Steeri n g arm 2 - Wh eel b eari n g 3 - Ci rcl ip (al wa ys rep l ace ) 4 - Dust g u ard 5 - Wh eel h u b - Dri ve wheel b ea ring ou t of steeri n g arm u sing a p ress w ith app rop riate ad apt ers.
- Re p l ace circl ip , making su re rin g is corre ct l y sea t ed . - Pl ace d u st g u ard ov er st eer ing arm h u b . - Dri ve wheel h u b in to b ea rin g u sing a sh op p ress. CA UTI ON! Pre ss o n l y o n th e in ner ra ce . T h e bear i n g is dama ged if i t is n o t pres sed on us in g the in n er rac e.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Steeri n g arm p inch b ol t at stru t h ousin g 81 Nm (60 f t -l b ) Ro ad wheel t o h u b 100 ± 10 Nm (74 ± 7 f t -l b ) T ie rod t o steeri n g arm 65 Nm (48 f t -l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed.
311-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers th e serv ice and rep l ace ment of compon en t s t h at make u p t h e fr ont d riv e ax l e f or v ehicl es eq u ipp ed wi th al l wheel d riv e. T h is d riv e system is in teg rated in to t h e fron t su sp ensio n of t h ese model s.
T ran smissio n f l ang e h old er BM W 23 0 02 0 I n n er CV j oi n t p u l l er BM W 31 1 17 0 I mp act d r ift BM W 31 5 13 0 Ou t er CV j oi n t remo v al t oo l BM W 33 2 11 1/116 / 11 7 Sy s tem descri pt ion T h e fron t ax l e f inal d r iv e u n it is int egrated in t o th e eng in e oil p an on al l wheel d riv e equ ip p ed mod el s.
b ea r ing p ed estal b ol t t o each sid e of a modified oi l p an. Powe r is t ran smitted to th e fr ont d ifferent ia l f rom t h e tr ansf er case v ia a d riv e sh aft , an d ou t t o f ront d riv e h u b s th roug h t wo dr iv e ax l es.
8 - Bolt M 10 (always re pl ace ) tig h t en t o 59 Nm (44 ft -l b ) 9 - Bolt M 12 tig h t en t o 77 Nm (57 ft -l b ) 10 - Fron t con trol ar m w it h ball jo i nt and rea r moun tin g brac ket 11 - F.
Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Fron t Ax l e Fin a l Dri ve h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /3.
311-2 Dri v e A xl es T h e fron t d riv e ax l es for al l wheel d riv e equ ip p ed mod el s u se two diff erent typ es of con stan t-ve l ocity (CV ) j oi n t. T h e out er CV j oi n ts are a t radition al d esi g n th at al l ows p ow er to b e d eliv ered f rom t h e ax l e t o th e j oi n t contin u ousl y t h rou g h rotatio n .
sta n ds desig n ed f o r the p ur p o se . A floo r jack i s not adequ ate su p por t. - Re mov e f ront wh ee l . - Re mov e sp l ash sh ield from b elow eng in e compart ment . - I f wo rkin g on rig h t sid e, remo v e righ t side h ea t sh ie l d from f ront ax l e su p p ort.
Su p p ort cont rol arm. W orki n g at rear of su b f rame , remo v e cont rol arm rear b racke t moun t in g b ol ts ( arr o ws ). - T il t st eer ing arm t o one sid e, out of th e wa y. - Usi n g BM W sp ecia l t oo l 31 1 170 or equ iv alen t p r y b ar, p r y in b oar d CV j oint ou t of fr ont d ifferent ia l or b ea r ing p ed estal .
Be su re to restake n ew col l ar n u t at ou tb oard en d of d r i v e ax l e after tig h t enin g to correct t orq u e sp eci f icatio n s. Ca u l k ax l e th r ea d s.
WA RN I NG! Mak e su re ca r is stable and well su pp or ted at all ti me s. Use a pro fess ional au tom o t ive li ft or j ac k sta n ds desig n ed f o r the p ur p o se . A floo r jack i s not adequ ate su p por t. - Re mov e sp l ash sh ield from b elow eng in e compart ment .
1 - Ri g h t ax l e b eari n g p edestal 2 - Fron t d iff erential 3 - I n p u t sh af t sea l 4 - Small d u stcov er 5 - La rg e d u st cov er 6 - Di f f ere n tial p l u g 7 - Pl u g sealing rin g 8.
I n sert in b oard end of d riv e ax l e p artia l l y int o d iff ere n tial h ou sing or b ea r ing p ed estal . With d r aw p rotectiv e sl ee v e f rom sea l in g l ip , cu t p rotectiv e sl ee v e and remov e sl eev e. Co n t in u e inst al l in g d riv e ax l e u n t il sp ring cl ip sn aps au d ibl y int o p l ace .
O uter CV j oint boot , re plac ing No te: W hen rep l acing CV bo ots, use comp l et e bo ot repa i r ki t s. A ki t w i l l i nclude a new boo t, cl amp i ng ban ds, spe ci al l ubrican t , an d a ne w outer CV jo i nt axl e ci rcl i p. A ki t i s avail abl e from an auth oriz ed BMW de aler parts de partmen t.
- A p p l y Lo ct ite® 270 or an equ iv alen t h ea v y-d u t y l ocki n g compou n d to d riv e ax l e sp l ines. WA RN I NG! Do n ot let lock i n g co mpou nd co n tac t ball s in joint. A p pl y only a th i n co at to co ver spl in es. - Pack outer CV j oi n t wi th f resh g rea se.
Re p l ace con tr ol arm b racket b ol ts. Be su re to restake n ew col l ar n u t at ou tb oard en d of d r i v e ax l e after tig h t enin g to correct t orq u e sp eci f icatio n s.
- Re mov e circl ip retaining t ripl e roll er b earing to d r iv e ax l e and remo v e trip l e roll er b eari n g . - Sl ide b oot off d riv e ax l e. Sep arate inn er CV j oi n t b oot ad apt er f rom b oo t . - Clean al l ol d l u b ricant off ax l e sp l ines and t ripl e roll er b ea r ing sp l ines.
b oo t kit. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting t h e f oll owi n g : M ake su re in b oard en d of d riv e ax l e aud ib l y sn ap s in t o p l ace.
3 - Circ l i p 4 - Trip l e r ol l er bear i n g 5 - In ner CV jo in t bo ot adapter 6 - Clam p 7 - In ner CV jo in t bo ot 8 - Dr i ve ax l e shaft 9 - Clam p Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Fron t Ax l e Fin a l Dri ve h tt p: // e bah n .
311-3 Fron t Di f f eren ti a l Proce d u res f or repl aceme n t of O -rin g sea l b etwe en th e en g in e oi l p an and th e f ron t d ifferent ial or righ t sid e b ea r ing p ed estal are cov ered in F ront ax l e d ifferent ial, remov in g and inst all in g and Ri g h t ax l e b earing p edestal , remov in g and in stal l in g .
Fi nal d rive d rain and fil l Oil sp ecifica t io n s BM W SA F -X O syn th et ic oi l Fron t ax l e d iff ere n tial oi l capacity 0.7 l iters (0.74 US q ts.
Re l ea se n u t at top on righ t eng in e moun t ( ar row ). Re mov e n u t ( ar row ) at b ottom on l eft eng in e moun t. - Ra ise eng ine ap p rox ima t ely 10 mm (0.4 in .). - Re mov e f ront wh ee l s. Un b ol t b rake cal ipers an d su sp en d from b ody u sin g stiff wire .
Su p p ort l eft con t rol arm. W orking at rea r of su b f rame , remov e cont rol arm rea r b racket mou n t ing b olt s ( arr ow s ). - Re p eat for rig h t sid e. Re mov e l eft t ie r od ou t er end n u t ( ar row ). Use BM W sp ecia l t ool 32 3 09 0 or eq u iv alen t t o p ress tie rod en d off st eeri n g are .
No te: Be pre pare d to catch oi l dri ps f rom dif feren t i al or ri ght si de be ari ng pe destal. Working on l ef t side of car: Re l ea se p inch b ol t ( arr ow ) at t op of steering arm. Pu l l steering arm d own f rom st ru t asse mb l y. Re mov e st ee rin g arm, d r iv e ax l e, and cont rol arm assembl y as on e u n it.
ha rnesse s an d othe r und er bod y comp one nts are clear du ri ng remo val . De t ach v en t t u b e f rom p ort ( A ) on f ront ax l e d iff ere n tial. Remo v e moun tin g b olt s ( B ) and remov e f ront ax l e d ifferent ia l . - I n stal l n ew se alin g rin g , coating insid e edg e wi t h asse mb l y l u b ricant .
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Brake cal iper t o steeri n g arm 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) Co n trol arm b racke t t o fron t su sp en sio n su b f rame (rep l ace b ol ts) 59 Nm (44 f t -l b ) En g in e moun t .
Ti gh teni n g torqu es M 12- 10 . 9 b ol t 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) M 12- 12 . 9 b ol t 10 5 Nm (77 f t-l b ) Su b f rame rear to adap ter M 12 b ol t (always repl ace ) 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) Right ax l e bea ring pede s tal, rem oving and inst a lli ng - Li f t v eh icle and su p p ort safely.
Su p p ort cont rol arm. W orki n g at rear of su b f rame , remo v e cont rol arm rear b racke t moun t in g b ol ts ( arr o ws ). - Usi n g BM W sp ecia l t oo l 31 1 170 or equ iv alen t p r y b ar, p r y in n er CV j oi n t ou t of b ea r ing p ed estal .
on oil pa n, t he asse mbly ri ng i s forced ove r seali ng ri ng an d rema i ns i n pl ace . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting t h e f oll owi n g : A l wa ys r epl ace d riv e ax l e radial sea l b efor e inst al l ing d riv e ax l e.
WA RN I NG! Mak e su re ca r is stable and well su pp or ted at all ti me s. Use a pro fess ional au tom o t ive li ft or j ac k sta n ds desig n ed f o r pur p os e. A fl o o r jack i s not adequ ate su p por t . - Re mov e f ront d riv esh aft . See 260 Driv esh aft - Pry out in p u t f l an g e retaining n u t l ock p l ate.
BM W sp ecia l t ool 31 5 13 0 or equ iv alen t d rift. - Re p l ace d u st sh ield s. - Clean in p u t f l ang e and in stal l in to d ifferent ia l h ousin g . T ig h t en d own n u t u n t il p u n ch marks alig n . I n stal l n ew inp u t fl an g e reta in i n g n u t l ocki n g p l ate.
320-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers steeri n g wheel and col u mn remo va l an d st eeri n g system serv ice , incl u d in g wheel alig n ment inf ormatio n . No te: I gnit i on l ock cyl i nde r replacem en t i s covere d i n t his secti on.
T ie rod en d r emo v al t ool BM W 32 3 09 0 Fron t camber adj u stin g tool BM W 32 3 14 0 Stee ring syst e m T h e v ari abl e-assi st p owe r steering system con sists of an en g ine-d riv en h yd.
l ine f rom t h e steeri n g rack t o th e rese rv oi r l oops int o t h e ai r stream in fron t of th e v ehicl e and is u sed as a steeri n g f l u id coo l er. T h e steeri n g r ack and l in kag e re q u ire n o mai n ten ance oth er th an alig n men t and p erio d ic insp ection for wo rn compon ent s.
Do n ot re us e se l f-lock i ng nuts . Th ey are d es i gned to be us ed o n l y o n ce and ma y fail if reu se d. A l w ay s replace th em w it h new loc kin g nuts . Do n ot in sta ll b olts and n uts co ate d wi th underc oating wax, as co rre ct ti g hteni n g tor q ue ca n n o t b e as sur ed.
320-2 Steeri n g W h eel Stee ring w he el , rem ov ing a nd ins ta lli ng - Ce n t er st ee r ing wh ee l . M ake su re fron t wheel s are p oi n ted straigh t ahead.
The stee ri ng column a nd stee r i ng w he el are matchmar ked ( arr ow ) at t he factory. Co nfi rm t hese marks be f ore remo vi ng w he el from col umn. - Re mov e st ee rin g wheel. - Wh en rei n stal l in g steeri n g wheel: A l ign st ee rin g wh eel and col u mn match marks.
320-3 Steeri n g Col u m n Stee ring c olum n ass e m bly 1 - He x b o lt (M 14 x 1.5) tig h t en t o 63 Nm (46 ft -l b ) 2 - Ca b le du ct 3 - Stee rin g col umn adju stm ent l ev er 4 - Upper ste er.
tig h t en t o 22 Nm (16 ft -l b ) 12 - Stee rin g col umn moun tin g brac ket 13 - Colu mn return spring 14 - Nut (M 8) tig h t en t o 4.8 Nm (3.5 ft -l b ) recheck as n ecessa ry Ignition lock c yl .
Re in stal l atio n is rev erse of remo v al . Low e r st ee r ing colum n, re m oving and inst a ll ing No te: Once the l ow er st ee r i ng col umn has be en remo ved there w i l l be no end stop for t he steering w hee l . In ord er to preve nt da m ag e t o con tact ri ng i n steering column, f ol l ow pro cedu ral st ep s as l i st ed.
Working n ear firew all , remo ve p in ch b olt at u n iv e rsal j oint an d remo v e l owe r steeri n g colu mn . No te: Up per steering column i s keyed t o l ow er steering column un i versa l joint. It can on l y be i nstal l ed i n one posit i on.
Pu sh in sid es of u p p er t rim cov er ( ar row s ) t o release f rom l owe r t rim. Pu l l b ack and u p on u p p er t rim. Pry g ent l y t o d et ach fl ex ib l e cov er from u p p er t rim. Li ft off trim. Re mov e l eft f ootwe l l ( p edal cl u st er) trim p anel .
Unp l u g conn ector at f oo twell in terio r l igh t ( A ), if eq u ip p ed . Sl ide l ock at O BD II con n ector ( B ) in d irectio n of ar row . Unp l u g conn ector at cel l u l ar p h on e sp eake r ( C ) if eq u ip p ed . - R emo v e l owe r st ee rin g colu m n as d escribed ear l ier.
Re mov e sh ift in t erlock cabl e ( A ) if n ecessa ry. - D isco n n ect el ectrical h arness conn ector at EW S 3.3 rin g an t en n a ( B ). - Worki n g at steer in g col u mn , d etach wi ring h arn ess fr om cabl e d u ct. Dri l l out st eeri n g colu mn mou n t ing sh ear b ol t ( A ), and remov e mou n tin g b ol t ( B ).
u n t il b ol t h ead sh ears off. M ake sure l ock of in terl ock cab l e sn aps in to p l ace . Wh en inst all in g col u mn t op tr im p anel , rep l ace ex p ansion n u t f or trim retainin g screw . Wh en inst all in g l ow er trim p an el , p u sh ex p ansion riv et p in int o riv et u n t il p in h ea d is fl u sh wi t h riv et h ead.
320-4 Pow er Steeri ng Sys tem T h e p ow er steeri n g f l u id reser v oir is l oca t ed on th e l ow er l eft f ront of t h e eng in e. CA UTI ON! Maintain clean co n d it ions wh en wor kin g wit h ope n p o wer ste ering fluid l in es . Plug off power stee rin g li nes and co n nectio ns to ke ep ou t co ntamination.
6 - Ba n jo b ol t M 16 tig h t en t o 40 Nm (30 ft -l b ) 7 - Pow er stee rin g ra ck 8 - Pre ssurized flu id li ne 9 - Fl ui d return l i ne 10 - Fl ui d coo l er 11 - Ra ck bo o t kit 12 - Ti e rod.
fl u id reserv oir wi t h cl ean f l u id. Fil l l ev el t o M AX mark on d ip stick. - Start en g in e. Sl ow l y t u rn st ee ring wheel from l ock to l ock a minimu m of t wo time s. - T u rn en g in e off and ch eck fl u id l ev el, ad d in g more if n ecessa ry.
- R emo v e fron t st abil izer bar anch ors and swing st abil ize r b ar d ow n ou t of th e wa y. S ee 310 Front Su sp en sio n . Re mov e p u m p m oun t in g b olt s ( arrows ) and remov e p u mp .
Stee ring ra c k , r em oving a nd inst a ll ing - Empt y p ow er steeri n g fl u id reserv oir u sin g cl ea n syrin g e. Do n ot reu se fl u id. - R ai se f ron t of car, an d remo ve wheels. Remo v e sp l ash sh ie l d f rom u n d er en g in e. M ake re ference measurement ( A ) of l eft out er t ie rod en d to t ie rod .
Working u n d erneath car, remov e fl u id l ine b anj o b olt s ( ar rows ) f rom st ee rin g rack. CA UTI ON! Plug o ff power st eer in g li n es and co nn ectio n s to kee p ou t co ntamin atio n . No te: I t may be nece ssary t o remo ve othe r comp on ents t o gain acce ss t o steering rack.
M ake sure al l th rea d b ore s, b ol ts, n u t s, sp l ines an d mat ing su rf aces are cl ean. Use an ti-sei ze p aste on inn er tie rod th rea d s. Use n ew self -l ocking n u ts wherev er app l ica b l e. Use keyed compon ent s to rea ssembl e st ee r ing col u mn f l ex ibl e j oi n t t o steeri n g rack sh aft.
Ti gh tenin g torqu es M 14 b an j o b ol t 35 Nm (26 ft -l b ) M 16 b an j o b ol t 40 Nm (30 ft -l b ) O uter tie rod e nd, re pla ci ng - R ai se f ron t of car. Remo v e roa d wheel. WA RN I NG! Mak e s ur e th e ca r is fi rm ly su p p o rte d o n jack stands d es igned for th e pur p os e.
No t e correct pl ace m en t of i nne r tape r on l ocking ri ng Lo osen ou ter t ie ro d end l ock n u t ( ar row ). - U n screw tie rod en d fr om tie rod sh aft. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al . M ake sure al l th rea d ed p arts are cl ea n .
pur p os e. Pl ac e th e j ac k stands beneath a stru ctu ral chas sis point . Do not pl ac e jack stands under su spension p ar ts. - R emo v e out er tie rod en d self -l ocking n u t , an d separate out er tie rod end b all j oint as d escri b ed abov e.
Wh en rea ssembl in g , g rea se tie rod tap er so th at rack b oot su p p ort b u f fer or smal l end of rack b oot ( i nset ) sl id es on tie rod when t ie rod is t ig h t en ed, p rev en t ing rack b oo t f rom twisting . - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al , n oting t h e f ol l ow ing : M ake sure al l th rea d ed p arts are cl ea n .
320-5 W h eel A l i g n m en t Proper h an d l in g , stab ility, tire we ar an d d riv ing ea se d epen d u p on th e correct alig n ment of al l f our wheels. Th e fron t ax l e is alig n ed in relation to t h e rear ax l e, t h en t h e f ront wheels are al ign ed in relation t o one anot h er.
WA RN I NG! Wh il e p er for ming alignme nt pro cedu res , ma ke su re th e c ar i s sta b l e and well su p por ted at all times . Use a p ro fess i ona l au tom otive li ft or j ac k sta n d s desig ned fo r the pur p os e. A fl o or jack is no t adequ ate su pp or t.
Par ame ter Standard suspension All w heel dri ve suspension Spo rt suspension R o ug h road suspension Ca mb er (d ifference b etwe en l eft/ rig h t max .
No te: Steering rack can be ce ntere d by ali gni ng cen t ering mar k on steeri ng sha f t w i t h l ug on steeri ng rack. To keep st ee ri ng w he el cente red , ad just both ti e rod s eq ual amo unts. Make sure the r ub ber bo ot on the rack move s f ree l y on the ti e rod an d do es not beco me tw i st ed .
- I n st al l B M W sp ecia l t ool 32 3 03 0 ov er alig n ment l u g ( A ) an d adj ace n t b ol t. Use t oo l t o ad j u st p osi t ion of b racke t.
330-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers remo v al an d repl aceme n t of E46 rea r su sp ension compon ent s. A g eneral d escription of th e rea r su sp en sio n , ride h ei g h t sp ecifica tions and a tr oub l esh ooting g u ide can b e foun d in 300 Susp ension, Steeri n g and Brake s-G eneral .
Dri ve ax l e p ress BM W set 33 2 11 5/116 / 11 9 Fl an g e p u l l er BM W set 33 2 11 6/ 4 20 1/4 202 / 4 20 3 I n n er b eari n g race p u l l er BM W set 33 4 40 0 Wh eel b eari n g ex t ractor B.
su sp en sio n . T h e rea r su b frame (fin al d riv e carri er) su p p orts t h e rea r d iff erential an d p rov id es mou n tin g p oint s for t h e u p p er and l owe r con trol arms. The u p p er contr ol arm on each side p r ov id e th e l ow er sp ring p erch for t h e coil sp rin g .
330-2 Rea r Sh ock A bs orbers a n d Spri n gs Re p l ace sh ock absorb ers and sp ring s in p ai rs on l y. Rear sh ock a bs orbe r, re m ov i ng and inst al ling - Ra ise car and remov e rear wheels. WA RN I NG! Mak e su re that the car i s firmly su pp or ted on jack stands d es igned fo r th e p u rpose .
compartmen t t o acce ss u p p er sh ock absorb er moun t. - On Sp ort Wag on mod els: Working in cargo comp artmen t, remov e side tr im n ex t to r ea r seat b ackre sts. - Su p p ort sh ock absorb er f rom b elow whil e remov in g u p p er moun t ing n u t s.
M ake su re rectan g u l ar th r u st wa sh er on l ow er moun tin g b ol t is b etwe en b ol t h ead and sh ock absorb er ru b b er. T ig h t en l owe r sh ock ab sorber b olt to its f in al t orqu e once car is on g roun d .
su b f rame . Re mov e rea r b rake l in e b racket moun t ing b olt ( ar row ). Detach b racket from t rai l in g arm. CA UTI ON! A vo id dama ging the b rak e h o se by str etchin g wh en th e trailin g a rm is lower ed. Su p p ort tr ai l ing arm f rom b elow u sin g an ad j u stab l e j ackst and .
- T o in st all sp rin g : Co at top sp rin g p ad with anti-f rictio n p aste (e.g . , tire moun t ing p aste). Sl ow l y l ift su sp ension b ack int o p osi t ion, makin g su r e coi l sp ring is corre ct l y sea t ed in u p p er and l ow er sp ring seats.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es p ositio n ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Rear s u sp en s io n h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
330-3 Rea r Su sp en s i on A rm s , Su bf ra m e a n d Bu s h i n g s T h e trailin g arms, con t rol arms and th eir moun tin g b u sh in g s cont rol t h e p osi t ion of t h e rear wheels. A damaged su sp en sio n arm or worn b u sh ing s will ch ang e th e rear wheel alig n ment an d may adv ersely affect h an d l in g and stabil ity.
4 - Upper control ar m o u ter b ol t se l f-l ocking M 12 nu t tig h t en t o 11 0 Nm (81 f t-l b ) 5 - Trailin g ar m 6 - Lo wer control ar m ecc entric bo lt ecc entric flat M 12 was her se l f lo .
13 - Lo wer control ar m i n ner M 12 bo lt l ock pl ate tig h t en t o 11 0 Nm (81 f t l b ) T ra il ing a rm , re m oving and inst a ll ing - R ai se r ea r en d of car and rem ov e wheel. WA RN I NG! Mak e s ur e th at the car i s firmly su pp or ted on j ac k stands d es igned for the p u rpo se.
CA UTI ON! A v o i d d ama ging the b ra ke hos e b y str etchin g wh en th e traili ng ar m i s lower ed. - R emo v e fu el tan k p rotectiv e p an el, if eq u ip p ed. Re mov e A BS p u l se sensor f rom tr ai l ing arm. - U n cl ip p u l se sen sor and p ad sensor (if ap p l icabl e) h arn esse s fr om cont rol arm an d l ay asi d e.
- U n b ol t u p p er and l ow er con trol arms from t railing arm. Note d irectio n of b olt insertion in b oth arms. T o remo v e trailin g arm: M ake re ference marks t o l ocate trailin g arm b racke t t o b ody in ord er to maint ai n alig n ment sp eci f icatio n s.
I n st all n ew rea r wh ee l b ea rin g s. I n sert con t rol arm moun tin g b ol ts in d irectio n p rev io u sl y marked. A l ways u se n ew se l f- l ocking n u t s. T r ansf er b rake syst em comp onen ts to n ew arm as d escribed in 340 Brake s .
Ti gh tenin g torqu es n orma l l oa d ed p osi t ion) T railin g arm b racket to b od y (M1 2 b ol t ) 77 Nm (57 ft -l b ) T railin g arm to u p p er or l owe r contr ol arm (M 12 b olt ) 110 Nm (81 f t -l b ) Upp er c ont rol a rm , rem oving and inst al li ng - R emo v e d riv e ax l e as d escri b ed in 331 Rea r A x l e Fin al Driv e .
- I f n ece ssary, remov e rid e l ev el sensor f rom u p p er con t rol arm. - U n b ol t u p p er cont rol arm f rom b oth trailin g arm and rear su b f rame .
Ti gh tenin g torqu es R oad wh eel to h u b 10 0 ± 10 Nm (74 ± 7 f t -l b ) Sh ock absorb er to trailing arm car in n orma l l oa d ed p osi t ion 10 0 Nm (74 f t -l b ) U p p er con tr ol arm to r.
- U se a soft h ammer to t ap cont rol arm out of its moun tin g p oints. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al . Wel d ed seam of con trol arm faces u p ward. T o inst all mou n t ing h ardware at su b f rame , insert l ock p l ate int o open ing in su b f rame f rom b el ow .
De t ach rear d riv eshaft f rom rea r d iff ere n tial. S ee 260 Driv esh aft . De t ach rear d riv e ax l es from rear d iff ere n tial. Remov e rea r d ifferent ial.
Ti gh tenin g torqu es M 10 comp ressi on n u t 64 Nm (47 f t -l b ) M 10 To rx b ol t 85 Nm (63 ft -l b ) Lo wer cont rol arm t o su b fr ame (M 12) 110 Nm (81 f t -l b ) Su b frame to b ody (M 12 ) .
tig h t en t o 77 Nm (57 ft -l b ) 8 - M 8 bo lt 8.8 g rade t ig h ten to 21 Nm (15 ft -l b ) 10 . 9 g rad e t igh t en to 30 Nm (22 ft -l b ) 9 - M 14 bo l t tig h t en t o 17 4 Nm (12 8 ft- l b ) 10.
Su p p ort car secu rely b efore startin g wo rk u n d erneath r ea r su sp en sion. WA RN I NG! Mak e s ur e th at the car i s firmly su pp or ted on j ac k stands d es igned for the p u rpo se. Place the jack sta n ds beneath a stru ctu ral chas sis point .
Ti gh tenin g torqu es b racke t T railin g arm b racke t to b ody 77 Nm (57 ft -l b ) Upper or l o wer control arm o u ter bu shi ng (i n t ra i l in g arm ) - U p p er con trol arm b u sh in g : Re mov e t rai l ing arm f rom car as d escribed ear l ier.
Ti gh tenin g torqu es M 24 2 50 Nm (18 4 f t-l b ) M 27 3 00 Nm (22 1 f t-l b ) D riv e ax l e to f inal d riv e fl an g e M 10 x 20 mm To rx b olt 83 Nm (61 f t -l b ) M 10 x 46 mm b ol t (b l ack) .
Be su re th at l on g er coll ar of b u sh in g ( A ) is on same side as b ev el in con trol arm. Ou ter b u sh in g h ou sin g mu st b e fl u sh wi th con trol arm b ore wh en fu l l y p ressed in . Ha v e car p rofessi onal l y alig n ed when j ob is compl ete.
Re ar subframe bu shi ng - R emo v e su b f rame a s d escribed ea r l ie r. - I n case of d amage to su b f rame moun t in g stu d t h reads, rep l ace stu d . - I n case of d amage to su b f rame moun t in g stu d t h reads in b od y, repair u sing Helicoi l t h read insert M 12 x 1.
Ti gh tenin g torqu e M 10 x 20 mm To rx b olt 83 Nm (61 f t -l b ) M 10 x 46 mm b ol t (b l ack) 10 0 Nm (74 ft -l b ) M 10 x 46 mm b ol t (silv er) (al wa ys repl ace) 80 Nm (59 f t -l b ) R oad wh .
330-4 Rea r Sta bi l i zer Ba r T h e rea r st abil ize r b ar is moun t ed t o th e rear su b f rame a n d attach ed v ia stabil izer b ar l in ks t o t h e rea r u p p er contr ol arms.
330-5 Rea r W h e el Bea r i n gs T h e rea r wh ee l b ea r i n g is a u n itized asse mb l y an d is n ot rep ai rab l e separate l y. Sp eci al p ress tool s, to b e u sed with t h e trailing arm attach ed t o th e car , are requ ired t o repl ace a wheel b eari n g .
Re mov e d riv e fl an g e f rom b eari n g asse mb l y u sing imp act st yl e p u l l er (BM W sp ecia l too l s 33 2 11 6, 33 4 20 1/202 / 20 3 or equ iv al en t). CA UTI ON! Th e wh eel b ea rin g is d es t ro ye d wh en t he d rive fl ange is rem o ved.
M ake su re al l matin g su r faces are cl ea n - I n stal l n ew bearing asse mb l y u sing p ress too l s (BM W sp eci al tools 33 3 261 / 26 4/ 26 5 or equ iv alen t . - I n stal l n ew cir cl ip. CA UTI ON! A p pl y for ce o nl y to o ute r ra ce wh en i n sta ll in g bear i ng.
- Re in stal l d riv e ax l e. Ti gh teni n g torqu es Brake rotor t o d riv e fl an g e (M 8) 1 6 Nm (12 f t-l b ) Brake cal iper t o trailin g arm (M 12) 67 Nm (50 f t -l b ) Dri ve ax l e coll ar n.
331-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov er remo v al an d repair information for t h e rea r d riv e ax l e sh afts, CV j oint s an d CV j oi n t b oots. A l so cov ere d is rear d ifferent ial (fin al d riv e ) remo v al p rocedu res an d seal repl aceme n t inf ormatio n .
Ou t p u t f l ang e sea l d rift BM W 33 3 40 0 I n p u t f l an g e seal d rift BM W 33 3 430 Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Rear Ax l e Fi n al Dri ve h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /3.
331-2 Dri v e A xl es T h e d riv e ax l es u se const an t-v el ocity (CV ) j oint s on b oth end s. Tw o d iff ere n t styl es of CV j oin ts h av e b ee n su p p l ie d wi t h E46 v eh icles. Refer to t h e acco mp anyin g ill u str atio n : Ball cage CV j oint .
- Ra ise rea r of car. Remo v e rea r wheel. WA RN I NG! Mak e su re that the car i s firmly su pp or ted on jack stands d es igned fo r th e p u rpose . Pl ac e the j ac k sta n ds beneath a stru ctu ra l chass i s point. Do n ot pl ac e jac k sta n d s u n d er su spension p ar ts.
I n stal l roa d whee l and l ower car t o g roun d . With an assistant ap p l ying b rakes, tig h t en d riv e ax l e coll ar n u t t o its fin al t orqu e.
CV joint boot s No te: W hen rep l aci ng a CV joint bo ot, use a comp l ete CV jo i nt boo t rep ai r ki t . The ki t w i l l i ncl ude a ne w boo t , cl amping ban ds, special l ubri can t , an d a new i nne r CV jo i nt ci r cl i p. The ki t i s avail able f rom an autho ri ze d BMW dea l er parts dep artment.
inn er h u b t o ax l e sh aft. Su p p ort in n er h u b at ar rows when p ressing ax l e sh aft out of j oi n t . - C l ea n all ol d l u b ricant of f sh aft sp l in es and in n er j oint 's sp l ines.
side of h u b is f aci n g sh aft . WA RN I NG! Do n ot let th e loc ki ng co mpou nd co ntact the b alls in the j o in t. A p pl y o n l y a th in co at to co ver th e spli n es . - Wh il e su p p ortin g ax l e sh aft , p ress inn er h u b of CV j oi n t on t o shaf t.
.
331-3 Rea r Di f f eren ti a l A l l rea r d ifferent ia l work req u ire s some meth od of rai sin g th e car and su p p ortin g it secu rely wh ile t h e work is p erforme d . Jack st and s and a fl oor j ack can easily b e u sed , b u t u se ex treme caution wh en worki n g b eneath th e car.
The dif feren t i al fl uid l evel i s corre ct w hen t he f l ui d be gins to spil l f rom the fi l l pl ug. - I n stal l and t igh ten f il l p l u g . Differ ential oi l Di ff ere n tial oil capacity Re ar whee l d riv e 0.9 l iter (0.95 US q t. ) A l l wh ee l d riv e 1.
Re mov e h eat sh ield b etwe en rei n f orceme n t b race and ex h aust p ipe. Re mov e b ol ts ( A ) mou n tin g b race to u n d erca rria g e. Re mov e n u t s ( B ) moun t in g b race and f ront of rea r su b f rame t o u n d ercarri ag e. Lo wer and remov e reinf orce ment .
d ifferent ia l moun tin g b olt s: I n stal l b ol ts f ing er t ig h t . T ig h t en f ront b olt s ( B ). T ig h t en rear b olt ( A ). Ti gh teni n g torqu es Di ff ere n tial d rain or fil l p l .
Differ ential oi l Di ff ere n tial oil capacity Re ar whee l d riv e 0.9 l iter (0.95 US q t) A l l wh ee l d riv e 1.0 l iter (1.06 US q t. ) Oil sp ecifica t io n BM W SA F -X O syn th et ic oi l D.
331-4 Rea r Di f f eren ti a l Oi l Sea l s Lo w oil l ev el caused b y fau l t y oil seals may b e th e cause of n oisy diff erential operatio n . T h e d riv e fl ang e (sid e) and inp u t sh aft (f ront ) oi l seals can b e repl aced wh ile t h e d iff erential is inst all ed .
Su spend the d eta ched d rive axle fro m the car b ody w i th a stiff wi re hoo k to p re ve nt dama g e to the o ute r CV joint. Pry out p u t f l ang e from d iff erent ial. F or l ev er age, u se a woo d en d owe l as sh ow n . No te: Be pre pare d to catch drippi ng oil i n a pa n.
Ti gh teni n g torqu e Dri ve ax l e to d ifferent ial f l an g e M 10x 20 mm To rx b ol t 83 Nm (61 f t -l b ) M 10x 46 mm b ol t (b l ack) 10 0 Nm (74 ft -l b ) M 10x 46 mm b ol t (silv er) ( always repl ace) 80 Nm (59 f t -l b ) Input drive flange oil s ea l , repla c ing - Ra ise car and su p p ort safel y.
side. M ake match in g marks on d iff erential inp u t sh aft , coll ar n u t and d riv esh aft fl an g e. - Pry l ock p l ate fr om n u t. Co u n t erhol d in p u t fl ang e wi t h BM W sp ecia l t ool 23 0 02 0 or equ iv alen t an d remo v e col l ar n u t .
Differ ential oi l Di ff ere n tial oil capacity Re ar whee l d riv e 0.9 l iter (0.95 US q t) A l l wh ee l d riv e 1.0 l iter (1.06 US q t. ) Oil sp ecifica t io n BM W SA F -X O syn th et ic oi l - Re maind er of assembl y is rev erse of d isasse mbl y.
340-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers b rake se rv ice: Brake p ad s, cal ipers, and d isks M aster cyl ind er, b rake b ooster, and p arking b rake A BS/A S C and A BS/ DSC compon ent rep l aceme n t A BS/A S C and A BS/ DSC syst em d escri p tions are co v ered in 300 Su sp en sio n , Steering an d Brakes- General .
Brake p ad l inin g g au g e BM W 34 1 26 0 V acuu m t ester BM W 34 3 10 0 Factory d iagn ost ic tool DI Sp l u s or M oD iC E4 6 brak e sys tem BM W E46 mo d el s are equ i p p ed wi t h v acuu m p owe r -assi st ed f ou r-wheel d isc b rake s with an int eg ral Antil ock Brake System (A BS).
conj u n ction with en g in e manag eme n t contr ols to cont rol wh ee l sp in an d mai n t ain v ehicl e st abil ity whil e b raking . A d d ed midway th rou g h t h e 199 9 mod el yea r was Dynami c St ab ility Contr ol (DSC ).
Y ea r (m o del) Sys tem (ma n u fac t urer ) Id enti fiers DSC 2 00 1 (rea r wheel d r i v e) Dynamic Stab ility Co n t rol (T ev es M K 60 DSC ) Co n t rol modu l e/h yd rau l ic u n it moun t ed u n d er master cyl ind er. No p rech arge p u mp DSC 2 00 1 (all wh ee l d r iv e) Dynamic Stab ility Co n t rol (Bosch DSC II I 5.
cyl ind er is l eaki n g in t ernal l y, or f l u id is l ea kin g ex tern all y. Ch eck all b rake f l u id l ines and coup l in g s f or l eaks, ki n ks, ch afing an d corro sion . I f n o l eaks can b e fou n d , th e maste r cyl ind er is fau l t y an d sh oul d b e repl ace d .
Oil -cont aminated or g l aze d p ads wi l l cause st op p ing d istan ces t o increase . I n sp ect t h e rotors for g l azi n g , d isco l oratio n and scori n g . St ee r ing wheel v ib ratio n wh il e b raki n g at sp ee d is often cau sed b y warped rotors, b u t can also b e cau sed b y worn su sp en sio n compon ent s.
water , as b ra ke fluid w i ll remo ve pain t. A lways u se new brak e fluid fro m a fre sh, unopened co n tain er . B r ak e fluid wi l l abso rb mo i stu re fro m th e air. T hi s ca n l ea d to co rro sio n p ro bl em s in th e b ra ki ng sy stem, and wi l l also lower the brak e fl uid's boil in g point.
Sym p to m Probabl e caus e Re p airs Lo w p edal aft er system b l ee d ing M aster cyl in d er f aul t y Re p l ace ma ster cyl ind er. Pedal sp ong y or b rake s work onl y when p edal is p u mp ed.
Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Brak e s h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /3.
340-2 Bl eedi n g bra kes Brake b l ee d in g is u su all y d on e for on e of two rea sons: Eith er t o repl ace old b rake f l u id as p art of rou tin e mai n t en an ce or to ex p el t rapp ed ai r in th e syst em t h at r esul t ed f rom open ing th e b rake h yd r aul ic syst em d u ring repairs.
conn ect BM W Dia g n osi s and I n formatio n Syst em (DI S) to 20 p in Da t a Li n k Co n n ector (DLC ) u n d er h oo d (199 9 model s), or 16 pin DL C/O BD II con n ector u n d er d ash (20 00- 20 01 model s).
- Proce ed wi t h rema inin g wheels in order as l isted earlier. Ti gh teni n g torqu es Bl ee d er screws (wr ench size): 7 mm screw 3 .5 - 5 Nm (2.5 - 3.7 f t -l b ) 11 mm screw 12 - 16 Nm (9 - 12 ft -l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c .
340-3 Bra ke Pa ds , Ca l i pers , a n d Rotors Brake p ad s can b e repl aced with out d isco n n ecting th e b rake f l u id h ose f rom th e cal ip er or h av i n g to b l ee d th e b rake s. T h e rotors can b e rep l aced wi t h ou t d isasse m b l in g wheel h u b an d b ea r ing .
T orq u e t o 30 Nm (22 f t-l b ) 2 - Br ake calip er Brake l in e: t orq u e t o 18 Nm (13 ft -l b ) See Calip er remo v al 3 - Br ake p ad w ear se n sor See Brake p ad we ar sensor 4 - Br ake p ad anti-rattle clip See Brake p ad ant i-ra t t l e cl ip 5 - Br ake p ads Re p l aceme n t wa rn ing at 3.
and f ree f rom g rea se See F ront b rake rotor 8 - Re ar brak e rot or re tain i ng scre w T orq u e t o 16 Nm (12 f t-l b ) 9 - Re ar brak e rot or M ake sure con tact su rf ace s are cl ea n and f ree f rom g rea se. Parki n g b rake d r u m d ia .
M ake sure con tact su rf ace s are cl ea n and f ree f rom g rea se See Brake p ad carri er 13 - Br ake p ad ca rrier reta i n in g bo lts Fron t : torq u e t o 11 0 Nm (81 f t -l b ) Re ar: t orqu e to 65 Nm (48 f t -l b ) Oil b olt s l igh tl y. M ake sure con tact su rf ace s are cl ea n and f ree f rom g rea se.
calip er p iston will h av e t o b e p resse d b ack int o cal iper b ef ore calip er can b e remov ed . CA UTI ON! Pre ssing ca l i per pi sto n in ma y c au se brak e fl uid res er vo i r to o ver fl o w . To prev ent th i s, u se a clean syr i n g e to first re mo ve so me fluid fro m res erv oir.
B r a ke pa d w e ar sens or Ca ref u l l y p ry p ad wea r sensor from b rake p ad. I n sert b rake p ad wear sen sor int o cu t out in n ew p ad where app l ica b l e. I f b rake l inin g in d ica tor l ig h t ill u minated p rio r t o b rake p ad repl acement, repl ace we ar sensor.
B r a ke pa d li ning t hic kne ss T o mea su re b rake p ad l in ing t h ickness: - I n sert BM W sp ecial tool 34 1 260 at ei t h er f ront righ t wh ee l or l eft rea r wheel - M o v e wh ee l u n til n otch for b rake we ar ind icator can b e seen t h roug h wheel open in g .
Tabl e c. Bra ke roto r re con d iti o nin g spe cificatio ns Fron t Re ar V ent ed rotor w ear l imit (min. th ickn ess) 20 . 4 mm (0.8 0 in. ) 17 .4 mm (0.68 in .) M ax . machin e l imi t p er friction ring si d e 0.8 mm (0.0 3 in. ) 0.8 mm (0.03 in .
b efore in st all in g . Wh en inst all in g n ew rea r b rake rotors, t h e p arking b r ake sh ou l d b e adj u sted . See P arki n g b rake . Ti gh tenin g torqu e Brake rotor t o h u b moun t ing .
340-4 M a s ter cyl i n der T h e b rake master cyl in d er is mou n t ed to th e fr ont of t h e v acu u m b ooste r on th e d riv er si d e b u l kh ea d .
Re mov e sid e trim p an el f rom l eft rear of eng in e compart ment : Re mov e ru b b er strip f rom t op of trim p an el at b rake b oo st er. De t ach v acu u m l in e ( A ) from b rake b ooster Y-conn ect or, u n h ook from t rim p an el and p u sh to side.
p recharg e p u mp su p p l y h ose. Pl u g h ose and reser v oir t o p rev ent fl u id l eaka g e or cont ami n atio n . - Re mov e b rake fl u id rese rv oi r. - Working at m aster cyl in d er: Di scon n ect b rake fl u id l in es and electrical h arn ess conn ectors f rom master cyl ind er as n ee d ed.
pus h ro d and b o os t er p u shrod. Us e car e n ot to ov er-to rqu e ma ster cylin der mo u nti n g n u ts. Th is co u l d d ama ge brak e boo ste r and prev ent p ro p er va cu u m b u i ld -u p. - Co n n ect b r ake f l u id l ines t o master cyl ind er.
340-5 Bra ke boos te r T h e b rake b ooster is moun ted t o t h e b u l kh ea d on d riv er ' s sid e of en g in e compartmen t, d ire ctl y b eh in d b rake master cyl ind er. A is v acuu m h ose from in take man ifold . B is one-wa y v al v e.
co nn ectio n s b efo re di sc o n n ec t in g. - Di scon n ect n eg ativ e (-) cab l e from b attery. CA UTI ON! Prio r to di sco nn ect in g the b atte ry, re ad th e batter y d isco n nectio n ca utio n s give n at fro n t of thi s ma nua l o n pag e viii .
Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ectors at l eft f oo twell t rim p an el and remov e p an el : Unp l u g conn ector at f oo twell int eri or l igh t ( A ), if eq u ip p ed . Sl ide l ock at O BD II conn ector ( B ) in d irectio n of ar row .
moun t ing n u t s. Re p l ace sealin g O-rin g b etwee n master cyl ind er and b rake b oo st er. Bl ee d b rake syst em as d escri b ed ea rl ier. CA UTI ON! Do n ot o ver -to rque th e ma ste r cy l in d er mo untin g bolts. T hi s co uld dama ge th e brak e boo ste r and prev ent p ro per va cuu m build -u p .
340-6 Pa rki ng bra ke T h e p arki n g b rake is a b rake d r u m system in teg rated in to t h e rear b rake rotors. T h e p arki n g b rake can b e adj u st ed wi t h th e wheels in stal l ed , alt h oug h t h e rea r wheels will h av e to b e rai sed off th e g roun d .
Do n ot pl ac e jack sta nd s under su spensio n parts. - Re mov e one l u g b ol t from each rea r wheel. T u rn roa d wh eel u n t il l u g b ol t h ol e l ines u p wi th p arking b rake adj u st er (app rox imatel y 65° to rear of wh ee l centerl in e).
b rake warnin g l igh t stays l it. If p arki n g b rake l ig h t g oes o u t , contact switch m u st b e ad j u st ed. - I n stal l p arki n g b rake l ev er b oot.
th in coa t of g rease t o sl id ing p arts and p in s. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Be su re to ad j u st p arki n g b rake cabl es as d escribed ea rl ie r .
- Re mov e compl ete ex hau st syst em as describ ed in 180 Ex h au st System . - Re mov e cent er t u n n el h eat sh ield . Pu l l p arking b rake cabl e ou t of b od y g u id e tu b e ( ar row s ) and d etach fr om rout ing b racke t s, n ot i n g corre ct rout in g for reinstal l atio n .
Pu l l cabl e out of b ack of b acking p l ate. - T o reinst all : Pu sh n ew ca b l e h ou sin g in to h ole in b ack of b acking p l ate. Pu sh f ree (p arki n g b rake h and l e) end of cab l e in to h ou si n g u n til end of cab l e sn ap s au d ibl y in t o h old er insid e b rake dr u m.
340-7 A BS Com p on en t Repl a ce m en t CA UTI ON! I f th e tires on th e ca r are of di ffer ent mak es, th e A SC sy stem ma y ov er-re ac t. O n ly fi t ti re s o f the sam e mak e and tre ad patter n .
WA RN I NG! Mak e su re the car i s firmly su p por ted o n jack sta n ds d es i gned for th e pur p os e. Place th e jack stands beneath a stru ctu ra l chass i s point. Do n ot pl ac e jack sta nd s under su spensio n parts. Fron t sen sor: Un screw mou n t ing b olt at steering arm ( arr o w ).
of M ol ykote® Long t erm 2 or an equ iv alen t g rea se to imp u l se sensor and h ousin g . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Ti gh teni n g torqu e A BS wh eel sp eed sensor t o stee.
n ot rep l acea b l e separately. See 331 Re ar A x l e Final Driv e f or CV j oi n t an d d riv e a x l e rep l aceme n t p roce d u res. DSC later al a c ce le ra tion s e ns or, repla c ing Re ar w.
rotatio n al rate sensor is l oca t ed on t h e l eft sid e of t h e car, u n d er t h e d riv er's sea t . A l l wh ee l d r iv e cars: The rotational rate sensor is comb ined int o one u n it with th e l atera l acceleratio n sen sor. I t is moun t ed u n d er t h e d riv er's seat, in fron t of th e l ef t sea t rail.
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Sensor b r acke t t o b ody 8 Nm (6 ft -l b ) DSC s tee ring a ngle sens or V ehicl es equ ipp ed with DSC h av e a steeri n g an g l e sen sor ( arr o w ) mou n t ed to th e steering colu mn rig h t abov e th e p edal cl u ster.
rem oving and inst a lli ng CA UTI ON! E46 ca rs requ i re spe cial B MW se rvice equ i pment to pro p erly bl ee d the b ra ke s. Rem ov al of the h ydra ulic u n i t i s not rec om mended unless thi s equ i pment is ava i lab le.
C - Ri g h t f ront D - Re ar f rom master cyl in d er E - Ri g h t rear F - Le f t rear Re mov e b rake fl u id in p u t an d outp u t l in es. Sea l op en b rake fl u id l in es and b ore s with su itabl e p l u g s t o p rev en t con t ami n atio n .
M ake su re b rake l i n es are securel y seated in g rommets b efore in st all in g b rake l ines in h yd raul ic u n it b ores. Bl ee d b rake s as d escribed earlier.
- Usi n g a cl ea n syrin g e, emp ty b rake f l u id rese rvo ir. WA RN I NG! B rak e fluid is h ighly co rr o sive and dange ro us to th e envir onme nt . Dispo se o f i t p ro p er ly. Re mov e in terio r v en til atio n microfilter h ousin g . Re mov e u p p er cov er an d micro f ilt er.
outp u t l in es f rom p u mp . Re mov e el ectrica l h arness conn ector. Li f t p u mp to rel ea se from l ow er moun t ing p ad. Sl ide p u mp ou t of retainin g r ing . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting t h e f oll owi n g : Be su re to rep l ace ru b b er p u mp moun t s if d ama g ed or wo rn .
400-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers system d escri p tions and g en era l in f orma tion f or th e rep ai r g roup s f oun d in 4 Body and 5 Bod y Eq u ipm ent . E4 6 Se da n Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Body - Gen e ral h tt p: // e bah n .
400-2 Body A s s em bl y T h e b od y st yl es of E46 cars cov ere d b y th is m anu al are t h e 4-door Sedan , 4-door Sport W ag on, 2-d oor Co u p e and 2-d oo r Co n v ertib l e. Body d ime n sions v ary sl igh tl y among model s. Dime n si ons are g iv e n in inch es.
E4 6 c onv e rtible E4 6 Coupe Body - Gen e ral h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /4... 2 of 8 2/ 25/ 2009 10: 37 PM.
B ody sh el l T h e BM W 3 Serie s ch assis is a u n ib ody d esi g n const ru ct ed of h igh st ren g th steel. A t t achin g p arts, su ch as th e fron t fen d ers, rea r q u arter p anel s, d oo rs, tru n k l id and h oo d are also con stru cted of st ee l .
T h e E46 b ody sh el l was d esi g n ed so th at t h e v ib rations of t orsi on al t wisting and b en d in g are sep ara t ed in t o d iscre te compon ent s an d in th e in aud ib l e rang e. T h e cu rren t Sedan d esi g n ensu res th at th e b ody twists at 29 hert z an d b en d s at 26 h ertz.
app rox imately 0.31 f or th e Sedan an d 0.32 f or th e Co u p e model s. Fen d ers. The ex t erio r p an els are corro sion- resi st an t zinc coate d (g alva n ized) steel . T h e fron t f en d ers are b ol ted on . F or f ront f end er repl aceme n t inf orma t ion, see 41 0 F end ers, En g ine Ho od .
refinement . I n t eri or materi al s and col ors, th e soft top an d t h e l ig h t -all oy wheels h av e b ee n care fu l l y m atch ed. A l t h ou g h t h e aut omatic Co n v ert i b l e roof is stan d ard , a h ard -top in b od y col or with h eate d rea r wi n d ow is av ailab l e as an opt ion f or t h e cold sea son .
b ackre st wh en th e v ehicl e is in d ang er of t u rn i n g ov er. A Co n v ertibl e b ody n ormall y f l ex es and v ibrat es, tr ansf erri n g oscill ations to t h e p asseng er comp artment .
Spo rt Wago n capac i ti es C argo capacity: R ear seat b ackrest u p 43 5 l iters (15 . 4 cu . f t. ) R ear seat b ackrest fol d ed d own 13 45 l iters (47 .5 cu . ft .) Lo ad capacity: I n carg o compartmen t 5 40 Kg (11 91 l b . ) On roof 75 Kg (165 l b .
400-3 Sa f ety a n d Secu r i ty Fea tu res A l arg e n u mb er of n ew or imp rov ed safety an d security featu res are incorp ora t ed in E46 cars. Sa fety c a ge T h e b od y safety cage is a con tin u ation of an estab l ish ed BM W con cept f or p asse n g er p rotection.
El ectrica l comp on ent s in th e l ocks are fu l l y en capsu l ated an d cann ot b e p icke d ea sil y. The n ew d oo r h and l es, l atch es and l ock asse m b l ies o f fer improv ed rel ia b ility an d secu rity ag ainst th eft . Do or p osi t ion an d l ock con d ition are d etected b y h all sensors.
A i rba gs A s man y as 8 ai rb ags are in st all ed in E46 cars, d ep end in g on mod el. T h e fron t air b ag s op erate wi t h ou t sodium azide p rop el l ant , widel y considered an irritant when an ai rb ag is d epl oye d . Starting wi th 200 0 mod els, " smart" fron t p asseng er an d d riv er ai rb ags we re in st all ed .
A l w ay s d i sc onn ec t the batter y and co ver the n eg ative (-) batter y term in al w i th an in su l ato r befo re sta rtin g di ag nost ic, tro ublesho otin g or se rvice w o rk on ca rs fi tted wi th SRS, and b efo re doing any weld in g o n the car .
system. A n t i-th eft al arm (DWA ). This is a d ea l er-i n st all ed op t io n for wh ich t h e E46 v eh icles are factory-wi r ed. W h en arme d , t h e system mon itors d oor l ock contact s an d tru n k an d en g ine h oo d l ocks and sou n d s a sire n if it d etects tamp eri n g .
400-4 I n teri or Fea tu res E46 int erio rs h av e a u n iq u e ch aracter, wi t h a combin ation of sp orty f ea t u res and in n ov at iv e d esi g n .
adj u stab l e f ront sea t s, an d electricall y adj u stab l e an d h ea t ed rear-v iew mirro rs. In side t h e car t h ere a re rea d ing l igh t s at f ou r seating p ositio n s.
For secur ity reaso n s, t h e rel ea se l ev er t o f old t h e rea r sea t b ackre st forwa rd is in st all ed in th e tru n k. I n Sp ort W agon mod el s: Re ar sea t b acks are sp l it 60/40 wi t h t h e center arm rest on th e l ef t sea t b ack.
d ispl ays. Serv ice I n terv al Displ ay cal cu l ates v ehicl e serv ice n eeds, b ased on cu rrent d riv ing p att erns, and in d icate s to th e d riv er when th e car requ ires serv ice. I n teg rated on -b oar d n av igatio n system, b ase d on Gl obal Po sitio n ing Syst em (GPS) tech n ol ogy, is opt ionall y av ailab l e on E46 cars.
Wash ers . Ce n t ral l ocki n g wi t h p owe r t ru n k release . S ee 515 Centr al Lo ckin g and A n ti-th ef t . Keyless ent ry (F ZV ) Pow er wind ow cont rol . See 51 2 Do or W ind ows . Ca r/ key memory I n terio r l ig h t ing A l arm system (DWA ) El ectronic con su mer sl eep mode.
No te: Al l 19 99 mod els an d cars pro duce d t hrou gh Jun e 200 0 are eq uippe d w i th t he DLC socke t i n the rea r ri ght corne r of t he en gi ne comp artment. I n cars prod uce d aft er Jun e 20 00, the DL C socket i n t he e ngine comp artment has be en discontinued .
Sport Wa gon interior fea tures Chil d seats. There are t h ree chil d seat h old d own an ch ors b eh ind t h e rear sea t b ack rest. Pl astic t rim cov ers are u sed t o h ide t h e an ch ors. Ca rg o are a. T h ere is a sp ring -l oaded b l ind and a carg o safety n et inst al l ed b ehin d t h e rea r seat.
410-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers repl ace m ent of th e fr ont f en d ers an d remov a l an d inst all at io n of t h e eng in e h ood. No te: The bo dy i s painted at the factory aft er asse mbl y. Rea l i gn m en t of bod y pan el s may exp ose un pa i nted metal.
410-2 Fron t Fen ders Front fender, rem ov ing a nd ins ta lli ng - Ra ise h ood. Rai se an d saf ely su p p ort f ront of v eh icl e. WA RN I NG! Wh en raising the car us i ng a floo r jack or a hyd ra u l ic li ft, ca refu l ly p o sition th e jack pad to prev ent d am ag in g the car body.
and remov e retainin g screw ( arr o w ) . Re mov e l owe r fen d er att ach ing b ol t s ( ar row s ) at rear of wheel h ousin g . With d oor open remov e u p p er f end er to d oo r p ost attach in g b ol t (arrow ). Re mov e screw ( a rr o w ) at f ront of fend er.
Re mov e b ol ts ( ar rows ) al on g t op ed g e of fen d er. - Ca refu l l y remo v e fen d er f rom b ody. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting t h e f oll owi n g : Before in stal l ing n ew f end er, cl ean old sealant and p rot ectiv e coating from mou n tin g su rf ace s.
410-3 En gi n e Hood Hoo d, ra ising t o s er v i c e pos ition CA UTI ON! Do n ot switch o n the w i nd shiel d wi p er s w ith the engine h oo d ra i sed. A s a p re cau tion, re mo ve the w ip er mo to r fu se. See 610 Electr i ca l Co mponent L oc ations .
electrical h arn ess conn ector ( B ) from h eated n ozzl es. - De t ach g as-ch arg ed h ood su p p orts f rom h oo d . CA UTI ON! Th e h o od i s h ea vy. B efo re re mo ving the h o o d su p por ts o r h oo d re taini n g bolts, b e su re to have a n as sista n t help su pp o rt the h oo d.
Clea ra n ce specification Ho od edg es to adj oi n ing b od y p anel (g ap ) 5.5 mm (0.216 in. ) I f h ei g h t ad j u st men t at rea r of h oo d cann ot b e comp l eted u sin g u p p er h ing e, l oosen l ow er h ing e b olt s ( ar row s ) and reposi t i on as n ecessa r y.
minimal cl ear ance. Turn stop d isk to mov e h oo d f ron t stop fu r th er ou t. - He ig h t at f ront of h ood is set u sing sp ring p in s and ru b b er st op b u f fers. Hoo d rel ea se c a ble a nd s pring pins , a djus ting Before adj u st ing h oo d p in s, b e sur e th e h oo d is al ign ed ev enl y t o fen d ers and f ront p an el .
Lo ct ite®270 or equ i v al ent , an d rei n st al l . - Unscrew ru b b er st op b u ff ers abov e h ea d l ig h t assembl ies u n t il th ey su p p ort h oo d when cl osed wi t h ou t mov eme n t. - T est h ood for corr ect cl osure an d open ing . If h ood d oe s n ot sp rin g open , l en g t h en sp rin g p in s.
8 - Stop b u ffer 9 - Sprin g p in 10 - Lo wer ho o d lo ck 11 - Sauce r h ea d sc rew 12 - Ecc entric w heel 13 - He x n u t w ith pl ate 14 - Hood catc h 15 - Bowd en ca b l e, ce n ter Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed.
B MW > 3 28 > 2000 > 2 .5L L6 (M52) Logout We lcome teth o m a@gma il. com h tt p: / / eba h n .be n tley p u bl i sh e r s.com /header.j s p 1 of 1 2/ 25/ 2009 10: 40 PM.
Tech In fo Search Enter V ehicl e I ndentification Nu m be r ( V IN ): C hoose vehicl e: DTC Xpr ess TM C hoose D iagnosti c T rouble C ode (D TC): Veh i cle 411-1 Gen era l T h is repair g rou p cov ers f ront an d rea r d oor repair in formatio n .
411-2 Doors WA RN I NG! E46 ca rs are fi tted w it h side-impact airbag s in the fro n t d o or s. W h en se rvicing doo rs on car s w i th fro n t side-impact a irbag s, alw ay s di sc o n n ec t th e n eg ative (-) batter y ter min al. See 7 21 A irbag Syste m (SRS) fo r cau tions and p ro ce d u res re l atin g to the airbag sys tem.
With d oor fu l l y open , remov e p in b ol ts ( ar row ) f rom t op an d b ottom d oor h ing es. Re mov e d oor ch eck moun t in g b ol t ( ar row ). - Re mov e d oor b y l iftin g u p off l ow er h ing e h alv es. CA UTI ON! B e car efu l not to dama ge doo r or o th er pain ted b o d y su rfa ces .
A d j u st d oor st riker so th at t rai l in g edg e of f ront d oo r is sl ig h t l y h igh er (1 mm / 0.04 in. ) th an l ea d in g ed g e of rea r d oor. See 515 Central Lo ckin g and A n t i-th eft . Re p air any p ai n t d ama g e and p ai n t any ex p osed metal.
airbag s in the fro n t d o or s and as an o p ti o n o n 4-do or models . W hen se rvicing doo rs on car s w i th fro n t side-impact a irbag s, alw ay s di sc o n n ec t th e n eg ative (-) batter y ter min al. See 7 21 A irbag Syste m (SRS) fo r cau tions and p ro ce d u res re l atin g to the airbag sys tem.
- I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Lub ricate d oo r ch eck b efore inst all in g . Use n ew moun tin g b olt s wh en rei n st al l in g t h e sid e-impact ai rb ag to th e d oor (where app l icab l e).
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Do or h ing e to d oor 20 Nm (15 f t -l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Doors h tt p: // e bah n .
411-3 Door Pa n e l s WA RN I NG! E46 ca rs are fi tted w it h side-impact airbag s in the fro n t d o or s and as an o p ti o n o n 4-do or models . W hen se rvicing doo rs on car s w i th fro n t side-impact a irbag s, alw ay s di sc o n n ec t th e n eg ative (-) batter y ter min al.
- For rear trim p an el : Pry ou t wi n d ow switch at t op of armrest. Pry off con cea l in g p l u g s ( arr o ws ) from u n d er armrest. Re mov e d oor p anel retai n ing screws ( ar row s ). Uncl ip d oo r p anel f rom d oor p erim eter u sing a t rim p an el tool .
Pry off in sid e d oo r rel ea se Bow d en cabl e at en d of cl ip ( arr o w ). Pu l l off p an el : De tach cabl e f rom int eri or d oo r rel ea se l ev er. - Di scon n ect rad i o sp ea ker h arn ess conn ector. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting t h e f oll owi n g : Re p l ace an y d ama g ed p l astic p arts or cl ips.
Rear side trim pane l, re m oving and inst al ling (Co upe m odel ) - Re mov e rea r seat cu sh io n . Re mov e rea r b ackre st side sectio n . See 52 0 Seats . Usi n g a trim t oo l , g en tl y p ry u p d oor th r eshold trim. St arting at A -p ill ar, p ress radiu s of t rim d ownwar d s whil e sl idin g t rim forwa rd off trim cl ip s.
Re mov e t rim p l u g s on sid e p an el armre st . Re mov e in sert p an el retainin g screw s. Gent l y p ry sid e p an el insert fr om u p p er an d l ow er side p anel s. Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ectors as n ecessa ry. - Re mov e u p p er side t rim p an el: Re mov e t rim retai n in g riv et f rom u p p er corn er at d oo r.
- I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . M ake su re t o rep l ace an y b roke n trim cl i p s. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Doors h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /4.
412-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers tr u n k l id an d tailg ate remov a l an d inst al l ation. A l so incl u d ed h ere are rep l ace ment p roce d u res for th e g as-charg ed su p p ort st rut s t h at h old t h e t ru n k l id or tailg ate in t h e op en p osi t ion.
412-2 T ru n k Li d T runk li d, re m ov ing a nd ins ta lli ng Ra ise tru n k l id. Op en tool kit an d remov e screws attach ing t oo l kit t o tru n k l id ( wh ite ar row s ).
T runk li d, a li gning Ra ise tru n k l id. Working at l ow er corners of tru n k l id, u n screw out ru b b er b u f fers ( arr o w s ) on l eft and righ t sid es. I n sp ect p ads ( arr o ws ) on each sid e of l atch asse mb l y for d amage or wea r an d repl ace if n ece ssary.
screw an d p rotectiv e cap. I f stop screw h as remov ab l e p rotectiv e ca p ( ar row ) r emo v e p rotectiv e ca p from st op screw. A d j u st stop screw so t h at h ead is set t o ( A ) 10 mm (0.
T o ad j u st tru n k l id at l ock: Re mov e p rotectiv e caps f rom trim p anel and l oose n screws retai n ing l atch asse mb l y u n t il it can j u st b e mov ed . I n sp ect p ads ( arr o ws ) on each side of l atch asse mb l y for d ama g e or we ar an d repl ace if n ece ssary.
top of stop screw , and g ent l y cl ose t ru n k l id . A d j u st h eigh t of st op screw u n til p aper st rip can b e remo v ed with sl igh t resi stan ce. O n ce stop screw h ei g h t h as b ee n ad j u sted , l owe r adj u sted h ei g h t of stop screw 2.
- Re mov e st ru t f rom tru n k l id. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Re p l ace retainin g cl ips d amaged d u rin g r emo v al . Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Tru n k L i d, Tai lgat e h tt p: // e bah n .
412-3 T a i l ga te (Sport w a g on m od el s ) T a il gate, re m ov ing and ins ta lli ng - Ra ise compl ete tailg ate. Rem ov e int eri or t rim an d d isco n n ect wi ring h arnesses. - Di scon n ect l eft an d righ t su p p ort stru ts as d etai l ed b el ow.
case of an el ectrica l f ai l u re. T h e release is l ocated in t h e rea r carg o are a, alon g th e l owe r edg e of t h e rear apron b ehin d a small access co v er. - Working in side car, at b ase of tailg ate: Re mov e release cov er. Pu sh l ev e r towa rd d r iv er' s sid e ( ar row ).
Ra ise rea r wind ow. Remo v e inn er trim from g l ass p anel b y r eleasi n g cl ips on trim f rom retai n ers ( ar row s ). F or cl ari ty, trim is remov ed in p h oto. No te: Use t w o pl asti c prying w edg e tools to release ea ch pin retai ning tri m.
Su p p ort wi n d ow in open p ositio n . Working at t op of t ai l g ate, l oo sen screw s ( ar rows ) on ea ch wind ow h ing e. Note p osi tions of an y sp ace r s for reinstal l atio n . CA UTI ON! Re ar wi nd ow i s h ea vy. Use a sec ond pers on to su p por t w in d o w prior to re l eas i ng fro m h in ge s.
Cleara n ce of t h e rea r w in d ow is adj u sted b y ad d in g or remo v ing sh ims b etwe en h in g e b racket an d rea r wind ow (max imu m of t h ree sh ims). A d j u st sp oiler g ap t o b od y l ast. He ig h t of sp oiler is set b y alig n ment of t h e rear h atch .
Tail g ate and rea r wi nd o w p ositi o n gap adju stme n t Re ar wi n d ow / tailg ate ( F ) 4 ± 1 mm (0.16 ± 0.04 in. ) Re ar wi n d ow / tailg ate ( G ) 5.4 ± 1 mm (0.21 ± 0.04 in. ) T o ad j u st fit of t ailg ate to b od y: Close tailg ate an d open r ea r wi n d ow .
Ti gh teni n g torqu es Lo ck n u t f or stop b u f fer (M 8) 15 Nm (11 ft -l b ) Lo osen screw s ( arr ow s ) and rep osi tion rea r l atch t o fu rth er a d j u st g ap b etwe en tailg ate and b od y at sid es, and t o assure smooth op era tion.
Re t igh t en l ock n u t when wind ow l atch operates smoo t h l y. T o ad j u st rea r wind ow l ock p ositio n , initiall y l oose n l ock m oun t in g b olt s ( ar row s ). Close wi n d ow sl ow l y, all ow ing l ock to cen ter itself on striker. T ig h t en mou n t ing b ol ts, t h en ch eck rea r wind ow to b ody g aps as shown ab ov e.
510-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup in cl u d es repair inf orma t ion for th e ou tsid e rea r v ie w mirro r, f ron t an d rea r b u mp ers, an d th e ea sil y remov abl e ex t eri or t rim p arts. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed.
510-2 Ou ts i de Rea r Vi ew M i rrors M any of t h e mir ror compon ent s are separate l y av ailab l e f rom an au th orized BM W d ealer, incl u d in g th e g l ass an d outsid e p l astic h ousin g . O uts ide m i rror gla ss , r epla c ing CA UTI ON! Mirro r sho uld b e at o r abo ve ro om tem p era tur e b efo re re mo val.
abov e. Re mov e h ou sing retainin g screw s ( ar row s ) and l ift off rear h ou si n g . T il t mirror h ou sing forwar d and compress p l astic retai n ers ( ar rows ) and l ift off fron t h ou sin g . No te: The front mi rror hou si ng i s retai ne d b y eit he r t hre e or four cl i ps, de pe nding on mod el .
Gent l y p ry off d oo r in n er t rim p anel from retainin g cl ips ( arr o ws ). Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ectors f or wi n d ow ant i-trapp ing p rotectio n and sp eake r ( arr o ws ), if equ ip p ed . Re mov e in n er d oo r p anel t rim.
Check mirror fu n ction b efore inst all in g cov eri n g p arts. Ti gh teni n g torqu e Ou tsid e mirro r t o d oor (M 6) 6 Nm (4.5 ft -l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Ex t er i or Tr i m , Bu m pers h tt p: // e bah n .
510-3 Bu m pers Front bum pe r ass e m bly 1 - Impact absorbe r 2 - Space r 3 - Ca p 4 - Sup po rt b ra ck et 5 - Bumper brac ke t bo lt tig h t en t o 41 Nm (30 ft -l b ) 6 - Protec ti ve rubb er str.
Front bum pe r, r em oving a nd inst a ll ing - R ai se an d p rop erly su p p ort v ehicl e. WA RN I NG! Mak e s ur e th at the car i s firmly su pp or ted on j ac k stands d es igned for the p u rpo se. Place the jack sta n ds beneath a stru ctu ral chas sis point .
out side t emperatu re sen sor at rear of l eft side of b u mp er and temp eratur e swi t ch at rear of rig h t side of b u mp er. - Sl ide b u mp er straigh t off sid e b racke ts. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al , n oting t h e f ol l ow ing : Sl ide sid e b rackets on b u mp er an d b ody careful l y t ogeth er.
Rea r bum pe r ass e m bly 1 - Ca p 2 - Ca ske t 3 - Impact absorbe r 4 - Ca rrier b umper 5 - Sup po rt b ra ck et 6 - Br ack et 7 - Protec ti ve rubb er strip 8 - Bumper cover 9 - Lo wer part cove r.
WA RN I NG! Mak e s ur e th at the car i s firmly su pp or ted on j ac k stands d es igned for the p u rpo se. Place the jack sta n ds beneath a stru ctu ral chas sis point . Do not pl ac e jack stands under su spension p ar ts. Re mov e b u m p er su p p ort b ol ts u sing sp eci al BM W tool 00 2 15 0.
I nstal l t he bump er bracke t bo l t w i t h threa d l ocki ng comp oun d such as Lo ct i t e®27 0 or eq ui valent. Ti gh tenin g torqu e Bu mp er b racket to i mp act absorb er (M 10 b ol t) 41 Nm (30 f t -l b ) Rea r bum pe r im pac t abso rber, re plac ing - R emo v e b u mp er as d escribed abov e.
Bu m p er h eigh t , ad j u st ing . Ti gh tenin g torqu es Bu mp er b racket to i mp act absorb er (M 10 b ol t) 41 Nm (30 f t -l b ) I mp act ab sorber t o ch assi s (M 8 nu t ) 2 2 Nm (16 f t-l b ) B um pe r he ight, adj us ting T h e adj u stmen t p roce d u re app l ie s to ei t h er f ront or rea r b u mp ers.
b ol t at imp act ab sorb er. Usi n g a 12 - i n ch ex ten sio n an d a 14 mm A l l en socket, t u rn ad j u stin g col l ar cl ockw ise or cou n t erclockwi se as n ee d ed to ch an g e h eig h t of adj u stin g coll ar. - R ei n stal l mou n tin g b ol ts and ch eck b u mp er h eig h t.
510-4 Exteri or T ri m Ex terio r t rim is retai n ed t o th e b ody b y p l astic cl ip s and f asteners t h at m ay b e d ama g ed d u r ing remo v al. Be su re t o h av e n ece ssary fasten ers on h an d when reinst al l ing ex terio r t rim p iece s.
I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Re p l ace an y cl ips or cl ip cov e ring b oo t s d amaged d u r ing remov al . Radia to r gril l, re m ov ing and ins ta lli ng - Op en h ood. Gent l y p ry ou t t ab on l eft or righ t sid e of g ril l trim ring ( A ), as we l l as tab s on b ottom.
Headl ight hous i ng t rim panel , rem oving and inst a lli ng - Op en h ood. - Re mov e sp ray n ozzl e of v ehicl es equ ip p ed with h eadl ig h t cl ean i n g systems. See 61 1 W ipers an d Wash ers . Uncl ip in n er tab at rad ia t or su p p ort .
512-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers d oor g l ass, wi n d ow reg u l ator an d p owe r wi n d ow motor repair inf orma tion. CA UTI ON! A l l E46 mo dels are equipp ed w it h side-impact a irbag s in th e fro n t doo rs . So me mo d els ar e also equ i pp ed w ith airbag s in th e rea r doo rs .
P ow e r w indow s Pow er wind ow f ea t u res in E4 6 mod els incl u d e: Co n t rol of t h e fr ont and rea r d oor wi n d ow motors is carrie d ou t d ire ct l y b y th e Gen era l M odu l e (GM V ). On e-tou ch operatio n in b oth d ire ct ions on al l f ou r wind ow s, where app l ica b l e.
cu stomize d with th e Car M emory fu n ction. See 515 Ce n t ral Lo ckin g and A n ti-th ef t . A ft er th e ign itio n is switch ed off , electric wind ows can b e op era ted u n t il a d oor is opened or u n t il 16 minu t es h as el apsed . T h e GM V b ases wi n d ow motor end p ositio n on cu rrent d raw (l oa d ).
W indow s w itche s T h e p u sh -p u l l t yp e wind ow swi t ch p rov ides th e GM V with a coded g r oun d sign al. Hold in g a switch at th e first d etent p rov ides a sin g l e g r oun d sig n al on one w ire re q u estin g th e GM V to open t h e wind ow.
I n 4-door m odels, t h e rea r wind ow ch ild l ocko u t switch ( ar row ) is incorp orate d in th e d riv er' s wind ow switch b l ock to t h e l eft of th e sh ift er. W h en activ ated, it p rov ides a con stan t g rou n d sign al t o t h e GM V , p rev ent ing t h e wind ows from b ei n g operated fr om th e r ea r d oor swi tch es.
d oor l ock. I f t h e GM rece iv es a requ est t o operate conv en ience cl osing or op enin g for more th an 11 0 seco n d s, th e fu n ct io n i s d eactiv ated an d a fau l t cod e is st ore d .
a wi n d ow mo t or is a ct i v ated . I t cou n t s ea ch cycl e and stores th e n u mb er in memo ry. A ft er t h e st op fu n ct io n l imit is rea ch ed and t h e wind ow motor is d eactiv ated, t.
to th e wi n dow reg u l ato r sho uld always b e di sc o n n ect ed to prev ent p in chi ng fin ge rs in th e mo vin g wi n d o w me chanism. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Door W i n d ow s h tt p: // e bah n .
512-2 W i n dow Serv i ce, 4-door M odel s Sedan an d Sp ort W ag on d oors are simi l ar. Use th e fol l owi n g p roce d u res for wind ow serv ice on th ese m odels. WA RN I NG! E46 ca rs are fi tted w it h side-impact a irbag s in th e fro n t doo rs .
Win d ow sh oul d con tact b l ock, th en imme d ia t el y rev erse d ire ct ion and l owe r b y app rox . 25 mm (1 in. ). No te: Anti -tr ap str i p i s i ntegr ated i nto t he molding st ri p of t he do or w i ndo w frame.
1 - Win d ow frame mold in g 2 - Clip 3 - Do or corn er sp eake r cov er 4 - Foam insu l atio n 5 - M oun tin g cl ip - A ft er inst al l ation, rech eck ant i-trap p rotectio n . Rear w i ndo w a nti-t r ap st r ip, rem oving - Re mov e rea r d oo r p an el and v apor b arri er as d escri b ed in 411 Do ors .
against t h e wind ow sea l u n iformly. No te: I f the w i ndow doe s not con t act the w i ndow seal un i forml y, w i nd no i se or w ater i nf i l t rati on may re sult . - Re mov e f ront d oo r p an el as d escri b ed in 411 Do ors . - Di scon n ect n eg ativ e (-) cab l e from b attery.
- Re mov e f ront d oo r p an el as d escri b ed in 411 Do ors . - Di scon n ect n eg ativ e (-) cab l e from b attery. Then remov e airbag u n it and v ap or b arrie r f rom d oo r .
w i ndow retai ne rs every ti me t he glass i s remo ved from t he doo r. T u r n wind ow g l ass care f u l l y insid e d oo r cav ity and l ift ou t of d oo r . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Re p l ace p l astic wi n d ow retai n ers once g l ass is insid e d oor.
(4.5 in. ) f rom b ott om. Re mov e wi n d ow retai n ing screw ( in se t ) at wi n d ow regu l ator rai l . WA RN I NG! On ce th e wi n dow i s p o si tioned co rr ectly, di sc o n n ec t h ar ness co nn ecto r fro m power w i nd o w mo tor to p re ve n t accidental o p er atio n o f the w in d o w.
Ti gh teni n g torqu e Side-impact airbag to d oor 8.5 Nm (75 i n -l b ) Win d ow to regu l ator g u id e 8 Nm (71 in-l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Door W i n d ow s h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
512-3 W i n dow Serv i ce, 2-door M odel s 2-door models are equ ip p ed with th e "cl ose wi t h d oor sh u t " featu re. I n t h is mode, th e wi n d ow g l ass mov es d ow n sl igh t l y wh en t h e d oor lat ch is activ ated , t h en j ams u p tig h t l y against th e wea th er-str i p when th e d oo r is f u l l y cl ose d .
T h e fol l owi n g ad j u stmen ts can b e made t o th e wi n d ow: Lo n g itu d in al adj u st men t Pretension (or wi n d ow rake ) Para l l elism (or wi n d ow t ilt ) V ertica l ad j u st men t (.
Close door as f ar as p ossi b l e with out forcing . Co u p e mod els: To p ed g e of g l ass mu st rest on d oor sea l ( A ). Co n ve rt ibl e model s: G ap b etwee n d oo r an d B-p ill ar ( B ) mu st b e 25 mm (1 in . ). No te: W i ndo w must seal w i th w ater drain at mi rror t ri an gl e i n A-pi l l ar.
Posi t ion wind ow ap p rox . 15 5 mm (6.1 in. ) abov e d ea d b ottom. Working care f u l l y with a p l astic p rying tool, d etach out sid e trim st rip f rom d oo r . Re ach t h rou g h d oor b ores ( A ) u sing T orx d riv er E7 on ex t en sio n with ratch et wre n ch (BM W sp ecia l t oo l 41 6 120 or equ iv alen t ).
of wind ow out er sea l in g l ip. I f n ecessa ry, rep l ace side wind ow trim. Wi n do w l o ng itu d in al ad ju stme nt Di mension A 1 - 2 mm (0.0 4 - 0. 08 in. ) Do or wi n d ow rear edg e t o sid e wi n d ow sea l (Co u p e) 6 ± 0.75 mm (0.24 ± 0.
- Re mov e out er d oor trim st rip as d escri b ed earlier . La t ch d oo r t o f irst catch of d oor l ock ( A ). Ch eck th at t op of wind ow re st s on ru b b er d oor sea l ( B ). Re ach t h rou g h rear b ore in d oo r with BM W sp ecia l t ool 41 6 12 0 or equ iv alen t r atchet wrench .
Adj usti ng the de pth that t he w i ndo w retracts i nto t he doo r seal i nsu res that w i nd no i se and w a ter l ea kage past w i ndow i s kep t t o a mi ni mum. Para l l elism. To p ed g e of d oo r wind ow mu st b e p ara l l el t o cont our of wa t er d rai n in roo f.
Pry out ru b b er p l u g s at b ase of d oo r . Starting at rear of d oor, reach th r oug h b ore in d oor to t u rn To rx screw ( A ). No te: Torx screw si z e i s T 20 . Re p eat at f ront b ore. Ra ise wi n d ow an d ch eck f or p ara l l el ism and correct d ep t h of retractio n .
ar row . Li f t off wind ow in n er l ip sea l . I f n ecessa ry, rep l ace any d efectiv e retai n ing cl ip ( ar row ). Posi t ion d oo r wind ow app rox ima t el y 80 mm (3.15 in. ) b elow roo f l in e. I f n ece ssary, t emporari l y r eco n n ect b attery cab l e.
W i ndo w rea r moun t i ng ha rdw are w i l l stay w i t h glass. - T il t rear edg e of wind ow g l ass u p and out of d oor. - I f g l ass is b eing rep l aced, t ran sfer wi n d ow rear moun tin g h ard w are (moun t in g sh im, t h readed sl ee v e and cl amp ing retainer) f rom l owe r rea r corn er of g l ass to n ew wi n d ow .
Re f er t o acco mp anyin g ill u st ratio n when remov in g Coup e rear v ent wi n d ow or v ent l atch m echan ism. 1 - V ent wind ow d riv e 2 - I n n er cap 3 - Re t ainer 4 - Wash er 5 - Wash er 6 - Sh im 7 - Gl ass su p p ort Wh en inst all ing , make sure U-shap ed open in g in g l ass su p p ort p oints t o rear of car.
m odel s) Re f er t o acco mp anyin g ill u st ratio n when remov in g Conv ertib l e rear wi n d ow or wind ow motor. 1 - Win d ow moto r 2 - Win d ow regu l ator assembl y 3 - Win d ow g l ass 4 - I n sert 5 - I n n er sea l 6 - Ou t er sea l CA UTI ON! Co nver t ib le re ar wi nd ow rem ov al, in sta ll atio n and adj us tment i s co mplex.
wi n d ow . Di st ance t o f ront d oo r wind ow (l ong itu d in al ad j u st ment ) ( A ) mu st b e set b y l oose n ing To r x b olt th r oug h b ore in out er sh el l of car, after remov in g ex t erio r sid e trim strip .
512-4 W i n dow Regu l a tor Serv i ce WA RN I NG! E46 ca rs are fi tted w it h side-impact a irbag s in th e fro n t doo rs . So me ar e equipped w ith airbag s in the rea r d o or s as well . Wh en ser vicing the d o or wi n do w s o n ca rs wi th side-impact a irbag s, alw ay s di sc o n n ec t th e n eg ative (-) batter y cable.
h arness con n ector ( A ). Re mov e motor mou n tin g b ol ts ( B ). T wist motor sl ig h t l y ( ar rows ) t o cl ea r wind ow regu l ator moun t in g tabs.
W indow regula tor and m otor, re m oving and inst a ll ing (4-do or m ode ls) Sedan an d Sp ort W agon d oors are simi l ar. Th ere are t wo w in d ow rails in ea ch f ron t wi n d ow regu l ator, on l y one in th e re ar. O t h erwi se t h e f ront and rear regu l ators are similar.
- R emo v e v apor b arri er. - D etach wind ow from wind ow regu l ator as d escri b ed earlier. Do n ot remov e wi n d ow f rom d oo r. Pu sh wi n d ow u p an d u se wedg e t o h ol d in p ositio n . De t ach wind ow regu l ator f rom d oo r : Di sconn ect elect rica l h arn ess conn ector ( A ) to p owe r wind ow motor.
Doo r w indow r egula tor and m otor, re m ov ing and i ns tal li ng, (2-do or m odels) - R emo v e d oo r p an el as d escri b ed in 411 Doo rs . - D isco n n ect n egativ e (-) cab l e f rom b attery. Then remov e airbag u n it and v ap or b arrie r f rom d oor .
remo v al. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al , n oting t h e f ol l ow ing : I n sp ect r u b b er in su l ators. Repl ace if b ritt l e. A f ter in serting wind ow regu l ator int o d oor cav ity, in stal l an d t ig h ten d ow n moun t in g n u t s on rea r wind ow rai l .
513-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers int erio r t rim remo v al and in stal l ation p rocedu res. Re f er t o th e foll ow ing rep ai r g roup s f or add itional in f ormatio n : 25 0 G ea rs.
I n terio r tr im and f inish p an els are cl ipp ed or screw ed in to p l ace . M any of th e t rim retainin g cl ips are d esi g n ed t o b e u sed on l y once. Wh en remov in g trim t h at is h eld i n p l ace wi t h cl ip s, it is a good id ea to h av e sp are s on h and b efore b eginn in g t h e j ob .
CA UTI ON! Wh en w o rk in g o n el ec trical switches o r l ights, always di sc o n n ec t th e n eg ative (-) ca bl e fro m the b atte ry and i n su l ate th e ca b l e end to p re ve nt ac cidental re co nn ec t ion.
513-2 Cen ter Con s ol e T h e consol e b etwe en th e two fr ont sea t s st arts b ehin d t h e sh ift er h ou sing . I t h ouses t h e p arking b rake h an d l e, option al tel ep h on e and od d ment s storage tr ay. The rear p ortio n of t h e console h ou ses th e ash tr ay and cov ers th e emergen cy b rake cab l e end s.
.
513-3 Da s h boa rd T h e E46 d ash b oa rd asse mb l y in cl u d es th e in st ru ment cl u st er, p assen g er side ai rb ag , g l ov e compartmen t, fu se and relay p an el , radio, IH KA con t rol p anel or on-b oard mon itor (if eq u ip p ed wi t h GPS), f ron t ash tray, sh ifter asse m b l y, and wi n d ow cont rol switch es.
11 - Gl o ve compar tment hi ng e 12 - Stee rin g col umn cove r 13 - Left g lo ve compar tment (op ti on al) 14 - Ce n ter knee protector 15 - Stee rin g col umn knee prot ec to r 16 - Left fo o twel.
righ t side st rap . Pu l l ou t p in f rom b ott om of l eft sid e d ampen in g r od. Re mov e g l ov e comp artment h in g e moun t in g b racke t screws ( a rr o w s ). Li f t g l ov e compartmen t ov er moun t in g rod to remo v e. Re mov e g l ov e comp artment h ousin g : Re mov e in sert mou n t ing screws ( ar row s ).
Stee ring c olum n trim , r em oving and inst al li ng - R emo v e steeri n g wh eel as d escribed ear l ier. Fu l l y l owe r and ex ten d ( arr o ws ) adj u stab l e st ee r ing col u mn . - R emo v e retai n ing screw from t op of steeri n g colu mn u p p er t rim cov er.
to rel ea se. Pu l l d ow n on t rim. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al . Re p l ace a n y b roken or missing fasten ers. Left f ootw e ll (peda l c lust e r ) t rim panel , re m oving and inst a ll ing - M o v e st ee rin g colu mn t o ma x imu m ex t en d ed p ositio n .
Dash boa rd/s hift e r c ons ole ass e m bly , re m ov ing a nd inst a ll ing - D isco n n ect n egativ e (-) cab l e f rom b attery and cov er terminal with insu l ating materia l . CA UTI ON! Prio r to d isco nn ecting the b atte ry, re ad the batter y di sc onnection ca utions give n at the fro nt o f th i s ma nua l on p ag e vii i .
Re mov e sh ift er kn ob b y p u l l in g straig h t u p . No te: App l y app rox. 90 l b. of force to pu l l off kno b f rom shi ft rod . - L ift u p an d r emo v e sh ifter b eze l b y p rying g ent l y. - U n cl ip b ottom of sh ift er b oo t f rom cent er consol e t rim b y p u sh in g forwa rd.
in stru me n ts to r em o ve trim o r fin i sher str i p - R emo v e screw s b enea t h f inish in g strip . Ca ref u l l y p u l l awa y A -p ill ar trim. - R emo v e h ea d l ig h t switch . See 612 Switch es . - R emo v e inst ru men t cl u st er. See 620 Instr u ment s .
d ashb oa rd . - Sim ilarl y, remov e l eft sid e d ashb oa rd mou n t ing screw or ex p an sion riv et. Re mov e d ash b oard moun t in g n u t ( ar row ) at sh ifter con sole. Re mov e mou n tin g n u t s and screw ( ar row s ) at d ashb oa rd face.
tig h t enin g fast eners. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. I n t er i or Tri m h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
515-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers rep ai r inf ormatio n for d oor, t ru n k an d carg o comp artment l ocks and cen tral l ocki n g . A l so cov ere d are El ectron ic I m mobil iza t i on Syst em (EWS) and an ti-t h eft al arm (DWA ).
Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Cen t ra l L ock i n g an d An ti- Th eft h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
515-2 Cen tra l Locki n g No te: There i s a do or l ock key cyl i nde r on the driver's do or on l y Ce n t ral l ocki n g in E46 v eh icl es cont rol s th e d oo r l ocks, tr u n k or cargo compartmen t l ock an d fu el fil l er f l ap l ock.
from b eing op ened from t h e in side regardl ess of l ock-bu t t on p ositio n . T h e Gen era l M odu l e (GM V ) an d El ectronic Immo b il i zation ( EWS 3.3) int erface v ia th e K-b u s to mon itor d oub l e l ock st atu s and t o initiate d oub l e l ock ov erri d e.
Central lock ing sw i tch T h e cent ral l ocking switch is h oused in a combin ed h ou sin g with th e h aza rd fl ash er switch . T h e cent ral switch l ocks all v eh icl e l ocks ex cep t f or t h e f u el f il l er fl ap . T h e swi tch p rov ides a mo ment ary g roun d inp u t sign al t o th e G M V .
Si ngle lock a nd doub le l ock fu nction Each d oor l ock actu ator in corporates two motors: Sing l e l ock motor con trol s th e mechan ica l l ock mechan ism wh en t h e cent ral l ock switch is p resse d to sin g l e l ock t h e v eh icle.
footwe l l are a. T h e b u tt on p rov id es th e GM V with a g r oun d sig n al wh en p resse d . T h e v ehicl e mu st b e u n l ocke d or sin g l e l ocke d from t h e cent ral l ock swi tch f or th e re mote u n l ock to work.
Rem ote entry (FZV) T h e E46 remote (keyless) ent ry system (u su al l y cal l ed FZ V ) u ses a t iny rad io tran smitt er in th e v ehicl e key to l ock an d u n l ock t h e d oors an d t h e t ru n k b y remo t e con trol .
p anic mod e (alarm if equ ip p ed) T h ere are a n u mb er of oth er f ea t u res incorp orate d in FZ V : Lo ckin g / u n l ocki n g of f u el f il l er l id Selectiv e u n l ocki n g of d riv er&ap.
Key incorp ora tes an LED th at sign als operator of sig n al tran smitt ing , key initializatio n st atu s and key sel f-t est ind icatio n Keys d el i v ered with f our d ifferent colored l ab els.
l ock/u n l ock th e v ehicl e. Th is is a requ ireme n t of th e Key M emo ry f ea tu r e, cov ered b el ow. Car M e m ory /Key M e m ory A n u mb er of featu res and f u n ctions can b e cu st omi zed to t h e d riv er(s) p reference.
He atin g / A / C p refere n ces (I HKA ) Sea t an d mirror p references (trig g ered b y Key M emo ry) I n st rum ent cl u st er d ispl ay u n its (f or ex amp l e: km v s. mil es) Ke y M emory Wh en ev er one of th e FZ V keys is u sed to l ock or u n l ock t h e car, th e u ser is iden tified b y th e GM V .
rece i ved at the GM V. T he refore Ca r Memo ry/ Key Memory featur es w i l l not be acti vated . Rem ote ke y i nitial iza tion I n itia l iza t ion of FZ V keys is requ ire d t o establ ish l ock/u n l ock sign al syn ch ron iza tion wi th t h e G M V .
the key memo ry f un ct i ons acti vated b y the keys w i l l no t be assi gne d correctl y. Al w ays i nit i al i z e t he ke ys i n the same ord er. Con vertible c entral l ock ing I n C onv ertibl e mo d el s, th e g l ov e compartmen t l ock is in teg rated in t o cent ral l ocking f u n ct io n s.
I n t eri or t ailg ate release bu tt on at d riv er's kickp an el Unl ock micro switch abov e rea r l ice n se p l ate A n y of t h ese inp u t req u ests t o t h e GM V activ ate t h e t ailg ate l atch motor. T h e GM V wi l l also switch on t h e int eri or l igh ts wi th a t ai l g ate u n l ock requ est.
Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Cen t ra l L ock i n g an d An ti- Th eft h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
515-3 Door Ha n dl es a n d Locks A n y time a d oo r l ock is remo v ed and rei n st al l ed , b e su re to ch eck an d r ese t : Unl ocking of rotary l atch Ou t sid e d oor h an d l e ov e rtrav el.
re l eas e Bow den ca b l e 3 - Lo ck b ut ton an d rod 4 - 9/20 00 and later models: Bowd en ca b l e brac ket 5 - 9/20 00 and later models: Doo r hand l e in ner me chani sm 5a - M o d els to 9/20 0.
cy l in d er and cove r 14a - Re ar or rig ht do or: O u ter hand l e r ea r anchor 15 - Door strike r cove r 16 - To rx b o lt M 8 tig h t en t o 24 Nm (18 ft -l b ) 17 - Door l ock str i ker 18 - Lo ck p late Rotar y latch u nl o ck i n g, re setting With d oor open , cl ose rotary l atch .
adj u stmen t screw, t h en retig h t en. Ca rr y out ch eck ag ai n . No te: The ri ght si de l atch ad ju st i ng screw i s threa ded l eft-han ded . Ti gh tenin g torqu e D oor l ock adj u st ment screw 3 + 2 Nm (27 + 18 in -l b ) O u tsid e h andl e over tr ave l , re se t tin g - With d oo r open , cl ose rota ry l atch wi th a screw d riv er.
Doo r l ock , re m oving and inst a ll ing T h e fr ont an d r ea r d oor l ocks for all E46 model s are simi l ar. Early p rodu ct io n cars, u p t o 9/200 0, u se a l ock actu ator wi th an ex tern al l ev er wh ich coup l es wi t h th e out side d oor h an d l e mech anism.
Ra ise wi n d ow to top . CA UTI ON! Guide th e w in dow u p ma n ua l l y in o rder to avo i d bi n di n g . Re mov e wi n d ow regu l ator rea r rail: Re mov e t op and b ottom rail moun t in g fasten ers ( ar rows ). Sl ide r ai l d own, all ow in g it to h ang to t h e sid e out of t h e wa y.
- I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al , n oting t h e f ol l ow ing : I n sert l ock b u tt on u p th roug h in n er d oor p l ate, t aking care t o av oi d b end ing l in kag e. On mod els p rod u ced t o 9/20 00 : T il t l ock assem b l y out wa rd whil e l ift in g it in t o p osi t ion insid e t h e d oor .
Ti gh tenin g torqu es Win d ow to g u id e 8 Nm (71 i n -l b ) Driv e r 's do or l ock c yl inder, re m oving and inst a ll ing On l y t h e d riv er's d oor is equ ip p ed wi t h a l ock cyl in d er.
On Sed an or Sp ort Wag on : Re p l ace cyl ind er mou n t in g b ol t acce ss h ol e t rim cov er if n ecessa ry. Doo r ha ndle, re m ov i ng and inst a ll ing (t o production date 9/ 2 00 0 ) - On d riv er's d oo r : Re mov e d oo r l ock cyl ind er as d escri b ed earlier.
Doo r ha ndle, re m ov i ng and inst a ll ing (f r om produ ction date 9/ 2 00 0 ) - On d riv er's d oo r : Re mov e d oo r l ock cyl ind er as d escri b ed earlier. - On oth er d oors: Re mov e door h and l e rea r an ch or. Proce d u re is simi l ar to r emo v in g d riv er's d oo r l ock cyl in d er d escribed earlier.
ex ceed measurement A . I f mea su reme n t ex cee d s sp eci f icatio n , p u l l l ev er out wa rd with fin g ers u n til m ea su r eme n t is corre ct . In sta ll ation di sta nce: i nn er do or hand le l ev er to d o o r M ea su r eme n t A l ess t h an 8 mm (0.
- Worki n g insid e d oor open ing , sl id e inn er h and l e towa rd f ron t an d remo v e. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al . No te: I nspect moun t i ng bolt and re pl ace i f ne cessary.
Take care t o no t da m ag e i nner doo r gu i de du ri ng remo val and i nstal l ati on . - L oosen h and l e mou n tin g b ol t. - Worki n g insid e d oor open ing , sl id e inn er h and l e towa rd f ron t an d remo v e. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al .
Set p osi t ion of st rike r : Wh en cl ose d , rear edg e of f ront d oor mu st b e ev en wi th f ront edg e of rear d oo r (Sed an or Sp ort Wag on) or with rear q u arter p an el (Co u p e or Co n v ertib l e). M ax imum d ev iation all owe d mea su red at A .
Ti gh tenin g torqu e b ody p il l ar T runk lock i ng m ec ha nis m T r u n k l ock asse mb l y 1 - Trun k rel ea se micro switch 2 - Conn ecting rod 3 - Lock wi t h microsw itch 4 - Tor x screw M 6 .
l ice n se p l ate l igh t strip T h e tr u n k l ock cyl in d er d oes n ot actu at e cent ral l ocking con trol . - T o remov e t h e t ru n k l ock micro swi t ch : Re mov e l icence p l ate l ig h t str ip. Separate electrical h arn ess conn ector f rom st rip.
Re mov e l ock cyl in d er co v er moun t in g screw s ( arr o w s ). Sl id e cov er to rig h t t o remo v e. No te: On Con verti bl e mode l s: Re move thi rd brake l i ght t o acce ss t runk lock mech an i sm. Use new sel f -tapp i ng screw s t o reinstal l trunk l ock cyl i nd er.
No te: Do not l ubricate l ock or l ock stri ker w i t h gre ase . T a il gate l ock , e m erge ncy re le ase T h e Sp ort Wag on t ai l g ate can b e u n l ocked u sin g th e cen t ral l ocking swi tch , th e l eft d oor key or th e F Z V remo t e en try syst em.
6 - Rea r wind ow l ock st rike r 7 - Tai l g ate lock 8 - Tor x b olt M 8 9 - Tai l g ate lock striker 10 - Lo ck p l ate 11 - T ailg ate release micro swi tch 12 - T ailg ate g rip 13 - T ailg ate g rip g asket 14 - T ailg ate T o remo v e tailg ate l ock m icro switch : Re mov e l icense p l ate l ig h t str ip.
T o remo v e tailg ate l ock st riker: Op en tailg ate and p ry ou t l ock striker trim f rom b ott om of t ai l g ate. Re mov e one striker moun t in g screw ( ar row s ). T h rea d in M 8 st u d to keep str ike r l ock p l ate f rom f all in g in side d oo r.
T o remo v e rea r wind ow l ock: Op en tailg ate. Remo v e tailg ate t rim p anel . De t ach wind ow l ock el ectrica l h arness conn ector ( A ). Re mov e l ock mou n t in g screws ( ar row s ). Sl ide l ock out f rom u n d er rear wi n d ow w ip er motor .
Tail gate and re ar w in d ow po siti on gap adju stm ent R ear sp oi l er / sid e p anel ( A ) 3.75 ± 1.3 mm (0.15 ± 0.05 in. ) R ear wind ow / sid e p anel ( B ) 3.5 ± 1.4 mm (0.14 ± 0.06 in. ) T ailg at e / side p anel ( C ) 3.6 mm ± 0.75 mm (0.
515-4 El ectron i c I m m ob i l i za ti on (EW S) E46 cars are eq u ip p ed with a passiv e th eft -p rev ent io n system. T h e El ectron ic I mmob il iza tion S ystem (EW S 3.3) make s it impossibl e to st art t h e en g ine u sing an y m ea n s oth er t h an t h e sp ecia l keys fu rn ish ed with t h e v ehicl e.
ten keys. On l y an au th orize d BM W d ea l er can p rov id e re p l aceme n t keys. No te: I t i s possi ble t o da mage t he electronic ci rcui try i n t he key, ren dering i t unu sable. I n that case, a ne w key sho ul d be p urch ase d an d i ni t i al i z ed b y an au t ho ri z ed BMW de al er.
Di scon n ect electr i cal h arn ess conn ectors at l eft f oo twell t rim p an el and remov e p an el : Unp l u g conn ector at f oo twell int eri or l igh t ( A ), if eq u ip p ed . Sl ide l ock at O BD II conn ector ( B ) in d irectio n of ar row .
- Gent l y work ring an ten n a off key cyl ind er. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Cen t ra l L ock i n g an d An ti- Th eft h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /5.
515-5 A n ti -T h e f t A l a rm (DW A ) T h e DWA an t i-th eft syst em is a d ealer inst all ed acce ssory opt ion. A l l E 46 v ehicl es are f actory p rep are d to p rov ide th e DWA f u n ct ion. This means t h at t h e v ehicl e is p rewi red and t h e G eneral M odu l e (G M V ) is p r eprog ramme d f or th e syst em.
A nt i-t heft and al ar m syst e m (DWA ) (Se dan m odel s ) DWA a la rm arm i ng/dis a rm i ng T h e DWA al arm is armed ev e ry time th e v ehicl e is l ocked f rom th e ou tsid e with th e d oo r l ock cyl in d er or FZ V key.
an activ atio n compon en t . I f aft er 3 seco n d s an y inp u t sig n al n ot in CLOSED statu s is ex cl u d ed ( th is is ackn owled g ed b y th e DWA L ED) p rev entin g f alse al arm activ ation.
Doo r c ont a cts T h e d oor l ock Ha l l effect sensors p r ov i d e statu s of d oo r O PEN/CL OSED: Wh en th e d oo r l atch is CL O SED, cu rren t fl ow t h rou g h t h e sensor is <5 mA . Wh en th e d oo r is O PEN, cu rrent fl ow t h roug h th e sen sor is >12 mA .
th e key, t h is switch p rov id es a g roun d sign al to t h e G M V p rev entin g t h e DWA fr om activ atin g if armed. Hoo d contact sw itch Lo cated on th e righ t side eng in e compartmen t , th e h oo d con t act switch ( ar row ) p rov ides a g roun d sign al t o t h e GM V sign ifying an op en h oo d .
Tabl e a. DWA L ED sta tus D WA status DWA LED cond i tio n A rmed wi th on e or mor e mon i t ore d i n p u t s n ot in C LOSED p osi t io n (tru n k n ot cl osed, etc.
and is cu rren t l y mon itoring th e v ehicl e an g l e. b . If t h e t ilt sensor d etects a ch ang e in t h e v eh i cl e ang l e when DW A is armed, th e NG sign al is switched to in f orm th e G M V to activ ate th e sire n .
p artia l l y op en wind ow) an d adap ts f or th is. I f t h e echoes are con sistent l y similar, n o mov ement is d etected. I f th e echoes are alt ere d or incon sistent , t h e UI S ch an g es to a con st ant cycl e and t h e echo is compared ag ai n .
T h e modu l e operates in p u l se mode. T h e radar u n it t ransm its a sig n al , th en p auses f or t h e refl ected sig n al s t o b e rece iv ed b y th e mod u l e. T h e d etectio n rang e o f t h e radar is adj u sted b y r apid switch in g wh en t h e system is armed.
th e alarm syst em: KL 30 (p owe r ) KL 31 (g rou n d ) ST DW A sig n al ( arm/d isa rm sig n al from G M V ) NG sig n al (activ ate sire n out p u t sign al to t h e G M V ) T h e arm/d isa rm ou t p u t sig n al from t h e GM V (STD W A ) is p rov ided to th e til t sensor, UI S sensor an d th e sire n simul tan eo u sl y.
T h e EW S sig n als th e GM V t o u n l ock th e d oor s an d to d ea ct iv ate th e DWA . Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Cen t ra l L ock i n g an d An ti- Th eft h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
520-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers remo v al an d inst all at io n of t h e f ront an d rea r seats. Se at de s i gn and uphols tery T h e fron t sea t s in stal l ed in E46 cars come in eith er manu al or p owe red v ersi ons. They off er firm su p p ort and comfort.
Cush ion h eigh t He ad r estrai n ts. Se at m e m ory sys tem I n cars with seat memory, th e d riv er's fron t sea t in corporates two cont rol modu l es: O n e in t h e seat ad j u st ing swi t ch ( ar row ) and th e second u n d er th e seat cu sh io n .
of th e sea t memory system are monitored for f aul ts. A ccess t h e fau l t codes u sin g BM W scan t ool DI S or M oD iC . I n Coup e an d Co n v ertib l e model s, t h e ea sy en try f ea t u re f aci l itates acce ss t o th e rear sea t s. Wh en a fron t b ackrest is fol d ed ov er, t h e en tire sea t mov es forwa rd 90 mm (3.
P a ss e nger sea t m e m ory m odule Seats h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /5... 4 of 5 2/ 25/ 2009 11: 03 PM.
Rea r seat c onf i guration Sp l it rea r f ol d ing seats are o p t io n al in th e Sedan an d stan d ard in th e Sp ort Wag on an d Coup e. They are sp l it 1/3 righ t to 2/3 l ef t with a f old in g cen ter armre st in th e l eft p ortio n . The armrest, when f ol d ed d ow n , is equ ipp ed with a storage comp artment an d cu p h old ers.
520-2 Fron t Sea ts Sea t remov al and in st all ation is similar for al l v ersi ons. Sea t d isasse mb l y d iffers in d etai l among t h e man y model s of seats. Sea t rep air and compon en t repl aceme n t is p ossibl e once t h e sea t h as b ee n remo v ed fr om th e v ehicl e.
Do n ot ex p os e p yr ote chni c co mpo nents to tem p er atu res abo ve 75 °C (167 ° F ). Pyr ote chni c co mpo nen ts c an o n l y be teste d elec t rica l ly w h en in sta ll ed, us i n g B MW se rv ice tes ter DI S, MoD i C o r equ ivalent sc an too l.
Re mov e p l astic cap s ov er f ront sea t moun t ing n u t s, th en remo v e moun t i n g n u t s ( arr o w s ). - Di scon n ect n eg ativ e (-) cab l e from b attery. CA UTI ON! Prio r to di sco nn ect in g the b atte ry, re ad th e batter y d isco n nectio n ca utio n s give n at the fro nt o f th is ma n u al on p ag e vii i .
Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Seats h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /5.
520-3 Rea r Sea ts Rear seat c us hion a nd bac k rest , r em oving a nd ins ta lli ng (f i x ed seat ba ck m odel s) - Pu l l fron t of rea r seat cu sh io n u p to rel ea se cl ip s. Wh il e h old in g fron t of cu sh ion u p , p u l l cu sh ion forwa rd t o remo v e.
- Pu l l fron t of rea r seat cu sh io n u p and out of cl ips. Wh ile h ol d in g fron t of cu sh ion u p , p u l l cu sh ion forwa rd t o remo v e. - T il t b ackre st s forwa r d . No te: Re move rea r hea drests, i f eq u i pp ed , by pu l l i ng strai ght up .
540-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers th e sl ide-t ilt su n roo f assembl y. Co mp on en t l ocatio n s, initializatio n , su n roo f p an el repl acem ent , an d su n roo f h eigh t adj u st ment are cov e red. Re p l ace m ent of t h e cabl e asse mb l y or frame requ ire th at t h e h eadl i n er b e remo v ed.
Press and h ol d su n roo f switch in " l ift" d ire ct ion. A ft er reaching en d p ositio n , kee p swi t ch p ressed for ap p rox ima tel y 20 second s l on g er. T h e su n roof motor wi l l b riefl y j erk u p wa rd s, sig n al l in g n orma l iza tion is compl ete.
I n sert h ex key int o d riv e in su n roof motor, an d t u rn h ex key t o manu al l y cl ose su n roo f. No te: The he x key f or man uall y (emerg ency) cl osing the sun r oo f can be f ou nd i n t he tool ki t l oca t ed i n the trunk l i d (seda n, cou pe an d conve rti bl e) or und er t he carg o area f l oo r pan el (Spo rt W ag on ).
Su n roof h as b een remov ed Wh en ev er th e top of th e cl ose d su n roof b eco m es misa l ig n ed wi t h t h e roo f of th e car, if it d oes n ot cl ose squ are l y, if th ere are wind n oise s at sp ee d , if th ere are water l eaks, or if t h e su n r oo f h as b ee n remov ed.
T h e su n roof p an el is retained b y t h ree T orx screw s ( arr o ws ) on ea ch sid e. T o adj u st su n roof h ei g h t : Lo osen T orx screw s u n til su n roof can j u st b e mov ed . Pu sh su n roof p an el f orwa rd . Pu sh su n roof p an el u p or d own u n t il correct h eigh t is ach iev ed .
540-2 Su n roof Com pon en ts Su n roof asse m b l y remo v al an d inst all at io n in v ol v es h eadl in er remo v al, and is n ot cov ere d in t h is man u al . A f ter su n roo f repairs b e su re to f oll ow initializatio n an d adj u st men t p roce d u res g iv en ear l ier.
(31 in -l b ) 16 - Eme rgency op er ati on cra nk hand l e 17 - He x b o lt wi th washer 18 - To rx b o lt M 4 Sunroof pane l, re m ov i ng and inst a ll ing T o remo v e su n roo f p an el , open su n roo f and remov e wind b l ocke r b y remo v ing T orx screw ( arr o w ) on ea ch sid e.
A d j u st su n r oo f h ei g h t an d g ap as d escribed ear l ier. Ti gh tenin g torqu e Win d b l ocker to roo f (T orx ) 1 Nm (9 in -l b ) Su n roof p an el to roo f (T orx ) 4.5 Nm (40 in -l b ) Sunroof pane l gasket, re pla c ing - R emo v e su n roof p an el as sh own abov e.
rea rmost edg e with a p l astic tool. Re mov e su n r oo f m otor moun t in g screw s ( ar row s ). - I n st al l atio n is th e rev erse of remo v al. Perf orm int itia l iza tion p roce d u re as d escribed earlier. Ti gh tenin g torqu e Su n roof motor to su n roo f carrie r 2.
541-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers th e aut oma tic electro-hyd rau l ic conv ertibl e top . I n formatio n on th e Roll ov er Protection System is also incl u d ed h ere . No te: The con verti ble top con tr ol mod ule (CVM I I) i s l oca ted be hi nd the l ef t rea r si de tri m pan el .
Con vertible ba tt ery BM W h as d esi g n ed a sp ecia l b attery t ray for t h e Conv ertib l e wh ich serv es to d ampen Co n v ertib l e b od y f l ex in g an d v ibrat io n . CA UTI ON! Th e E46 Co nver ti b le requ i res a specia l batter y w h ich is desig n ed fo r co n sta n t vibratio n .
T op monitoring d u ring op era tion u sin g Hall sen sors and an g l e Hall sensors Em e rge ncy opera tion - M a n u al l y u n l ock top st orage cov er: Re mov e cent er arm rest. Li f t sea t u p h ol st ery b elow ski b ag . Press b u t ton on motor asse m b l y to release motor f rom g ea r l inkag e.
- Worki n g in t ru n k, remov e tru n k t rim l iner an d soun d p roofing . I f n ecessa ry, p artia l l y remo ve h yd rau l ic u n it t o g ai n v iew of f il l p l u g an d fl u id refere n ce mark (circle). DO NOT d etach h yd rau l ic l ines. T o ch eck: Le v el mu st b e b etwe en M AX and M IN marks.
C o nver t ibl e to p fl ui d H yd rau l ic f l u id A ral V itamol Ti gh tenin g torqu es Fil l er p l u g to h yd raul ic u n it 10 + 1 Nm (89 + 9 in-l b ) H yd rau l ic u n it t o b ody 10 Nm (89 in-l b ) No te: The con verti ble t op hydra ul i c f l ui d i s sup pl i ed i n t he spa re pa r ts ki t .
Con vertible T op M odule (CVM II) T h e CV M I I is inst all ed in t h e l eft rear of th e car b ehin d th e side t rim (n ex t to th e sea t ). It con tain s t h e p rocessi n g , cont roll ing an d monitoring el ectronics f or top op eratio n .
Fault m e m ory s torage Co n ve rt ibl e To p M od u l e (CV M I I ) fau l t memo ry is st ore d in NV R A M . Up to 16 fau l t cod es can b e st ored in order of occurren ce. A d istin ct io n is mad e b etwee n p ermanen t and sp oradic f au l t s.
cea se ope r ati on i f the hyd rau l i c fl uid tempe rature exce ed s 95°C (20 3°F ). Ho w ever , any functi on s t ha t have be en started w i l l be co mpleted be f ore the system i s sw i t che d off. If t he t emp era ture exce eds 10 5° C (22 1°F) t he system i s i mmed i atel y sw i t che d o f f.
Win d sh ield l ock sensor p rov id es l ow sign al when top frame is un l ocked f rom wi n d sh ield . LED in con v ertib l e top switch wi l l fl ash . T en sion p oint p ositio n sen sor p rov ides h ig h sig n al wh en t op f rame is raise d p ast t en sio n p oin t.
T h e conv ertib l e top st ora g e comp artment cov er l ock motor is on d riv eshaft tu n n el u n d er rear sea t . It con sists of a motor wi th Ha l l sensor, g ear asse m b l y and t wo b ow d en cab l es con n ected to cov er l ocks on two sides of cov er.
when soft top is r ai sed or remo v ed f or h ard t op inst al l ation. T h e p l astic v ari ab l e comp artment f l oo r is h in g ed at f ou r p oi n t so t h at i t can articul ate and b e rotated u p in t o top storage sp ace. A l ev er on righ t side of v aria b l e fl oo r actu ates and l ocks fl oor int o p ositio n .
541-2 Con v erti bl e T op Com po n en ts M ec hanic a l to p com ponents T h e metal fol d in g fr ame of t h e t op is b olt ed t o th e sides of t h e car b eh ind th e d oo r p il l ars (B-p il l ars).
fra me cove r 7 - Eme rgency me chani sm cove r 8 - Eme rgency op er ati on cra nk 9 - Tensio n rop e In sulatio n 10 - Tensio n b ow 11 - Ha l l sensor 12 - Gas pres surized spring 13 - M ai n p i ll.
On ce h ydra u l i c li n es h av e been di sc o n n ect ed fro m hydra ulic co mpo nents, to p mu st n o t b e mo ve d. F l u id wi ll leak fro m se p ar ate d co upli ng. A v o i d scr atc h i ng hydrau li c p i sto n ro ds. Even p aint mist and w eldi n g spo ts ar e h arm ful.
cy l in d er s: Op era t e on t op frame l in kage t o rai se and l owe r b ow Lo cated on two sides of ten sion b ow , at sid es of rea r wi n d ow A n g l e Ha l l sensor on l eft t ension b ow l in.
3 - To p storage compar tment cove r h ydra ul i c cy l in d er s: Op en and cl ose storage compartmen t cov er Lo cated in t ru n k Le f t cyl ind er equ ip p ed with Ha l l sensor t o d etect fu l l.
I n l eft side of tr u n k b ehin d t rim M ou n ted on ru b b er b u sh in g s and cov ered b y soun d insu l atio n Unit consists of: Hydrau l ic motor an d p u mp , Storage cov er solenoid v alv e,.
Tab le a. De fin iti o n o f h ydra ul i c sy stem term s Term A cti on Notes Hydrau l ic syst em at zero p ressure T u rn ign ition t o 0 p ositio n . Wait 15 seco n d s. Hydrau l ic syst em h as n o or v ery l ow p ressure. Unt ensioned state M ech anica l (eme r g ency) actu atio n O p en or cl ose top b y h an d .
O p era ti on Pr o ce d ures l id. Fol l ow d irectio n s in Hyd raul ic fl u id l ev el , ch ecki n g or fil l in g , earlier in t h is g rou p . Fl u id top p in g u p or d rainin g Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed.
.
forwa rd so t h at roll b ar can b e p u sh ed d ow n and l ocked in t o th e solen oids. WA RN I NG! Ensu re that are a abo ve and adj ac ent to ro l l o ver b ar s re main s cle ar and u n obstr uc ted at all ti mes . CA UTI ON! I t is not pos sib l e to clos e co nver tib le top w i th ro l lov er bars exte n ded.
600-1 Gen era l A b rie f d escript io n of t h e p rincip al p arts of th e elect rica l syst em is p resented h ere . A l so cov ered h ere are basic electrical system t rou b l eshooting tip s.
A u t omo t iv e d igital m u l t imete r F l u ke 87 LED t ester wi t h th in sp ad e p rob es Baum 1115 (Source: Bau m To ols Unl imited) Scan tools BM W D I S/M oDi C A ft ermarke t scan tool Baum CS20 00 (Source: Baum T oo l s Unl imited) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c .
600-2 E46 El ectri ca l Sys tem E46 cars are el ectrica l l y compl ex . M an y v ehicl e systems an d su b systems are int erco n n ected or in teg rated.
Tabl e a. E46 bu sse s Bus Circ ui ts cove red Co d ed an ti-th eft (EWS I II ) and an t i-th eft (DWA ) Re m ote ent ry (FZ V ) Park d istan ce cont rol (PDC ) M -b u s Hea t ing and air cond itionin.
Voltage a nd polari ty T h e v ehicl e el ectrica l system is a 12- v olt d irect cu rren t (DC) n egativ e-grou n d system. A v ol tag e reg u l ator cont rol s system v olt age at app rox i mately 12- v ol ts. A l l circu its are g roun d ed b y d irect or ind ire ct con n ection t o th e n egativ e (-) terminal of t h e b att ery.
mai n f u se b ox ( ar row ) abov e t h e g l ov e compartmen t . Fu ses are col or coded t o ind ica t e cu rren t capacities. T h e relays an d cont rol mod u l es are moun t ed in v ario u s p l ace s th roug h out th e v ehicl e. See 610 El ectrical Co mp onen t Loca t ions .
Ot h er f u n ct io n s are n ot d irectl y cont roll ed b y t h e GM V b u t int erco n n ected : Ra in sen sor (A IC ). See 611 Wip ers and W ash ers . Su n roof op era tion ( SHD ). See 540 Su n r oo f . Sea t m emo r y (SM ) an d electrical operatio n .
a fau l t cod e (DT C) will b e set. Re sett in g an d resyn ch ronizing of cod es and d ata req u ires th e u se of BM W scan tools DI S or M oD iC . Car M e m ory /Key M e m ory A n u mb er of featu res and f u n ctions can b e cu st omi zed to t h e d riv er(s) p reference.
K-b u s Do or j amb sensors T r u n k l id l ock cyl ind er micro switch I n t eri or t ru n k l id r elease p u sh -b u tt on microswi t ch Ce n t ral l ocki n g b u t ton En g in e h ood l atch micr.
A n ai rbag unit hou ses an ex p l o si ve p o w erfu l char ge . Mak ing repairs wi th ou t the pro p er kno w l edg e and spec ial tes t equ i p me n t ma y ca u se se ri o us pers onal inj u ry. See 721 A irbag Sys tem (SRS) . Th e i g n i tion sys tem of the car o p era tes at lethal vo l tag es.
the fro n t of th is ma n ua l o n pag e viii . Co n nect and di sc onnec t i g n iti on sy stem wires , mu lt ip le co nn ecto rs and igniti o n tes t equ i p me n t l ea d s only wh i le t he igniti o n i s o ff. Do n ot di sc o n n ec t th e b atte ry wi th th e engine ru n ni n g .
Do n ot try to sta rt th e engine o f a ca r w h ich has been h eate d ab o ve 17 6F/ 80C , (fo r exa mple, in a pain t drying boo th) . A ll o w it to co o l to nor mal t em p era tur e. Disc onn ec t the batter y b efo re doing any elec tric w eld in g on t he ca r.
600-3 W i ri n g Di a gra m s T h e wi r ing d iagrams sh own in El ectrica l W iring Dia g rams h av e b een sp eci al l y d esign ed to en ab l e q u ick an d efficie n t d iagn osis and t roub l eshooting of elect rica l m alf u n ct io n s.
Tabl e b. W ire colo r codes Germ an code Eng l ish code Colo r GR GRY Grey ORG Oran g e RT RED Re d V I V I O V io l et WS W HT Wh ite GE YEL Yell ow M ost t ermi n al s are iden t i f ie d b y n u mb ers on comp on ent s and h arn ess conn ectors. T ermi n al n u mb ers f or major el ectrica l con n ections are sh ow n in th e d ia g rams.
Tabl e c. T erm i n al and circ u it nu mbers Number Circ u it desc rip ti o n 30 Battery p ositiv e (+) v olt ag e. Su p p l ies p ow er when ev er b attery is con n ected .
Abbrev iatio n Compon ent o r sys tem Abb re viation Compo n ent o r sy stem A DB, A DB-X a u toma t ic d ifferent ia l l ock LEV l ow emi ssion v eh icl e A G S ad apt iv e transm issi on cont rol LS.
Abbrev iatio n Compon ent o r sys tem Abb re viation Compo n ent o r sy stem GM g eneral mod u l e (see ZKE) SRS su p p l ement al restraint system-ai rb ag HPS h ead p rote ct io n syst em TC M tra n.
600-4 El ectri ca l T rou bl es h oot i n g Fou r t h in g s are req u ired f or cu rren t t o fl ow in an y el ectrica l circu it: a v olt age source, wi res or conn ections to tran sp ort th e vo l t age, a l oad or d ev ice th at u ses t h e elect rici ty, an d a conn ection t o g roun d .
compon ent s or conn ections in t h e wi rin g h arn ess. W h en con n ectin g j u mp er wire s, u se b l ad e conn ectors at th e wire end s th at match th e size of t h e terminal b ei n g t ested.
resist an ce as small as 0.02 ohms w ould result s i n a 3 volt dro p i n a typi cal 150 amp st arter ci rcui t. (15 0 amps x 0.02 oh ms =3 volt s). Kee p i n m i nd t ha t volt age w i th t he key on an d volt ag e w i th t he eng i ne run ni ng are no t the same .
Voltage drop, test i ng V olt age d rop can on l y b e ch ecke d when t h ere is a l oa d on th e circuit, su ch as when op erating th e starter motor or tu rn ing on t h e h eadl ig h ts. A d igital mu l t ime ter sh ou l d b e u sed t o ensu re accu rate rea d in g s.
for f aul t s u sin g an ohmmeter. A n op en circuit or a circuit with h igh resista n ce wi l l n ot al l ow cu rrent to f l ow. A circu it wi t h l itt l e or n o resistance all ow s cu rrent to f l ow ea sil y. Wh en ch ecki n g cont in u ity, t h e ign ition sh oul d b e off.
b attery v ol t age), a fu se will b l ow and th e circu it m ay p ossi b l y b e d amaged . Sh orts t o g rou n d can b e l ocated with a d igital mu l t ime ter. Sh ort circuits are often d iff icu l t t o l ocate a n d may v ary in n atu re. Sh ort circu its can b e f oun d u sing a l og ical app roa ch b ased on cu rrent p ath .
p anel and mov e or wi g g l e wire s whil e observ ing mete r. Cont inu e t o mov e d ow n h arness u n t il mete r d ispl ays a rea d ing . T h is is t h e l oca t ion of sh ort t o g rou n d . - V isual l y insp ect wire h arn ess at th is p oi n t for an y fau l t s.
th is p oi n t for an y fau l t s. If n o fau l t s are v isibl e, carefu l l y sl ice open h arness cov er or wi re insu l atio n for f u rt h er in sp ectio n . Repai r an y faul t s f oun d . Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed.
610-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers fu se, rel ay and cont rol mod u l e l oca tion inf orma t ion. G rou n d p oint s an d oth er compon ent l oca t ions are a l so cov ered, p rima rily v ia ph otos or ill u str atio n s. For add itional E46 electrical system inf orma t ion, see: 60 0 El ectrical System– General .
caution s b ef ore d oing an y work on your electrical system. WA RN I NG! Th e b att er y sa fety term i nal, pyro tec hn ic sea t b elt tensio n ers , and airbag s u t il ize explos ive dev i ce s and mu st be h and led wi th extr eme car e.
On l y u se a di g ital mu l ti me ter fo r elec trical tests . Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Elec trica l Com pon e n t L oca tion s h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /6.
610-2 Fu s e Pos i ti on s T h ere are th ree locations f or f u ses in E46 cars: M ai n h arness f u se in t ru n k Fu se pan el ab ov e g l ov e compartmen t E-b ox in eng in e comp artment l eft side No te: I n BMW repa i r i nforma t i on, f use s are num be red F 1 throu gh F108 .
Pee l b ack l iner t o acce ss F 10 8 (20 0 amp ) f u se ( a rr o w ) in mai n p ow er d istrib u tion circuit. Ele c tronics box (E-b ox) fus e ca rri er Fig . 2 En g in e el ectronics f u se p ack in E-b ox : Working in l eft rea r of eng in e compartmen t, remo v e E-b ox p l astic cov er.
Tabl e a. E-b o x fu se p ac k Fu se R ating Protecte d circ u it s (20 01 model s) 2 3 0A D M E con tr ol modu l e (ECM ) Ev aporativ e emi ssion s v al v e Fu el inj ect ors I d l e sp eed cont rol .
M ain fus e pane l Fig . 3 F u se p an el abov e g l ov e compartmen t: Op en g l ov e compartmen t d oor. Working in side comp artment , t wi st ea ch p l astic l ock t ab ( ar row s ) at top of comp artment 90°. Pu l l d own on f u se p an el t o swi n g it d own.
foun d on t op of t h e g l ov e compartmen t fu se p anel b eneath an access p an el. Lo wer g l ov e compartmen t f u se p an el fu l l y. Sl ide h arn ess con n ector b l ock off top of p an el ( curve d ar row ). De t ach access pan el b y sq u eezi n g retainin g cl ips ( ar row s ).
Tabl e b. High ampe rage fu se po siti on s Fu se R ating Protec ted circuits 10 6 50A Ligh t switchin g cent er cont rol modu l e 10 7 50A Ligh t switchin g cent er cont rol modu l e T r ai l er modu l e 10 8 20 0A M ai n h arness f u se (in t run k, see F ig .
Fu se Rating Protect ed ci rc u i t 7 5A Nav igatio n (see al so fu se 41 ) On - b oa r d m onitor (see also fu se 41 ) Ra d io (see al so f u se 41 ) T el ep h on e (see also f u se 39) 8 n ot u sed .
Fu se Rating Protect ed ci rc u i t 28 5A Hea ter-A / C (see al so fu ses 62 , 63 ) He ater-A / C b l owe r (see also fu se 37 ) 29 5A E n g ine cont rol (see also f u se 30) 30 7.
Fu se Rating Protect ed ci rc u i t Pow er wind ow, fron t (see a l so f u se 48) Win d sh ield washer syst em (see al so fu ses 52 , 59 ) 50 25 A Se at h eating 51 30 A H eadl ig h t cl eaning syst e.
Fu se Rating Protect ed ci rc u i t 70 30 A Pa ssen g er seat adj u st ment 71 30 A (10 A C oup e) Hi n g ed wind ow (Co u p e) Win d ow, rea r Tab le d .
Fu se Rating Protect ed ci rc u i t 46 ) Sea t h ea tin g (see al so fu se 42 ) Ro l l er su n b l ind (see a l so f u se 42) T ire p ressu re cont rol (see also f u ses 31 , 42, 69) 13 7.
Fu se Rating Protect ed ci rc u i t 31 5A O u t sid e mirro r (see also f u se 57 ) T ire p ressu re cont rol (see also fu ses 12 , 42 , 69) 32 5A Ligh t mod u l e (see a l so f u se 9) 33 5A A B S/A .
Fu se Rating Protect ed ci rc u i t 46 30 A (20 A conv ertib l e) Pow er top (Conv ertibl e, see al so fu ses 6, 12, 35, 42 ) M an u al top (Co n v ertibl e, see al so fu ses 12, 42) Su n roof 47 15 A.
Fu se Rating Protect ed ci rc u i t 60 25 A C en tr al l ocking (see a l so fu ses 49 , 52 , Sp ort Wag on, see f u se 58) 61 30 A A BS/ DSC (see also f u ses 12, 33, 40 , 42, 53, 56 , 61 ) 62 7.5A Hea t er-A /C (see also f u ses 28 , 63) He ater (see also f u ses 23 , 28) 63 7.
610-3 Grou n d Loca ti on s Grou n d s are widel y d istrib u ted th r oug h out t h e v eh icl e b ody. Sev e ral are f oun d u n d er t h e in terio r carp ets. Lug s and con n ectors att ach ed t o g roun d are su scept i b l e t o d amage an d corro sion.
Fig . 8 Und er l eft f ron t carpet on d oo r sill 1 - Grou n d conn ect or X 17 3 Fig . 9 On d oo r sil l , u n d er d riv er sea t carpet 1 - Grou n d conn ect or X 11 08 2 - Side impact airbag cr ash sensor Fig . 10 Und er rig h t f ron t carpet on d oor sill 1 - Grou n d conn ect or X 49 0 Fig .
Fig . 12 Ri g h t side t ru n k, b eh ind t rim 1 - Grou n d X 49 8 Fig . 13 L eft side tru n k, b eh ind t rim 1 - Grou n d X 13 01 6 Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Elec trica l Com pon e n t L oca tion s h tt p: // e bah n .
610-4 Com po n en t Loca ti on s On t h e fol l ow in g p ages are p h otos an d ill u strations sh owi n g t h e l ocation of major el ectrica l comp onen t s in E 46 v ehicl es. No te: Every comp one nt i s no t i nstal l ed i n eve ry car. Du e t o cha ng es i n pro du ct i on, comp one nt l ocati on s may vary from w ha t i s i l l ust rated .
1 - A /C rel ay 2 - Seco n d ary ai r p u mp relay 3 - Fu el p u mp rel ay 4 - A /C rel ay 5 - Fog l ig h t rel ay 6 - Ho rn rel ay 7 - General mod u l e (G M V ) Fig .
Fig . 16 E-b ox 1 - En g ine cont rol mod u l e (ECM ) 2 - A u t oma t ic t ransmissio n con t rol modu l e (T CM ) 3 - DM E main r elay 4 - Win d sh ield washer d ou b l e rel ay 5 - E-b ox t emperat.
Tab le e. E46 compo nent l ocation s Compon ent Ye ar, mod el Lo ca tio n Re f er to 12 v ol t au x il ia ry p ow er socke t see Powe r socket, 12-v ol t 3/2-w ay v alv e 1999 - 200 0 U n d er car ahe.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to A BS/A S C/DSC wa rn ing l ig h t s 19 99 - 20 01 In inst ru men t cl u ster A BS/DSC ch arg e p ressure sen sor 19 99 - 20 0 rea r wh ee l d riv e wi th DSC Ba se of m aster cyl ind er, l eft side F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to reci r cu l atio n system) A irbag conn ect or, p asseng er side 19 99 - 20 01 Ri g h t sid e d ash b oard su p p ort F ig. 41 A irbag conn ect or, steeri n g wh eel 19 99 - 20 01 Un d er steeri n g wheel air b ag F ig .
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to A n t enn a ampl ifier, d iv er sity Co n v ertibl e O n con v ertib l e t op st ora g e cov er A n t enn a ampl ifier, d iv er sity Sp ort W ag on Be h in d l eft sid e cargo area st ora g e cov er F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to A SC/DSC switch 1999 - 20 01 Bottom of cent er con sole, l eft of sh ifter A ST see A BS/ A SC en tries A u t oma tic cl imate cont rol (IH KA ) see A / C ent ries A u t oma tic tran smissi on cont rol modu l e (T CM ) 19 99 - 20 01 Left r ea r en g in e com p artmen t in E-b ox F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Bl owe r see A / C b l owe r Body electron ics cont rol mod u l e see Gen era l modu l e (G M V ) Brake f l u id l ev el sensor 19 99 - 20 01 To p of b rake f l u id rese rv oi r, l eft r ea r eng in e compartmen t F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Charg e p ressur e sensor see A BS/ DSC ch arg e p ressu re sensor Chil d p rotection wi n d ow con trol see W ind ow l ock-o u t switch , rear Chime mo.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Co n ve rt ibl e top swi tch Co n v ertibl e Bott om of cen t er co n sol e, ah ea d of sh ifter F ig. 66 Co n ve rt ibl e top ten sion b ow Hall sensor Co n v ertibl e To p rear of con v ertibl e top F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to DM TL 200 1 see Fu el t an k l ea kag e d iagn osis p u mp (LD P or DM T L) Do or l ock 19 99 - 20 01 In d oor Do or l ock Ha l l sensor 199 9 - 200 1 I.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to M od els wi th st and ard t ransmissio n : I n b ack of rad iato r En g ine coo l ing f an fin al st age (resistor) 19 99 - 20 01 In eng in e coolin g f.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Fu el l ev el sensor, l eft 19 99 - 20 01 To p of fu el tan k, u n d er l eft r ea r seat cu sh io n F ig. 52 Fu el l ev el sensor, righ t 19 99 - 20 01 To p of fu el tan k, u n d er rig h t rear sea t cu sh ion, comb in ed with f u el p u mp F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to GPS rece iv er mod u l e 19 99 - 20 01 In tru n k, moun ted b ehin d l eft rea r w el l Grou n d j u mp er conn ection 19 99 - 20 01 Ri g h t r ea r en g ine compartmen t F ig. 19 Grou n d s: X 11 08 19 99 - 20 01 Un d er d riv er sea t carpet on d oo r sill F ig .
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to He ad l ig h t v ertica l ai m l oad sen sor, fron t 19 99 - 20 01 F ront su b f rame , righ t sid e F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to I n d iv idu al cont rol int ake system v al v e see Re sonan ce v alv e, int ake manifol d I n fl at or asse mb l y, ai rb ag see A irb ag ent ries I n.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Lumb ar su p p ort ai r compressor 19 99 - 20 01 Un d er ea ch sea t eq u ip p ed with su p p ort syst em Lumb ar su p p ort cont rol switch 19 99 - 20 .
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Ox yg en sensor conn ector, p ost-catalyst 19 99 - 20 01 To p of eng ine, b etwe en in take manifol d an d cyl in d er h ead cov er F ig. 25 Ox yg en sensor conn ector, p reca tal yst 19 99 - 20 01 To p of eng ine, b etwe en ex h aust manifol d an d cyl in d er h ead cov er F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Ra d io sp eake r : fron t twee t er (l eft /rig h t ) 19 99 - 20 01 F ront d oo r wind ow frame (l eft /rig h t ) F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Sea t cu sh ion t il t motor 19 99 - 20 01 Bott om of seat cu sh ion F ig. 50 Sea t f orwa rd -b ack motor 19 99 -200 1 Bo t tom of sea t cu sh ion F ig . 50 Sea t h ea d rest mot or 199 9 - 200 1 T op of f ront seat b ackre st F ig.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to Sp ee d sensor see A BS wheel sp eed sensor en t rie s Sp ira l sp ring see V ol u te sp ring Starter 199 9 - 200 1 Le f t rear of en g ine, u n d er in.
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to T el ep h on e tran scei v er Sedan , Coup e I n t ru n k b el ow p arcel sh el f T h ermo stat, ch ara cteristic map coo l in g see Co olan t t h ermostat T h rottl e h ou si n g (M DK/EDK) 19 99 - 20 01 Un d er int ake manifol d Fig .
Compon ent Y ea r, mod el Lo ca tio n Re fer to V al et p ositio n switch 199 9 - 200 1 On tr u n k l ock cyl in d er V A NOS solen oi d , ex h au st sid e 19 99 - 20 01 Ri g h t f ron t of cyl ind er h ead F ig. 29 V A NOS solen oi d , int ake side 19 99 - 20 01 Left f ron t of cyl ind er h ead F ig.
Engine c om par tm e nt ele c trica l com ponents Fig . 17 En g ine comp artmen t (199 9 323 i) 1 - Data l in k con n ector (DLC ) (19 99 - mid-200 0 mod el s) 2 - Hoo d contact switch 3 - B+ j u mp e.
Fig . 19 Ri g h t rear corner of en g in e compartmen t (Te v es DSC M K 20/6 0) 1 - DSC h yd rau l ic u n it 2 - G rou n d j u mp er conn ection 3 - Hoo d contact switch 4 - B+ j u mp er conn ectio n 5 - DSC cont rol mod u l e Fig .
4 - Bore h ole f or cran ksh aft l ocking t oo l Fig . 23 Und er in take manifol d 1 - Idl e sp ee d cont rol v al v e 2 - Thrott l e h ou sin g ( M DK/EDK) Fig . 24 Und er in take manifol d , at cyl ind er h ead 1 - Kn ock sensor cyl i n d er 1 - 3 2 - Kn ock sensor h arn ess con n ector 3 - Kn ock sensor cyl i n d er 4 - 6 Fig .
Fig . 27 Le f t sid e of en g in e comp artment 1 - Hea t er con trol va l v e Fig . 28 Cylin d er h ead, l eft f ront 1 - Int ake ca msh aft p osi t ion sensor Fig .
Fig . 30 Ri g h t fr ont of en g in e 1 - Second ary ai r in j ectio n p u mp 2 - Second ary ai r in j ectio n p u mp v al v e Fig . 31 Ri g h t fr ont of en g in e, l ow 1 - Exhaust camshaft p osi tion sensor 2 - Coo l an t out l et temp eratur e sensor Fig .
Fig . 34 Und ern ea th h orn p ad at steeri n g wheel 1 - Ai rb ag conn ector Fig . 35 Le f t sid e of st eer ing col u mn , b el ow d ash b oa rd 1 - St ee rin g an g l e sen sor Fig . 36 A t ig n itio n switch 1 - EW S ( electron ic immobilizer) ring ant enn a Elec trica l Com pon e n t L oca tion s h tt p: // e bah n .
Fig . 37 A t p ed al cl u ster 1 - Cru ise contr ol cu t -off swi tch (if equ ip p ed ) 2 - Brake l ig h t switch Fig . 38 A b ov e p edal cl u ster 1 - EW S con t rol mod u l e Fig . 39 Le f t sid e I HKA h ou sing , b el ow inst ru men t cl u ster 1 - A/C e v aporator temp era tu re sensor Fig .
Fig . 41 Ri g h t side d ash b oa r d 1 - Passeng er ai rb ag 2 - Passeng er ai rb ag conn ector Fig . 42 I n wind sh ie l d p ill ar (A -p il l ar) 1 - Hea d p rotectio n ai rb ag (HPS) electrical con n ector Fig . 43 I n h eadl iner 1 - Su n roo f motor Elec trica l Com pon e n t L oca tion s h tt p: // e bah n .
Fig . 44 I n l eft rea r roof p il l ar (C p il l ar) 1 - Anten n a amp l ifier Fig . 45 Be h in d cen t er consol e u t ility b i n 1 - Hea t er core temp erature sen sor Fig .
Fig . 48 Und er cen ter con sol e 1 - Teleph on e con n ector Fig . 49 Und er cen ter con sol e, rear of p arking b rake han d l e 1 - Parking b r ake wa rn in g switch Fig .
5 - Seat h ei g h t motor Fig . 51 Pa sseng er sea t (Co n v ertib l e seat rea r v iew ) 1 - Hea d rest m otor 2 - Comfort en t ry switch 3 - Backrest motor Fig .
4 - G rou n d X 498 Fig . 54 Le f t sid e tru n k 1 - Sou n d syst em ampl ifie r 2 - G rou n d X 130 16 Fig . 55 T ru n k, b elow parcel sh el f 1 - Teleph on e t ransceiv er Fig . 56 Ri g h t carg o are a, b eh in d t rim p anel (Sp ort W ag on) 1 - Rea r wind ow wa sh er p u mp Fig .
1 - Anten n a d i v ersity amp l ifier 2 - Sou n d syst em compon en ts 3 - Powe r socket, 12 v olt El ec trica l c om ponents undernea th ca r Fig . 58 Und ern ea th rig h t sid e of en g in e, at l ow er en d of f ron t ex hau st p ipes 1 - Post-catal yst ox yg en sen sors Fig .
1 - AB S wh eel sp ee d sen sor, f ron t No te: Le f t f ront w he el speed sen sor i s si m i l ar. Fig . 61 Ri g h t rear wheel b ear ing h ou sin g (19 99 rea r wh eel d riv e model sh ow n ) A BS wh eel sp ee d sensor, rea r No te: Le f t rear w he el spee d senso r i s si mi l ar.
1 - Tra n smissi on cont rol ( A GS) conn ector Fig . 64 Le f t sid e of au tomatic tran smissi on (Z F) 1 - Tra n smissi on ran g e swi tch /b ack-u p l igh t switch h arness con n ector 2 - Tra n smissi on ran g e swi tch /b ack-u p l igh t switch 3 - Tra n smissi on cont rol ( A GS) h arn ess conn ector Fig .
5 - Conv ert ibl e t op mod u l e (CV M II ) 6 - Hyd rau l ic motor 7 - G en era l modu l e (GM V ) 8 - Top st orage cov er l ock motor 9 - Rea r wind ow d efogg er relays 10 - Storage cov er l ock h .
611-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers repair inf orma t ion for w in d sh ie l d , h eadl ig h t (opt io n al) and rea r wind ow (Sp ort Wag on) wiper and washer syst ems. Re p l ace m ent of t h e wiper/washer st alk swi t ch asse m b l y is cov e red in 612 Swi t ch es .
Wi per and w asher s y s tem T h e wi p er and washer f u n ct io n s in E46 v ehicl es are con t roll ed b y t h e Z KE V g eneral modu l e (GM V ). Driv er in p u t to th e syst em is v ia th e m u l ti-fu n ct io n stal k switch to t h e righ t of th e steeri n g colu mn .
T h e wi n d sh ield washer syst em is activ ated b y p u l l in g t h e st alk swi tch towa rd t h e d riv er. I n Sp ort W agon mod el s with rea r wi p er/wa sh er, p u sh in g t h e st alk switch one d eten t awa y f rom th e d riv e r activ ates t h e int erv al rear wi p er.
automatica l l y h eated. The n ozzl e h ea t ers, b eing of t h e p ositiv e temp era t u re coe f ficie n t (PTC ) d esign , increase resi stan ce as t h ey h ea t u p and aut omatica l l y cu t b ack on cu rrent consu mp t ion. He adl i gh t w ashe r sy stem (opt io n al).
Wi n dshi eld w i per/was h er sy ste m W i per s an d Wash er s h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /6.
Rain sens or sys tem (op tion al ) T h e opt ional rain sensor syst em u ses an inf rare d sensor, l ocated at t h e t op of t h e wi n d sh ield in f ron t of t h e rear v ie w mirro r, to d etect t h e p resence of wa t er d rops (or d irt) on t h e wind sh ie l d .
Co n t rol m odu l e (conn ected to G M V v ia K-b u s) T h e rai n sen sor is on -l ine as soo n as it rece iv es KL R (ig n ition on) op era t in g p ow er.
GM V sooner. De p en d in g on t h e in ten sity of t h e rain th e wi p ers can b e operated cont in u ou sl y as if set in t h e n ormal wi p er st alk switch p osi t ion reg ardl ess of t h e kn u rl ed wheel settin g .
a d irty wind sh ield (d irt, road salt , wa x residu e) after a comp l eted wipe cycl e. A d irty wind sh ie l d h as a fil m on it t h at d iminish es th e abil ity of inf rare d to refract int o water d ropl ets t h at are p rese n t.
Rea r w i ndo w w i per/ w a s her s y st e m (Sport W a gon ) T h e rea r wiper motor asse mb l y in Sp ort Wag on mod els is moun ted in t h e tailg ate th r oug h a sou n d -in su l atin g ru b b er b u sh in g . T h e rea r wiper/washer is cont rol l ed b y th e wiper/washer st eer ing col u mn stal k swi tch v ia th e Z KE V system.
is in rev erse . T h e sign al is p rov ided b y th e b ack-up l ig h t switch v ia th e LSZ (l ig h t cont rol mod u l e). Re ar w in d ow washin g is activ ated when th e st al k switch is p u sh ed f orwa rd p ast th e f irst d eten t: Wash cycl e 1.
611-2 W i per Bl a d es Wi per blade c l ea ning problem s Co mmon cl ea n ing p robl ems wi t h t h e wi p ers incl u d e st rea kin g or sh ee t ing , wa t er d rop s aft er wiping , and b l ad e ch atter. CA UTI ON! Ne ver tur n o n the w i per bl ades w h il e the h o o d is open.
No te: BMW ha s avail able a special tool/gaug e (BMW special too l 00 9 21 0) to ali gn the ang l e of t he w i per arm to the w i ndshiel d glass. T h e wi p er b l ad es can b e ren ew ed in one of.
Wi per blade i ns erts , r epla c ing T o rep l ace wi p er inserts: Re mov e wi p er b l ad e as d escribed ea rl ier. Unh ook wi p er b l ad e insert f rom wi p er arm g u id e. If n ecessa ry, g u id e sl igh t l y u sin g n eedl e n ose p l ier s.
I t may be nece ssary t o raise t he en gi ne h oo d to t he servi ce po si ti on to access the f ront w i per arm fastene rs. See 410 Fend ers, Eng i ne Ho od . CA UTI ON! Mak e su re wi p er s ar e p ar ke d (sta l k swi tch i n O FF pos i ti o n) and the i gniti o n is also O FF .
Ti gh teni n g torqu e Fron t wiper arm t o wi p er sh aft 3 0 Nm (22 f t-l b ) Re ar wi p er arm to wi p er sh aft 9.5 Nm (7 f t-l b ) - Check to make su re b l ades are p osi t ioned correctl y Fron t wiper arms sh oul d b e inst all ed with t ip s to th e rig h t (p asseng er) sid e of th e v ehicl e.
611-3 W i per A s s em bl i es Wi nds hie ld w iper a s sem bly , rem oving and inst a lli ng T h e wi n d sh ield wiper assem b l y (l inkag e an d motor) is remov ed as a sing l e u n it. O n ce t h e assembl y is remo v ed, t h e wiper motor an d ot h er l inkag e p arts can b e rep ai red or repl aced.
Us e fend er co ve r to pro tec t wi n dshi eld. To av oid d am ag in g the wi p er ar ms and pi vo ts, d o n o t ma n u ally sli d e o r fo rce th e wi p er ar ms ac ro ss th e wi n dshi eld. - Re mov e wi p er arms as d escribed ea rl ier. Re mov e h ou sing f or micro f il t er for int eri or ve n t ilat io n .
Re mov e righ t sid e wi p er rod ( arr o w ) from t ransmissio n arm . - Re l ea se retainin g cl ip s an d remo v e wi n d sh ield b ase trim t ray. Re mov e l arg e n u t s ( ar row ) at b ase of wi p er arm sh afts in cowl p an el. Re mov e assem b l y.
Ne x t, in stal l wiper arms b u t n ot b l ad es. Close hood an d fit wi p er b l ades. Re ch eck wiper b l ad e p ositio n as d escri b ed earlier u n d er W iper arms, remov in g and in st all in g . Check all electrical h arn ess fitt ing s an d sea l ing g rommets for corre ct rei n stal l ation.
5 - Wip er motor asse mb l y 6 - T orx b olt M6 -tig h t en t o 9.5 Nm (7 ft -l b ) 7 - Da mp er rin g 8 - M oun tin g sl eev e 9 - Re ar wiper motor assembl y - T o in st all : Re mov e rea r wind ow l ock asse mb l y f rom rear d eck. I n stal l wi p er motor asse mb l y and th r ea d mou n t ing b ol ts f in g er tig h t .
Wa gon) - Re mov e rea r wiper arm. - Li f t rear wi n d ow a n d remo v e wiper sh aft h ou sing p l astic trim cov ers. - Re mov e h ou sing mou n t ing n u ts. Re mov e h ou sing . - Sl acke n r ea r wi n d ow l ift n u t. Re mov e wi p er sh aft assembl y moun t ing n u t ( arr o w ).
611-4 W a s he r Sys tem s T h e wi n d sh ield washer syst em incl u d es th e h ea t ed sp ray n ozzl es in th e en g in e h ood, t h e washer fl u id p u mp , an d t h e wa sh er fl u id reserv oir in th e f ron t p asseng er sid e of t h e en g in e compartmen t.
1b - 44 5 mm (17.5 in. ) 2a - 40 0 mm (15.7 in . ) 2b - 27 0 mm (10.6 in. ) 3a - 26 0 mm (10.2 in . ) 3b - 55 0 mm (21.7 in. ) 4a - 50 0 mm (19.6 in . ) 4b - 35 0 mm (13.8 in. ) No te: The w i ndsh i eld spray noz z l es can be aimed by u si ng a se w i ng nee dl e or a si mi l ar di amete r st i f f pi ece of w i re.
so th at sp ray j ets st rike ap p rox ima tel y in cent er of ea ch b eam ( ar rows ). No te: To t urn on he adli gh t w ashe r jets, turn on i gnit i on, l i ghts and w i ndsh i eld w ashe r syst em. T o repe at spra y pro cedu re, t urn off i gni ti on , then back on aga i n.
T o remov e wi n d sh ield washer p u mp ( ar row ) an d h eadl ig h t wash er p u mp if equ ip p ed : Di scon n ect electr i cal con n ection at p u mp .
( ar row ) cl ockw ise t o remo ve from b ase of rese rv oi r. I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Rear w i ndo w spray nozzle, rem oving and inst a lli ng (Sport Wa gon) - Use p l ast i c p rying t oo l to l ev er n ozzle ou t of ru b b er st rip at top of rea r wind ow.
T o remov e tan k: De t ach f il l ing an d p ressur e h ose s ( A ). Re mov e wa sh er p u mp el ectrical h arness con n ector ( B ). Lo osen mou n tin g n u t s at b ott om of tan k ( C ) sl ig h tl y. Re mov e t op moun t in g n u t ( D ) and remo v e rese rv oi r.
612-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers rep l ace men t of electrical swi t ch es at t h e st ee rin g wheel, st ee ring col u mn , d ashb oa rd , p edal cl u ster, cen t er consol e and oth er l oca t ions.
th e rep ai rs d et ai l ed in t h is sectio n . Pl astic p ryin g t ool BM W 00 9 32 1 I g n itio n cyl ind er remo va l tool BM W 32 3 11 0 Ri n g an t enn a remo v al tool BM W 61 3 30 0 CA UTI ON!.
612-2 Steeri n g W h eel Sw i tch e s E46 v eh icles are equ ip p ed with either th e mu l ti-f u n ct io n (MFL ) st ee ring wh ee l or th e sp orts st ee ring wh ee l . I n corporated in t o ea ch steeri n g wh eel are an SRS airbag , h orn con t acts, selected cel l u l ar p h on e and rad io contr ols an d cru ise cont rol b u t ton s.
De t ach el ectrica l h arness con n ectors 1 - Cruise cont rol/ rad io /t elep h one electrical h arn ess 2 - Ho rn b u tt on el ectrica l h arness 3 - A irbag el ectrical h arn ess 4 - Ra d io/tel e.
5 - Ho rn b u tt on an d airb ag el ectrica l h arness - Pu l l switch carrie r and trim d own to d etach from st ee r ing wheel . Re mov e el ectrica l h arness conn ector. - Separate bot tom t rim p iece fr om swi t ch carrie r. No te: BMW do es no t provi de t he ho rn con t act sw i t ch as a sepa rate part.
612-3 Steeri n g Col u m n Sw i tch es T o remov e any of t h e st ee ring col u mn swi t ch es, it is n ece ssary to f irst remov e th e u p p er an d l ow er colu m n t rim p ie ces.
Stee ring c olum n st a lk sw i tch ass e m bl y, re m ov ing a nd ins ta lli ng T o rep l ace ei t h er t h e d ire ct ional /h ea d l igh t d immer stal k swi t ch or th e wi p er/wa sh er stal k swi t ch , you m u st f irst remov e th e en t ire stal k swi t ch asse m b l y fr om th e st eer ing colu mn .
- With fr ont wh eels p oi n t ed st rai g h t ahead, remov e st eer ing wh ee l . See 320 Steering and W h eel A l ign men t . No te: To help w i th r ea ssembly, mark st eering w hee l and spi nd l e sha ft before disassemb l y. - Re mov e st ee rin g colu m n t rim.
De t ach airbag el ectrical h arness conn ector ( arr o w ). Re mov e st alk switch h ou sing retainin g screw s ( ar rows ). Sl id e swi tch h ou sin g off st eeri n g colu m n . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting t h e f oll owi n g : Pl ace t u rn sign al ind icato r in center p osi t i on b efore inst all ing .
d escri b ed ab ov e, t u rn swi t ch asse mb l y f ace -d own on wo rk b ench . Sq u ee ze l ocking t abs ( ar row s ) on sides of swi t ch an d sl ide sw itch out of asse mb l y h old er. - Pu sh in n ew swi t ch u n t il it p osi t iv ely sn ap s in t o switch h ousin g .
612-4 Peda l Cl u s ter Sw i tch es T o access ei t h er t h e b r ake p ed al or t h e cl u tch p edal swi tch , r emo v e th e l eft footwe l l trim (ab ov e p edal s).
conn ector f rom swi t ch . Sq u ee ze tog eth er retai n in g cl ip s at fr ont of switch . Sl id e swi t ch ou t of h ol d er (t ow ard rea r of car). - I n stal l n ew swi t ch , t h en all ow cl u tch p edal to sp rin g b ack sl owly, automatica l l y ad j u st in g switch p osi t ion.
612-5 Oth er I n teri or Sw i tc h es M any of t h e re maining el ectrical swi t ch es are h oused at t h e b ott om center of t h e d ash b oard, or i n th e center consol e. T h e A SC or DC S switch is ah ead of t h e sh ifter con sol e at t h e b ott om of t h e center d ashb oa rd .
- Pry u p on r ea r of sh ift b oot/b ezel to u n cl ip, t h en remov e b oot f rom fron t retainers. Re mov e retai n in g screws ( arr o ws ) u n d er t ransm issi on sel ector b oot/t rim. Pow er w in d ow switches, replacing - T o remov e l eft or righ t g an g ed wi n d ow switch es: Sh ifter b eze l : Lift u p b y p rying g ent l y.
ASC / DSC/se at h ea ter swit ches , re p l ac i n g Eith er th e A SC or DSC switch is l oca t ed in th e storage compartmen t/ ash t ray h ou sing . Sea t h ea t er switch es are al so l oca t ed h ere , if equ ip p ed. T h is p roce d u re can b e skipp ed in order to access center consol e swi tch es.
ashtr ay. - Re mov e retai n in g screws and storage tr ay h ousin g . Di scon n ect electrical h arn ess conn ector f or storage tr ay court esy l ig h t . - Re mov e screws a t b ase of st ora g e tray compart ment in consol e. Uncl ip t rim b oot f or p arking b rake l ev er and p u l l b oo t and h and l e forwa rd off b rake l ev er.
from switch . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Swi tch e s h tt p: // e bah n .
620-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers remo v al an d inst all at io n of t h e inst ru men t cl u ster. I n stru men t cl u st er se l f -test p rocedu r es are al so incl u d ed. Spec ia l tools I n d iv idu al inst ru men t cl u st er compon ent s are n ot av ai l abl e.
620-2 I n s tru m en t Cl u s ter T h e d ash b oa r d mou n t ed in stru men t cl u ster is th e contr ol an d in formation center of t h e E46 cars. It is con n ected to most of t h e syst ems and s.
Cruising ran g e A v erage v eh icle sp eed T h ese fu n ct io n s are more f u l l y ex p l ai n ed in t h e O wn er's M an u al . T h e cl u st er also st ore s imp ortant v ehicl e memo ry f u n ctions su ch as t otal mileage and serv ice int erv al d ata.
8 - Ri g h t d irectio n al 9 - T emp erature g aug e 10 - W arnin g l igh ts (Check En g ine, etc.) 11 - Le ft rese t b u tt on (odometer/se rv ice int erv al ) 12 - Check Cont rol LCD 13 - Od ome t .
E46 i nstrume n t cluster I n stru m en ts h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /6... 4 of 9 2/ 25/ 2009 11: 14 PM.
Inst rum e nt c lust e r, s e lf- test i ng I n add ition to t h e st oring d iagn ostic trou b l e cod es (DT Cs) an d commun ica t in g t h rou g h t h e d iagn ostic l ink, th e inst ru men t cl u ster is p rogr amme d with a serie s of test menu s th at can b e accesse d t o ch eck v ari ous fu n ctions and v alu es.
d isp l ay su b men u s or cont inu e on t o n ex t main test menu . No te: Tests 1 and 2 are alw ays unlocked . Tests 3 - 21 are only acce ssi ble after unlocki ng t he t est functi on . Test 19 i s t he unlock f unction for acce ssi ng t he di splays.
M enu Submenu Sample ou tpu t M ea n i ng T est 2: Cl u st er syst em test - act iv at es g aug e d riv er s, in d ica tors an d LEDs to conf irm f u n ct ion (see Note ) T est 3: S I d ata 3 . 0 15 00 Liters 3.1 0 Perio d ic insp ectio n d ays ( n ot app l ica b l e for US) T est 4: F u el consu mp t ion d ata (cu rrent ) 4.
M enu Submenu Sample ou tpu t M ea n i ng T est 9: B attery v olt ag e 9.0 1 25 12 .5 v ol t s T est 10: Co u n t ry codin g 10 . 0 02 U S (= 02 ) T est 11: Clu st er code 11 . 0 000 003 Cl u ster cod e T est 12: No t u sed T est 13: G ong t est 13 . 0 " G on g " A ctiv ate g on g b y p ressi n g b u t ton (g ong resp onse is d el ayed).
Pl ace a t owe l ov er steeri n g col u mn . Ca ref u l l y til t top of cl u st er ou t of d ash p anel . Un l ock an d d isco n n ect h arn ess conn ectors ( arr o w s) from b ack of cl u st er. No te: Steering w hee l doe s not nee d t o be remo ved to remove i nst rume nt cl uster.
630-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers int erio r and ex t eri or l ig h t ing , in cl u d ing repairs to t h e l igh t swi tch assembl y. Spec ia l tools Some sp ecia l t oo l s may b e n ecessa ry to inst al l or adj u st l igh t s and l ig h t fix tu res.
Tabl e a. E46 bu l b app li ca tio n s Lo cation T ype & rating Lo w b ea n (Xe n on ) D2 -S Fog l ig h ts Fron t H B4 Re ar (Eu ro onl y) 12V 21W T u r n sig n al and t ai l l igh t Back-up 1 2V .
He ad l ig h t /t ai l l ig h t /ru n n in g l igh t contr ol switch Fog l ig h t switch I n stru men t d immer cont rol Li g h t cont rol mod u l e I n ad d ition to n ormal l i g h t con t rol , th .
Parki n g l igh t s Side marker lig h ts Li cen se p l ate l igh t s Ho t and col d monitoring of l igh t b u l b s all ows th e LSZ t o d etect d efectiv e b u l b s. Ho t monitoring ch ecks th e contin u ity of circuits whil e t h e l ig h t s are swi t ch ed on.
modu l e and tr ansf erre d to t h e repl aceme n t u n it. Em e rgenc y (f ai l safe) lighting T h e l igh t cont rol mod u l e p rov ides eme rg en cy l ig h tin g in t h e ev ent of an electron ic modu l e failu re.
Chec k Co ntro l di splay. To av oid mar rin g car p aint o r trim, w o rk w ith p l as tic p ry in g to ols or w rap th e tip s of to ols wi th tape. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. L ig h ts h tt p: // e bah n .
630-2 Li gh t Sw i tch Light sw itch a ss e m bly, rem oving and inst a lli ng Pry g en t l y at l eft d ashb oard t rim t o remo v e. CA UTI ON! To av oid mar rin g i n ter i or trim, wor k wi th a p lastic prying to ol. Re mov e l ig h t switch moun t in g screw s ( ar row s ).
Swi n g l atch b ackw ard ( ar row ) . Pu l l electr ica l h arn ess con n ector off switch asse mb l y. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Light control m odule, s e par ating - Re mov e l ig h t switch asse mb l y as d escri b ed earlier .
630-3 Hea dl ig h ts E46 cars are eq u ip p ed with Ha l ogen h ea d l ig h ts as st an d ard equ ipmen t . Ha l ogen b u l b rep l ace ment is p erforme d f rom t h e b ack (en g ine) side of th e h eadl ig h t assembl y. The fr ont face of ea ch h ea d l ig h t asse mb l y is a remo v abl e p l astic cov e r.
No te: W hen ad ju sti ng he ad l i gh t s w i t h au t omatic adj uster syst em (LW R), w ai t at l east 30 seco nds for t he LW R t o cycl e an d ad just t o i t s cal cul ated po si ti on.
1 - Automatic headlig h t adju stm ent (LW R) ste p p er motor 2 - Electr i ca l harnes s conn ec tor 3 - Expandin g nu t 4 - M o u nti n g scr ew 5 - Xenon b u lb control modu le 6 - Control mod u le.
18 - Cove r l o ck str ip Hea dlight bulb (Halogen), re plac ing Working in b ack of h ead l igh t asse mb l y: Ro t ate h eadl ig h t b u l b retainin g ring ( ar row s ) coun t erclockwi se. Pu l l b u l b socket and b u l b out of h eadl ig h t assembl y.
re plac ing - Worki n g in b ack of h eadl ig h t asse m b l y: Re mov e l ow b eam (X enon ) cov er. T wist X enon ig n ition element coun t ercl ockw ise and remo v e. Ro t ate h eadl ig h t b u l b retainin g ring coun t ercl ockw ise . Pu l l b u l b out of h eadl ig h t assembl y.
from h ea d l igh t asse mb l y. - I f n ece ssary, remov e h eadl igh t wa sh er sp ray n ozzl es. See 61 1 Wip ers and W ash ers . - R emo v e fron t t u rn sig n al assembl y as d escri b ed l ater in t h is rep air g roup . Use p l astic p ryin g t ool to d etach and remo v e trim p iece bel ow h ea d l ig h t asse m b l y.
Close eng in e h ood and ch eck to make su re t h at g ap b et w een h oo d and h eadl ig h t asse m b l y ( A ) is corre ct . Se e sp ecifica t io n b elow. Op en h ood an d t igh t en d own moun t in g screw s. Re main d er of assembl y is rev erse of remov al .
Uncl ip sea l ing g aske t ( ar rows ) an d remo v e. Re l ea se cl ips ( arr o ws ) retai n ing f ront l en s. Pu l l l en s forwa rd t o remo v e. - I n st al l atio n is rev erse of remov al . Re p l ace gasket b etwe en l en s an d b ody of l ig h t if n ece ssary.
ang l e ch ang es. LWR monitors v eh icl e l oa d v ia two h all effect sen sors moun t ed to th e fron t and rea r su sp ension members. W h en an adj u stmen t t o th e ang l e of t h e h eadl igh t b eam s is n ece ssary, LWR simul tan eo u sl y activ ates two step p er motors (one in each h eadl ig h t asse m b l y).
5 - Fron t rid e heig h t se nso r li n k 6 - Self-lo ck i n g n ut M 8 7 - Bolt M 5 8 - Righ t rea r ride heig h t se nso r moun tin g brac ket 9 - Bolt M 6 10 - Re ar ride h eigh t se n sor 11 - Sel.
630-4 Fron t Fogl i gh ts Fog light aim , a djust ing Sedan or Sp ort W agon : Use 4 mm A l l en wren ch t o t u rn p l astic ad j u st er ( ar row ) on ou ter ed g e of f og l ig h t. Co u p e or Co n v ertibl e: Use ad j u st er ( ar row ) on insid e u p p er edg e of fogl ig h t.
Fog light ass e m bly , rem oving and inst al ling Sedan or Spo rt W agon : Use p l ast i c p rying t oo l to l ev er out fogl ig h t assembl y. De t ach el ectrica l h arness conn ector. - Coup e or C o nver ti bl e : Gent l y remov e l ow er b u mp er t rim.
- I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l , n oting t h e f oll owi n g : Sedan/ Sp ort W agon : F og l igh t mu st b e sn app ed f irml y in to b u mp er retainers. Co u p e/Co n v ertib l e: K ee p v ent ilation g r omm ets u n kin ked and f irmly sea ted .
630-5 T u rn Si gn a l s , T a il l i g h ts Front tu rn signal a s sem bly , rem oving and inst a lli ng T h e p roce d u re b el ow also incl u d es tu r n sig n al b u l b rep l ace ment .
Before reinstal l i ng , make sure rub ber sea l on w rap-a rou nd tri m (und ern eath he adli ghts) i s fi rml y gl ue d to t ri m. Re gl ue i f ne cessa r y. Fron t turn sig nal T u rn sign al b u l b 1 2V 21W Side turn s i gnal ass e m bly T h e yell ow marke r l igh t s on th e sides of th e fr ont f en d ers are tu rn sign als.
I n E46 cars, t ai l l ig h t f u n ct io n s are sp l it. T h e corner b u l b carri er on ea ch sid e contain s: T aill igh t b u l b T u r n sig n al b u l b Brake l ig h t b u l b T ru n k l igh t.
a clea n cl o th dampened w i th ru b bi n g alco hol. T o access tru n k l id t ai l l ig h t b u l b s: Partia l l y r emo v e t ru n k l id tr i m p anel b y remo v ing p l astic ex p an sion riv et s ( ar row s ). Ex p an sio n riv ets are re l ease d b y p rying u p p er p ortion out ( in se t ), th en p u l l ing off t ru n k l id .
T h e cent er b rake lig h t in al l model s is an LED u n it. There a re n o repl ace ab l e b u l b s. Sedan or Coup e : Working f rom rea r sea t in p asse n g er comp artment , g ent l y p u l l off t rim cov er ov e r t h ird b rake l ig h t (at t op of rea r g l ass).
h ose are n ot d ama g ed or kinked . No te: Re pl ace seali ng plast i c an d gromme t s as ne cessary du ri ng reasse mbl y. TI gh teni n g torqu e Re ar sp oi l er to rea r g l ass 6 Nm (4 f t-l b .
630-6 I n teri or Li gh ts T h e ZKE V g eneral mod u l e (G M V) contr ols th e int erio r l ig h t ing automatica l l y u sin g in p u t f rom sev er al monitors. Th e l ig h tin g can al so b e manu al l y cont roll ed . Each d oor l ock actu ator cont ains a h all effect sensor f or th e p u rp ose of monitoring d oor open /cl osed st atu s.
b ack on u n l ess th e swi tch is p ressed again. T h ere are two readin g / map l ig h t s l oca t ed in th e fron t in terio r l ig h t asse mb l y. Each is mech an ica l l y contr oll ed b y d ep ressi n g t h e corre sp on d in g swi tch . T h e p owe r su p p l y f or th e map l ig h ts is su p p l ied b y th e G M V .
Interior light autom a tic c ontrols T h e GM V p rov ides 12 v ol ts to th e int erio r l ig h tin g circuit wh en th e stat u s of one of t h e fol l owi n g in p u t sig n als ch ang es: Do or cont.
activ ated , l ig h t s aut oma t i cal l y t u rn off (soft off ) aft er 8 second s. A f ter 16 minu t es wi th d oor cont act activ e ( open d oor) and key off , l igh ts are swi t ch ed off ( consu mer cu t off fu n ction ). T h e compon ent activ at io n f u n ct ion of DI S also h as t h e ab ility to swi t ch th e l igh ts.
In ter i o r li gh t app li ca tio n s fron t or rea r R eading b u l b , f ron t or rea r 6W T ailg at e court esy l igh t b u l b Softl ite 10 W V iso r v an ity l igh t b u l b Softl ite 10 W T runk li ght bulb, re pla ci ng T h e tr u n k l ig h ts are in teg rated with th e taill ig h t asse m b l y.
640-1 Gen era l T h e repair inf orma t ion g iv en u n d er th is h ea d ing ap p l ies to t h e h eating an d ai r cond itionin g system. M an y of t h e p roce d u res req u ire th at th e A /C refrigerant ch arge b e ev acuated . See A /C syst em wa rn in g s an d caut ions l ater in th is repair g rou p .
be yond t he scope of thi s manu al. Integrated he a ting a nd cooling s y st e m (IHKA ) T h e E46 in teg rated au tomatic cl ima te contr ol system (I HKA ) offers p owe r fu l coo l in g and h ea t in g , eff ectiv e v ent ilation , and smooth op eratio n in A /C mod e.
He ater con tr ol p ersonal iza tion v ia Ca r M emory/Key M emo r y E46 I HK A co n tr ol Heat i ng and Air Con di tion i n g h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
Control panel and mod u le He atin g an d air cond ition ing f u n ct io n s are p rog ramme d v ia th e cent er con sole moun t ed con t rol p anel . T h e cont rol p anel h as l arg e, easy to u se soft-t ouch cont rols, an LED disp l ay and a sing l e temp eratur e settin g .
th e fron t p an el, incl u d es an EEPROM ch ip f or storage of Di agn ostic Tro u b l e Co d es (DT Cs). I n p u t s t o t h e modu l e incl u d e: He ater core temp erature sensor A / C ev ap orato r t emp era t u re sen sor Ot h er p rog rammed f u n ctions from Ca r M emory (su ch as rea r wind ow d efrost timing ).
Solar sen sor inp u t (if app l ica b l e) A rocke r switch is u sed to sel ect t h e d esi r ed cab in temp eratur e, sh ow n in t h e d isp l ay matrix of t h e cont rol p an el. T h e rang e for t emperatu re d isp l ay is fr om 15 ° to 32°C (60 ° to 90 ° F ).
T h e operatio n of t h e A / C compressor is modu l ated, el iminatin g n oticea b l e on / off cycl ing . In ord er t o redu ce fu el consu mp tion an d imp rov e v ehicl e p erforma n ce, th e syst em d efau l t is with th e com p ressor OF F. T h e A / C system u ses a v ari abl e d isp l ace ment comp ressor.
sign al to t h e ECM en abl es t h e ECM to modify th e idl e sp ee d , t imi n g and f u el inj ect io n amoun t b ase d on t h e l oad t h at is imposed wh en t h e compressor is activ ated .
M ax i mum defrostin g Pressi n g th e d efrost b u tt on t u rn s on max imu m d efrost fu n ctions: Fresh ai r d istrib u t io n va l v es are open ed . Re circu l atio n v al v es are closed . Win d sh ield d efro st v ents are open ed . A l l oth er air d istribu tion v en ts are cl ose d .
2 - Defrost 3 - F ootwe l l 4 - Reci rcu l ation 5 - F resh air T wo d iff ere n t t yp es of ai r d istrib u t io n motors are u sed in th e system. F ast acting motors ( A ) are u sed for th e fresh ai r/ recircul atio n f l aps. (Ri g h t sid e sh ow n .
IHKA p er sonali zation Ca r M emory/Key M emor y al l ows v ario u s fu n ctions and featu res of IH KA con t rol to b e tailored to th e d riv er ' s wishes.
Automatic air re circulatio n A s of mod el year 200 0, au tomatic reci r cu l atio n cont rol is av ai l abl e. This system u ses an ai r q u al ity sensor (AU C) ( ar row ), l oca t ed at t h e t op.
Co ol ing System . Serv icing t h e A / C system requ ires t h e u se of sp eci alized equ ip men t. Fol l ow th e equ ip men t manu f actur er's in str u ction s. Rea r w i ndow de fog ge r T h e electric rear wi n d ow d efogg er swi t ch is int egrat ed in t h e I HKA cont rol p an el .
On h ard top : Re ar relay is en ergized. Pow er to h ard t op wind ow is su p p l ie d th rou g h conn ector strip on h ard t op l ock. On con v ertib l e top : Re ar relay is en ergized.
modu l e. The mod u l e t h en cal cu l ates v olt ag e d rop across th e p h otore sistor and d etermines t h e d eg ree of solar h eating b ase d on t h e ch ang e in v ol tag e. V ol tage d rop across th e p h otore sistor increase s as sol ar radiatio n in crease s.
No isy or sei zed comp ressor No isy comp ressor cl u t ch M alf u n ct ionin g b el t Di agn osis of n oi sy eng ine comp artment compon ent s is cov ered in 100 En g in e– Gen era l . A / C b el t rep l ace ment is cov ered in 020 M ai n t enan ce .
- Po ke a sp ray wand t h rou g h IH KA h ousin g open in g an d sp ray comme rciall y av ailab l e cl eanin g agen t on ev ap ora t or. M ov e wa n d b ack and f orth to cov er ev aporator fin s wi t h l iq u id . - A l l ow 5 mi n u t es f or l iqu id to d rip th roug h ev aporator d rain.
p rogr amme d su b stitu t e v alu e. See Ta b l e a . Tabl e a. Su bstitu te p rog ra mme d va l u es fo r IHKA compo nent in p u ts In pu t Workin g ra ng e Sub stitute va l u e H eat ex ch an g er .
Tabl e b. T emper ature se nsor re sistance values a t 25°C (77 °F ) Se nso r Res i stance F aul t li mit 12 5°C (25 7°F ) Ev aporator 9 k ± 2% Te mp > 12 0°C (24 8°F) I n terio r 10 k ± 2% T emp ≤ -46 °C (-51 ° F ) Ta b l e c l ists A /C ev aporator temp eratur e-dep end ent resistance v alu es.
Tabl e d. E xpansion va l ve p res sure va l u es I n l et p ressure 14 b ar (20 3 p si) Ou t l et p ressu re 1 . 8 b ar (26 p si) Le ak t est with d etector p ressure 1 - 2 b ar (14 .
Th e A /C sys tem is fi ll ed wi th re frig era n t g as w hi ch i s under pres su re . Pre ssu rized refrig era n t in the p re sence o f ox yg en may fo rm a co mbus t ib le mixtu re. Ne ver i n tro duc e co mpre ssed air in to any re frige ra n t container (full o r empty).
co mpo nents i n R-13 4a sy ste m. Co mpone nt d am ag e and sy ste m co ntamin atio n res ults . Th e mixtu re o f re frige ra nt oil (PA G oil ) and re frige ra n t R-134 a atta cks s o me me tals and all o ys (fo r ex ample, co p per) and brea ks down ce rta i n h os e mate rials.
640-2 Ven ts a n d Du cts T h e I HK A ai r d istrib u t ion syst em incl u d es 5 ai r d istrib u t ion motors (step p er motors), righ t and l eft f ootwe l l d u ct s, d ash b oa rd m oun t ed d efroster v ent s, an d th ree sets of f ace l ev el v ent s.
Sq u ee ze p l astic cl ip ( ar row ) t o release motor. T il t motor ou t of h ou sing . - During inst all at io n , b e su r e to alig n ai r d istrib u t io n fl ap and motor dr iv e ( A ).
Ri g h t sid e fresh air/recir cu l ation motor ( ar row ): For access, remov e rig h t f oo t w el l d u ct as d escribed b elow. Unh ook l in kage, th en remo v e motor. De f roster ai r d istribu t ion motor ( ar row ) V ent il atio n d istrib u t ion m otor ( ar row ) For access, remov e d efr oster ai r d istribu tion motor.
Unh ook l in kage, th en remo v e motor. Left side a ir di s tribut i on m oto r, ac c ess i ng T h e fresh air d istrib u t io n motor is u n d er th e l eft side of th e d ash b oard. Remo v e th e l eft footwe l l (p edal cl u st er) tr im p anel for access.
Right fo otw e ll duct, re m ov ing and inst al ling - Re mov e g l ov e comp artment as d escri b ed in 513 I n t eri or Tri m . - Re mov e I HKA con tr ol p an el or GPS O n -Boa r d M on itor, as app l ica b l e (d escribed b elow).
Re mov e ai r v ent moun t ing screw s ( ar row s ). - Li f t v en t sl igh t l y and wi t h d r aw f rom d ashb oa r d . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l .
.
remo v e. Re mov e screws ( a rr o w s ) at r ea r of sh ifter t rim (wind ow swi t ch carrie r). Li f t trim at b ack t o u n h ook from f ront . Re mov e screws ( a rr o w s ) at f ron t and rea r of ash t ray carri er. Lift u p asht ray carri er. - Re ach u p t h roug h op enin g an d p u sh I HKA con trol mod u l e and p anel out .
- Pu l l off menu b u t ton on face of monitor. Reach th roug h ap ertu res wi t h screw d riv er to t wist catch es. T h is r elease s monitor from console.
p ipes. Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Heat i ng and Air Con di tion i n g h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .
640-4 Bl ow er Com p on en ts B l ow e r m oto r, rem ov ing a nd ins ta lli ng Re mov e h ou sing f or int eri or v ent il ation micro f ilt er. Re mov e u p p er cov er an d micro f ilt er. Op en wi ring h arn ess l oo m ( A ) and remo v e wi res. Unf asten screw s ( B ) a n d remo v e l ow er h ousin g .
Working in side rig h t sid e of cow l , p u l l u p on l ev er ( ar row ) and d etach righ t ai r int ake f l ap f rom b l owe r h ou sin g . Pry off b l ow er cov er retainin g cl ip s ( A ). Re mov e screw ( B ) and l ift off out er b l owe r h ou sing cov er.
Pry off b l ow er motor retai n ing st rap . - Pu l l b l owe r motor f orwa rd t o remo v e. - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l : A l ign sl ot in b l owe r motor with moun t ing tab in b l owe r motor h ousin g .
( ar row s ). De t ach el ectrica l h arness conn ector. Press retai n in g cl ip awa y f rom swi t ch to relea se swi t ch . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . M ake su re el ectrica l h arn ess is rout ed as b efore. A l ign g u id es and cl ip s correctl y.
640-5 Hea ter Com pon en ts T h e h ea t er v al v e is l ocated in t h e l eft side of th e eng in e comp artment, attach ed t o th e l eft st ru t t ow er. The solenoid op era ted va l v e cont rols coo l an t f l ow th roug h t h e h ea t er core .
- I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . I n sp ect h ose s an d ru b b er mou n t s. Re p l ace as n ecessa ry. Use n ew h ose cl amp s. Ti gh teni n g torqu e Co ol an t h ose cl amp 32 - 48 mm (2 1/4 - 4 in . ) 2 .5 Nm (22 in-l b ) Heate r core , re pla ci ng Re mov e h ou sing f or int eri or v ent il ation micro f ilt er.
Working at r ea r en g ine compartmen t b u l kh ea d , l oose n h ose cl amps ( ar row s ) and d etach h eater h ose s. - Bl ow ou t ex cess coo l ant from h ea t er core usin g comp ressed air at coolan t l in es. - Re l ea se rig h t ai r d u ct fr om I HKA h ousin g .
( ar row s ) t o d etach p ip es. T il t h ea t er core to remov e f rom h ousin g . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . Fit l u g s in b ack of h ou sin g cov er in h eate r h ousin g sl ots. Use n ew sea l ing O -ring s an d coa t wi t h an ti-sei ze ag ent .
mo to r ve h i cle air co n di tioner mu st, b y law , b e pro p er l y tra i ned and ce rtifi ed, and u se appro ved refr i ge rant rec yclin g equ i pment. T ec hn ici ans mu st co mplete an EPA -app ro ve d re cyc l i ng co ur se to be ce rtifi ed Re mov e h ou sing f or int eri or v ent il ation micro f ilt er.
- Bl ow ou t ex cess coo l ant from h ea t er core usin g comp ressed air at coolan t l in es. - Fol l ow in g man u f actu rer's inst ru ct io n s, conn ect ap p rov ed refrigerant recov e ry/recycl ing /rech argin g u n it to A /C syst em and d isch arge syst em.
- Working in side p asseng er compartmen t b el ow st eer ing colu mn , d ril l out steeri n g col u mn sh ea r b ol t . See 320 Steeri n g and W h ee l Align ment .
Working at r igh t sid e of d ash : Cut wire t ie ( A ) at d ash b oard rei n f orceme n t su p p ort f or rel ay p anel . T u r n f u se p an el l ock tab s ( B ) 90 ° and swi n g fu se p an el d own. De t ach f u se p an el p iv ots ( C ) from d ashb oa r d reinf orcem ent .
Re p lace hea ter and A /C f lange O-rin g s and tighten fas teners to spec i fied tor q ue s. Ti gh teni n g torqu es Co ol an t h ose cl amp 32 - 48 mm (2 1/4 - 4 in . ) 2.5 Nm (22 i n -l b ) Steeri n g col u mn t o d ashb oa rd rei n forceme n t 22 Nm (16 f t-l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c .
640-6 A i r Con di tio n i n g Com po n en ts T h is sect io n cov ers remo v al an d inst all at io n of air con d itioning refrigerant comp on ent s. A / C testin g and d iagn osis, refrig erant d isch arg e, ev acu ation an d recharg e are not cov ered h ere.
5 - Compre ssor 6 - Lo w p re ssure li n e 7 - Ac ces s po rt 8 - Doub le pi pe 9 - Expansion valve 10 - Eva p o ra to r 11 - Ac ces s po rt 12 - Pre ssure sensor A / C c om pre ss or, re pla c ing - .
Re mov e d riv e b el t. - D etach and set asi d e fr ont washer fl u id reserv oir. See 61 1 W ipers and W ashers . - D isco n n ect el ectrical h arness conn ector f rom comp resso r. Re mov e A / C p ressu re h ose a n d su ct io n h ose fl an g e b ol ts ( arr o ws ) from compressor.
- R echarg e system f ol l owi n g equ ip men t manu f actur er's inst ru ct io n s. See Ta b l e e f or A /C system f l u id sp eci ficatio n s. Tabl e e. A/C sys t em fl ui d spe cificatio ns Fl ui d Q u anti ty R -13 4a refrig era n t 74 0 ± 25 g (2 l b ± 1 oz.
Re mov e f ilt er h ou sin g mou n tin g screw s ( D ). De t ach air d u ct con n ections ( E ) and l ift comp l ete air f ilt er h ousin g out of eng in e compart ment , p u l l in g it forwa rd awa y f rom mass ai r f l ow sensor.
A / C sy stem fl ui d specification s Fl ui d Q u anti ty R -13 4a refrig era n t 74 0 ± 25 g (2 l b ± 1 oz.) R efrigerant oi l PA G oi l A / C re ce iver/ drier , r epl ac ing T h e rece iv er/d r ie r is mou n t ed in t h e f ront righ t corner of th e en g ine comp artment b ehin d and b elow th e head l igh t asse m b l y.
Re mov e refrig era n t p ressu re l in e moun t in g b ol ts ( A ) from recei ve r/ d rie r. Pl u g l in es immedia tel y. Di sconn ect h ig h p ressur e swi t ch h arness conn ector ( B ). - Worki n g b en ea t h righ t f ront of car, remo v e sp l ash sh ie l d retai n ing screw s.
WA RN I NG! Do n ot di sc harg e/char g e the A /C sy stem with ou t p ro p er e quipment and tra i n in g. Dam ag e t o th e ve h icl e and pers onal inj u ry ma y res u l t. Re mov e h ou sin g f or int erio r v en til ation micro fil ter. Re mov e u p p er cov er an d microfilt er.
Working in side rig h t sid e of cow l , p u l l u p on l ev er ( ar row ) an d d et ach r igh t air int ake fl ap f rom b l owe r h ou sin g . - Worki n g in rig h t f ron t of IH KA h ousin g , d etach d ou b l e p ipe (A / C l ine) f rom ex p an sio n v al v e.
- D rai n en g in e coo l ant . See 17 0 Ra d iator an d Coo l in g Syst em . - R emo v e compl ete I HKA h ousin g as d escribed ear l ier. - R emo v e h ea t er core as d escri b ed ea r l ie r. - Worki n g on l eft sid e of IHKA h ousin g : De t ach ev aporator temp erature sensor el ectrica l h arness con n ector and p u l l out sensor.
Re mov e d ou b l e coolan t p ip e. - Pry off ev aporator h ousin g retai n in g cl ips an d r emo v e cov er . Pu l l ev ap ora tor an d ex p ansion v al v e out of b ott om of h ousin g . - I f in st all in g n ew ev ap ora tor, switch ov er ex p an sion v alve .
650-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers th e BM W f actory- inst all ed soun d syst em, incl u d in g radio, amp l ifier an d sp eake r remov al . Ra d io an tenn a inf ormatio n is al so incl u d ed.
T h e stan d ard E46 radio fea t u res a casse t te p l aye r. The op tional r adio h as a sing l e in-d ash CD p l aye r. Both rad ios are p rewi red for t h e op tional CD ch ang er th at moun ts in t h e t ru n k. A n oth er op t i on, th e On -Boa rd M on itor, int egrates G PS n av i g ation wi t h rad io and IH KA cont rol s.
T roublesho oting A l th oug h el ectron ic radio and sou n d system t roub l eshooting is b eyon d t h e scope of th is manu al , t h ere are n u mb er of self -t ests th at are p ossi b l e wi th t h e stand ard BM W radio inst all ed in E46 cars.
650-2 Ra di o a n d A u di o A cces s ori es Radio, re m oving a nd ins tal ling CA UTI ON! B efo re b eg in n in g w or k on th e ra d i o or so und sy ste m, ver i fy that th e ra di o i s an o ri g i n al equ i pment B MW radio and th at the w irin g harnes s h as n o t bee n mo di fi ed.
A m pli fier I n al l model s th e soun d syst em ampl ifier is inst al l ed b eh ind t h e t rim on th e l eft side of th e car. - Sedan or Coup e: To acce ss ampl ifier, carefu l l y remov e t ru n k trim cl i p s on l eft sid e an d p ee l b ack trim.
650-3 Spea kers Each model in th e E46 model l in e-up featu res a sl igh tl y d ifferent sp ea ker setup . Sp eake r an d oth er compon ent l oca t ions also v ary d ep end in g on t h e typ e of sou n d syst em in st all ed . Some of th e commo n sp ea ker inst all atio n s are cov ere d in t h is section.
wi n d ow d efroster relay wh en th e top is l ow ere d . T h is swi t ch es off th e stereo p h onic f u n ction. Doo r m ount e d speak e r, rem oving WA RN I NG! A l l E46 ca rs ar e e q u i p ped wi th fro nt doo r airbag s. Re ar doo r airbag s ar e o p ti o n al.
Prio r to di sco nn ect in g the b atte ry, re ad th e batter y d isco n nectio n ca utio n s give n at the fro nt o f th is ma n u al on p ag e vii i . - Re mov e l owe r sectio n of rear sea t side tr im. - I f n ecessa ry, remov e conv ertib l e top mod u l e.
screw s. Unh ook and p u l l su b woo f er d own. Re mov e el ectrica l h arness conn ector. - Co n ve rt ibl e: Working in t ru n k, u n h oo k an d swi n g ou t su b wo ofer. Sq u ee ze p l astic h arness cov er and remov e. De t ach el ectrica l h arness conn ector.
650-4 A n ten n a A ntenna and diversity T h e ant enn a u sed f or th e radio, tel eph one an d FZ V r emo t e en t ry system is in teg rated with t h e rear wi n d ow d efogg er in th e Se d an an d Co u p e mod els.
FZ V ( keyless en try) an ten n a combin ed wi th F M 2 an ten n a T h e FM 1/ FM 2 an ten n a amp l ifier is l oca t ed b eneath t h e rear sp oi l er. T h e sign al from t h is amp l ifie r i s tran smitted to th e d iv ersi t y mod u l e in t h e carg o compartmen t b eh ind t h e l eft t rim p anel .
Di v ersity swi tch in g mod u l e, moun t ed b el ow an t enn a mast in tru n k M ore in formatio n on t h e rea r wind ow d efogg er/an t enn a system is in 64 0 He atin g and A ir Co n d itio n in g . No te: The tel ep hon e an ten na i s w ou nd arou nd the main anten na mast.
Pl ace ant enn a b ase d own on b racke t. Re mov e ant en n a h ead f rom ab ov e fend er. - T o remov e b ase , sl id e towa r d r ea r of car, th en d etach cab l e conn ections. - Wh en inst all ing , make sure t h e offset of an ten n a h ead p oint s towa rd b ack of car.
- Sedan or Coup e an t enn a su p p ressor: Re mov e righ t roo f p il l ar (C-p ill ar) trim p an el t o access sup p resso r . Sp ort W ag on FM 3 ant enn a/d iv ersi t y modu l e: Re mov e l eft carg o compart ment trim cov er to g ain access to modu l e ( ar row ).
720-1 Gen era l T h is sect io n cov ers rep ai rs to th e sea t b elt s. M u l t ip l e Re straint Syst em (M RS II ) electron ics int egrat e sea t b elt operatio n s an d ai rbag d ep l oyme n t . A irbag r epair inf orma tion is cov er ed in 72 1 A irb ag Syst em (SRS) .
T roublesho oting T h e sea t b el t ree l sh ou l d l ock when d riv ing q u ickl y t h rou g h cu rv es, d u ring sev ere b raki n g or in case of a col l isi on. T h e aut oma tic reel d oes not req u ire any serv icing an d sh oul d n ev er b e open ed.
wi th a l u ke -w ar m so ap solu ti o n o n l y. Sea t b elts sho uld be perio d i ca l l y in spect ed for webb in g defe cts su ch as c ut s o r pulled th re ads. I mme di ate l y after replacing a dama ge d or w or n se at belt, destr oy th e old b elt to p rev ent it fro m bein g us ed ag ai n.
Probl em Probabl e ca use Repa i rs Sea t b el t d oes not retract aut oma t icall y. (See n ote.) A u t oma tic reel l oose Ti g h t en ree l moun tin g b ol t. Re t u rn sp ring b roken in side ree l Re p l ace re el assem b l y. A u t oma tic b el t sq u ea ks wh en b elt fasten ed or u n fasten ed.
Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Seat Belts h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /7.
720-2 Fron t Sea t Bel t A s s em bl y Front s e a t belt tensioner, rem oving and inst a lli ng T h e fron t sea t b el t l ocks are equ ipp ed wi t h p yrotech n ic (ex p l osiv e ch arg e) automatic ten sioners.
Do n ot ex p os e p yr ote chni c co mpo nents to tem p er atu res abo ve 75 °C (167 ° F ). Pyr ote chni c co mpo nen ts c an o n l y be teste d elec t rica l ly w h en in sta ll ed, us i n g B MW se rv ice tes ter DI S, MoD i C o r equ ivalent sc an too l.
De t ach h arn ess con n ectio n ( B ). Re mov e t ensioner mou n tin g b ol t ( C ). Check ten sioner mou n t ing b r acke t ( ar row ) f or d ama g e or b end ing . Re p l ace if n ecessa ry. CA UTI ON! A b ent tensioner mo untin g brac ket ma y mak e it impos si bl e to adj us t se at h eight.
as sem b l y (Sedan, Coup e, Spo rt Wago n ) 1 - Sea t b elt b u ck l e 2 - Tensio ner moun tin g b ol t tig h t en t o 48 Nm (35 ft -l b ) 3 - Sea t b elt l ock wi th pyrotec h n ic tension er 4 - Se.
12 - Space r 13 - Sea t b elt ancho r bar (Coup e on ly) 14 - Ca p 15 - Gromme t 16 - Sea t b elt ree l moun tin g b ol t M 10 tig h t en t o 31 Nm (23 ft -l b ) 17 - Sea t b elt h eigh t adju ste r F.
Re mov e anch or b ar b ol t an d sl ip off end of sea t b el t fr om b ar. No te: Re pl ace an chor ba r i f i t i s ben t . Prying g en t l y u p ward, remov e p l astic d oor sil l p rotector str ip. Sedan or Sp ort W ag on m odel s: Remo v e l ow er B-p il l ar (d oor pil l ar) p l astic t rim.
Pu l l B-p il l ar u p p er t rim d ow n t o remov e. Re mov e aut omatic ree l f rom B-p il l ar: Re mov e u p p er sea t b el t anch or b ol t ( A ). Re mov e cross-b race mou n tin g b ol ts ( B ). Re mov e soun d insu l atio n at b ase of B-p ill ar.
B-p ill ar b y sl id ing tab int o l ocating sl ot. Ti gh tenin g torqu es Fron t seat to f l oo r (M 10 f astener) 45 Nm (33 ft -l b ) Se at b elt anch or b ar to d oor sill 3 1 Nm (23 f t-l b ) Se a.
conn ected to t h e b ackrest h ing e t h rou g h a l ev er and a cab l e d riv e (coup l er mechan ism). As th e ang l e of t h e b ackre st is adj u sted , t h e cab l e d r iv e will ch ang e th e an g l e of t h e in ertia l ock. I n th is wa y t h e ree l is in th e p rop er p osi tion for l ocki n g at an y seat b ack an g l e.
4 - Fron t sea t back res t 5 - Sup po rt 6 - SGS b elt re el moun tin g n ut M 10 tig h t en t o 39 Nm (29 ft -l b ) 7 - SGS i n ertia re el as sem b l y 8 - To rx b o lt M 6 tig h t en t o 4.
720-3 Rea r Sea t Bel t A ss em bl y Rear seat bel ts (Se dan or Cou pe m odel s ) - Re mov e rea r p arce l sh el f to acce ss sh ou l d er b el t assembl y moun t ing b olt s. - Re mov e rea r seat cu sh io n t o acce ss rear seat b el t l ock moun t ing b olt s.
equi p ped) 2 - Righ t sho u ld er belt lo ck 3 - Lap-b elt as sem b l y 4 - Left sho ul d er belt lo ck 5 - Bolt M 10 tig h t en t o 31 Nm (23 ft -l b ) 6 - Left sho ul d er belt re el as sem b l y 7.
Re mov e sh ou l d er b elt r ee l moun t in g b ol t insid e b ackrest. No te: Re move bo w den cable fr om ba ckrest bra ckets and un hook from ba ckr est release l atch. Ce nter sea t be l t reel can be t he n be remo ved . - Ou t b oa rd sh oul d er b el t: Re mov e roo f -p ill ar (C-pil l ar) t rim.
strap . I n st all l eft b elt l ock strap u n d ern ea th cen t er l ap b el t st rap. M etal st rap en d s mu st rest against stop on fl oo r u n d erneath seat. Rea r seat bel ts (C onv er tible m ode ls) - A ccess shou l d er b elt or seat b elt l ock moun tin g b ol ts: Re mov e cent er armrest.
T h e acco m p an yi n g il l u st ratio n p rov id es inf orma t ion on rear sea t b elt comp on ent l oca t ions an d f astener torq u es. 1 - Bol t M 10 -tig h t en t o 31 Nm (23 ft -l b ) 2 - Left sh ou l d er b el t ree l assembl y.
721-1 Gen era l T h is r epair g roup cov ers ai rb ag compon ent s. A i rb ag syst em repair and faul t d iagn osi s is n ot cov ere d h ere. Di ag n ostics, comp onen t testin g , an d ai rb ag system rep air sh oul d b e carri ed out b y t rained BM W serv ice techn ici ans.
A i rba g s y st e m T h e E46 air b ag syst em con sists of th e fol l owi n g : Dri ve r airb ag in t h e cent er of th e steeri n g wh eel h u b Passe n g er ai rb ag in t h e rig h t sid e of th e.
2 - Pas senger airbag 3 - He ad Protect io n Sys tem (HPS) airbag 4 - Fron t d o or side-impact airbag 5 - Re ar do o r side-impact airbag (o pt io nal) 2-s tage ai rbag Begin n in g in th e 20 00 model yea r (9/19 99 p rod u ction ) t h e fron t airbag s we re ch ang ed to a 2-stag e styl e ai r b ag .
Upon sev ere side imp act, a g as g enerator u n it fil l s t h e He ad Protection System (HPS) t u b e with in ert g as. T h e ex p an d in g t u b e p op s out of t h e tr im to form a st rai g h t t u b e 5.1 inch es in d ia m eter and st retch ed in a st raigh t l ine from t h e l owe r wind sh ield p ill ar to ab ov e th e re ar d oor.
M RS d ep l oyme n t l og ic p rov ides two th reshol d s for t h e activ atio n of th e safety system, d ep end ing u p on th e sev e rity of impact an d wh eth er or n ot occu p ant s h av e fasten ed t h eir seat b el t s: Belt s f asten ed, l ow imp act sp ee d : Lo wer d ep l oyme n t t h reshol d .
A i rba g indica tor li ght T h e M RS cont rol mod u l e d etects an d stores system st atu s. T h e ai rb ag ind ica tor l igh t in t h e inst ru men t cl u st er d isp l ays t h e st atu s of th e airbag syst em wh en t h e ig n itio n key is in " acce ssory" or O N p ositio n s.
imme d i ate ly. A irbag (s) are in fl ate d by an ex p l o si ve d ev i ce . Handl ed impro p erly o r w i thou t adequ ate sa f eg u ards, th e sys tem ca n be ve ry dange ro u s. Sp ec ial prec au tions mu st be obse rv ed prior to any wo rk at or n ea r the airbag s.
spec i al di spo sa l co mpany or ship p ed b ac k to B MW i n the pack ag i n g o f the new co mpo nents. Wh en rem o ving a fire d airbag u ni t, av oid co n tac t w i th th e sk i n ; w ea r g l ov es. In cas e of sk i n contac t, wash w ith w ater .
721-2 A i rba g El ectron i cs A i rba g harne s ses and connec tors I f ai rb ag con n ectio n h arn esses sh ow v isi b l e sig n s of wea r or d amage, th ey mu st b e rep l aced or repaire d . - T o rep ai r airbag h arness: Di scon n ect n eg ativ e (-) cab l e from b attery an d cov er n egativ e terminal with insu l ating materia l .
CA UTI ON! Prio r to di sco nn ect in g the b atte ry, re ad th e batter y d isco n nectio n ca utio n s give n at the fro nt o f th is ma n u al on p ag e vii i . - Re mov e cent er u t il ity t ray b etwee n fron t sea t s. See 513 Int eri or T rim .
Re mov e el ectrica l h arness conn ector from crash sen sor ( A ). Re mov e sensor retai n ing screws ( B ) and remov e sensor. No t e d irectio n of sen sor arro w b efore remov in g . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . No te: Arrow on sen sor must point t o doo r si l l .
721-3 A i rba gs Driv e r ai rbag, re m ov i ng and ins ta lli ng - Di scon n ect n eg ativ e (-) cab l e from b attery an d cov er n egativ e terminal with insu l ating materia l . WA RN I NG! A fter di sco nn ect in g the b atte ry, w ait 5 se co n d s befor e b eg i nn in g wor k on airbag co mponents.
Sp ort st ee rin g wh eel: I n sert screwdriv er th roug h open ing in rear of st eer ing wh ee l and p u sh ag ai n st sp r ing t ension to rel ea se airbag u n it l ock. Re p eat p roce d u re on oth er sid e of steeri n g wh eel. Li f t off airb ag u n it and d et ach electrical h arn ess conn ectors.
the i n di ca to r l ight sta ys o n, the airbag sys t em w il l n o t functio n as d es i gne d . Ha ve the sy stem di ag nose d and re paired b y an au thor ized B MW dealer . - I n stal l ation is r ev er se of remov a l . M FL st ee ring wh eel: To rq u e ai rb ag u sin g sp eci f icatio n l isted b elow.
ca utio n s give n at the fro nt o f th is ma n u al on p ag e vii i . Pry g en t l y at rig h t d ash b oard tr im to remo v e. CA UTI ON! To av oid mar rin g i n ter i or trim, wor k wi th a p lastic prying to ol. - Re mov e righ t d ash b oar d fresh ai r outl et moun t ing screw s an d p u l l outl et out of d ash .
sing l e stag e air b ag, iden t ifie d b y h av in g onl y on e wire l oom in th e h arness con n ector. La ter p rod u ct io n two stag e ai rb ags are su p p l ied b y two wi re l oo m s in t h e con n ector p l u g . The two kind s of airbag s are NOT int erchan g eabl e.
De t ach h arn ess con n ector. CA UTI ON! Wh en rem o vin g and in sta l li ng the airbag unit, p ay atte n tion t o th e ro u tin g of the electr ica l h ar ness to av oid kinks or brea ks i n the w i re . - Re ar d oo r airbag : De t ach el ectrica l h arness conn ector.
Co mp l ete d ash b oar d Co mp l ete h eadl in er Win d sh ield p il l ar (A -p ill ar) trim Do or p ill ar (B-p ill ar) trim - Before st arting wor k on th e HPS ai rb ag , d isco n n ect n eg ativ e (-) cabl e f rom b att ery and cov er n egativ e terminal with in su l atin g materi al .
3 - Ca b le ho ld er 4 - Gas gener ator 5 - Self-tappi n g sc rew M 6 tig h t en t o 4 Nm (35 in-l b ) Co pyrigh t © 2006 Robert Ben tley, I n c . All r igh t s r eserv ed. Airba g Sy s t em (SRS) h tt p: // e bah n .ben t l e y pu bli s h e rs .com / BM W/3/ E46/ Repai r% 20Man u al s /7.
OBD-2 On -Boa r d Di a g n os ti cs (OBD I I ) OBD II is an acronym f or On - Boa rd Di ag n ostics II , t h e seco n d g en era t ion of on-b oard self -d iagn ostic equ ip men t requ ireme n ts. T h ese st and ards wer e ori g in al l y mand ated for Californ ia v ehicl es.
rese t using the spe ci al scan t ool. Re movi ng the conn ector f rom t he ECM or disconn ecti ng the ba tt ery w i l l no t era se the fault memory. T h e ex t ra h ard war e n ee d ed t o operate t.
T h e M I L wi l l come on u n d er th e fol l owi n g con d itions. A n eng i n e man agement system faul t is d etected f or t wo consecu tiv e OB D I I d riv e cycl es. A catal yst d ama g ing fau l t . A comp on ent malfu n ct io n (su ch as catalyst d et eri oratio n ) causes emi ssions t o ex ceed 1.
Addi tio n al i nf orma t io n, M IL : A f aul t cod e is stored wi th in th e ECM u p on th e first occurr ence of a fau l t in t h e syst em b eing ch ecke d . T wo compl ete consecu tiv e d riv e cycl es wi th t h e fau l t p rese n t ill u minate t h e M IL .
With th e u se of a u n iv ersa l or 'g en eric' scan t ool con n ected to t h e DLC (Di ag n ostic Link Co n n ector), d iagn ostic trou b l e cod es (DT Cs) can b e ob t ai n ed, along wi th th e cond itio n s associ ated wi t h th e ill u min atio n of th e eng ine serv ice l igh t.
i nstall ed. Professiona l di ag nosti c scan t oo l s ava i l ab l e at t he ti me of thi s printi ng i ncl ud e the BMW factory tools ( DI Splus an d MoDiC) and a small numb er of aftermarke t BMW -spe ci f i c tools.
requ ired t ests. T h e ECM mu st reco g n ize t h e l oss or imp airm ent of t h e sign al or compon ent an d d etermine if a sign al or sensor is f aul ty b ased on 3 cond itions: Sign al or compon .
ECM cann ot d et ermi n e th e env ironmen t or en g in e operating cond itions d u e t o missing or fau l t y sign al s it will set a fau l t cod e an d , d epen d in g on cond itio n s, il l u min ate th e M I L.
Sp eci fic cyl in d er(s) Sev erity of t h e misfire ev ent Emissi on s rel ev ant or catalyst d ama g ing M isfire d etectio n is an on -g oing monitoring p rocess th at is onl y d isa b l ed u n d er certai n l imite d cond itions.
set an d id en tify th e fau l t y b ank(s) . I f after comp l eting t h e n ex t col d start a faul t is ag ai n p rese n t, th e M IL wi l l b e ill u minated .
ch eck system in t egrity. O n M S 43 .0 cars, a more so p h isticated DM T L (Di ag n ostic M od u l e - Lea k De t ectio n ) p u mp is u sed . Driv e cy c le T h e OBD II d riv e cycl e is an imp ortant concep t in u n d erstan d ing O BD I I requ ireme n ts.
OBD-3 BM W Fa u l t Codes (DT Cs ) Below is a co mp reh ensiv e l isting of BM W DT Cs an d th e corre sp ond ing SA E P-cod es. T a ble a . Diagnos tic trouble c odes (D T Cs ) BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explan ation 1 I g n ition coil cyl .
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 8 P01 01 M ass air fl ow circuit rang e/p erf. I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) Failed sign al r ang e ch eck against p redefin ed d iag n ostic l imi t s. 10 En g ine coo l ant temp .
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 23 P02 06 I n j ector circu it cyl . 6 Ou tp u t d ig ital p u l se widt h (activ e l ow ) DM E f in al stag e will se.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 33 P02 05 I n j ector circu it cyl . 5 Ou tp u t d ig ital p u l se widt h (activ e l ow ) DM E f in al stag e will se.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 45 M u l t i f u n ct io n al steeri n g wh eel, tog g l e-b it I n p u t b inary stream (0-1 2V ) Ev ery 0.5 sec. a messa g e t h at in cl u d es a t ogg l e b it (tog g l es b etwee n 0->1 and 1->0 ) is t ransmitt ed.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n sh u n t resistor (l imitatio n v ol t age) t h en seco n d ary ign itio n v olt ag e is d etected and sh u n t r esi stor may b e f aul t y.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n tran sistor and comp onen t ex ists. 74 A C compr esso r relay Ou tp u t d ig ital on/ off (activ e l ow ) DM E f in a.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n sp ring w ith in motor t h rott l e b ody. 11 0 P15 42 Pe d al sen sor p otent io meter 1 I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) Failed sign al r ang e ch eck against p redefin ed d iag n ostic l imi t s.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 11 7 P15 42 Pe d al sen sor p otent io meter p l au sibil ity I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) I f t h ere is a d ifference g reater t h an sp ecifie d b etwee n t wo redu n d an t sign als f rom p oten tiome t er, fau l t will b e set.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n d isconn ection b etwee n ou tp u t tran sistor and comp onen t ex ists.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 13 1 CA N time out (inst r 2) I n p u t b inary stream b it d ata (0-1 2V ) CA N me ssage b et we en DM E /EG S n ot recei v ed wi t h in ex p ected t ime .
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n swi tch is " l ow" for l ong er t h an p redet ermi n ed t ime .
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n on inp u t l in e. 15 3 P01 50 Ox yg en sensor p re-ca t (Bank 2), sh ort t o b att ery v olt . I n p u t an al og (0-5 V) O x yg en sen sor sign al rang e is ch ecked to d etermine if el ectrica l sh orts ex ist on in p u t l in e.
BM W code P-code Faul t type and fun ction Sig n al type and ra ng e Explanatio n 16 0 M S 43 T h rottl e v al v e p osi t ion cont rol l er DM E in tern al v alu es l ogical 16 1 M S 43 T h rottl e v.
Ein wichtiger Punkt beim Kauf des Geräts BMW 323i (2000) (oder sogar vor seinem Kauf) ist das durchlesen seiner Bedienungsanleitung. Dies sollten wir wegen ein paar einfacher Gründe machen:
Wenn Sie BMW 323i (2000) noch nicht gekauft haben, ist jetzt ein guter Moment, um sich mit den grundliegenden Daten des Produkts bekannt zu machen. Schauen Sie zuerst die ersten Seiten der Anleitung durch, die Sie oben finden. Dort finden Sie die wichtigsten technischen Daten für BMW 323i (2000) - auf diese Weise prüfen Sie, ob das Gerät Ihren Wünschen entspricht. Wenn Sie tiefer in die Benutzeranleitung von BMW 323i (2000) reinschauen, lernen Sie alle zugänglichen Produktfunktionen kennen, sowie erhalten Informationen über die Nutzung. Die Informationen, die Sie über BMW 323i (2000) erhalten, werden Ihnen bestimmt bei der Kaufentscheidung helfen.
Wenn Sie aber schon BMW 323i (2000) besitzen, und noch keine Gelegenheit dazu hatten, die Bedienungsanleitung zu lesen, sollten Sie es aufgrund der oben beschriebenen Gründe machen. Sie erfahren dann, ob Sie die zugänglichen Funktionen richtig genutzt haben, aber auch, ob Sie keine Fehler begangen haben, die den Nutzungszeitraum von BMW 323i (2000) verkürzen könnten.
Jedoch ist die eine der wichtigsten Rollen, die eine Bedienungsanleitung für den Nutzer spielt, die Hilfe bei der Lösung von Problemen mit BMW 323i (2000). Sie finden dort fast immer Troubleshooting, also die am häufigsten auftauchenden Störungen und Mängel bei BMW 323i (2000) gemeinsam mit Hinweisen bezüglich der Arten ihrer Lösung. Sogar wenn es Ihnen nicht gelingen sollte das Problem alleine zu bewältigen, die Anleitung zeigt Ihnen die weitere Vorgehensweise – den Kontakt zur Kundenberatung oder dem naheliegenden Service.
